Skip to main content

Full text of "Beetles"

See other formats


REESE    LIBRARY 

OF   THE 

UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA. 

Received— 


BIOLOGY 
Accessions  No.2  %_6&^.       Shelf  A^. 


LONDON.  HENRY   G.BOHN. 

YORK   STREET. COVENT  GARDEN. 


THE 


NATUEALIST'S  LIBEAEY. 


EDITED   BY 


SIR  WILLIAM  JARDINE,    BART., 


F.B.S.E.,    F.L.S,    ETC.,    ETC. 


VOL.  XXXIII. 


ENTOMOLOGY. 
BEETLES, 

BY  JAMES  DUNCAN,  M.W.S.,  ETC. 


LONDON : 
HENRY  G.  BOHN,  YORK  ST.,  COVENT  GARDEN 


BIOLOGY 

LIBRARY 

G 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

MEMOIR  OF  RAY        .          .                     .  ,          17 

Natural  History  of  Coleopterous  Insects           .  71 
PENTAMERA. 

Cicindela  aurulenta.    Plate  I.  Fig.  1.  .           117 

Anthia  decemguttata.    Plate  I.  Fig.  2.  .      121 

Procerus  Tauricus.    Plate  I.  Fig.  3.  .           122 

Carabus  Hispanus.    Plate  I.  Fig.  4.     .  .      124 

Carabus  auratus.    Plate  II.  Fig.  1.  .           125 

Carabus  clathratus.    Plate  II.  Fig.  2.  .  .      126 

Tefflus  Megerlei.    Plate  II.  Fig.  3.  .  .           127 

Calosoma  sycophanta.    Plate  III.  Fig.  1.  .      129 

Elaphrus  riparius.    Plate  III.  Fig.  2.  .           130 

Mormolyce  phyllodes.    Plate  III,  Fig.  3.  .      132 
Dytiscidee. 

Dytiscus            .....  135 

Dytiscus  dimidiatus.    Plate  IV.  Fig.  1.  .      137 

Gyrinus  natator.    Plate  IV.  Fig.  2.  .            140 

Cyclous  vittatus.    Plate  IV.  Fig.  3.        .  .    142 

Hydrous  piceus.    Plate  IV.  Fig.  4.  .           144 
Brachelytra. 

Staphylinus  erythrurus.    Plate  V.  Fig.  1.  .      148 

Xantholinus  fulgidm.    Plate  V,  Fig.  2.  .            149 

BolitoUus  atricapillus.    Plate  V.  Fig.  3.  .      150 

Zirophorus  exaratus.    Plate  V.  Fig.  4.  .           152 


CONTENTS. 

PAOS 

Serricornes. 

Buprestis  chrysis.    Plate  VI.  Fig.  1.     .  .155 

Buprestis  sternicornis.    Plate  VI.  Fig.  2.    .  156 

Buprestis  bicolor.    Plate  VI.  Fig.  3.     .  .      157 

Buprestis  amcena.    Plate  VI.  Fig.  4.          .  158 

Elater  noctilucus.    Plate  VII.  Fig.  1.  .  .      161 

Elater  porcatus.    Plate  VII.  Fig.  2.           .  167 

Elater  lineatus.    Plate  VII.  Fig.  3.      .  .      168 

Elater  suturalis.    Plate  VII.  Fig.  4.          .  .  1C9 

Elater  distinctus.    Plate  VII.  Fig.  5.   .  .      170 

Elater  melanocephalus.    Plate  VIII.  Fig.  1.  171 

Lampyris  Italica.    Plate  VIII.  Fig.  2.  .      172 

Lampyris  Latreillii.    Plate  VIII.  Fig.  3.  .  175 

Lycus  festivus.    Plate  VIII.  Fig.  4.      .  .      176 

Malachius  marginellus.    Plate  VIII.  Fig.  5.  177 

Priocera  variegata.    Plate  VIII.  Fig.  6.  .      178 

Clavicornes. 

Necrophorus  humator.    Plate  IX.  Fig.  1.  .  180 

Necrodes  littoralis.    Plate  IX.  Fig.  2.  .  .      181 

Silpha  quadripunctata.    Plate  IX.  Fig.  3.  182 

Anthrenus  scrophularice.    Plate  IX.  Fig.  4.  .      183 

Hister  reniformis.    Plate  IX.  Fig.  5.          .  184 

Lamellicornes. 

Ateuchussacer.    Sacred  Egyytian  Beetle.     Plate 

X.  Fig.  1. 188 

Onthopliagus  Dillwynii.    Plate  X.  Fig.  2.  .  200 

Phanceus  lancifer.    Plate  X.  Fig.  3.      .  .      202 

Phanceus  carnifex.    Plate  X.  Fig.  4.           .  203 

Geotrupes  stercorarius.    Plate  X.  Fig.  5.  .      204 

Scarabceus  Hercules.    Plate  XI.       .           .  207 

Scarabceus  Tityus.    Plate  XII.              .  .208 

Scarabceus  Atlas.    Plate  XIII.         .            .  209 

Scarabceus  macropus.    Plate  XIV.  Fig.  1.  .      210 

Chrysophora  chrysochlora.    Plate  XIV.  Fig.  2.    211 

Rutela  imlchella.    Plate  XV.  Fig.  1.          .  212 

Macraspis  fucata.    Plate  XV.  Fig.  2.  .  .      213 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Melolontha  Fullo.    Plate  XV.  Figs.  3  and  4    .  214 

Goliathus  magnus.    Plate  XVI.       .            .  >  2HJ 

Cetonia  fascicularis.    Plate  XVII.  Fig.  1.  *    .  218 

Cetonia  Macleayi.    Plate  XVIL  Fig.  2.     .  219 

Cetonia  discoidea.    Plate  XVII.  Fig.  3.           .  220 

Cetonia  Australasice.    Plate  XVIL  Fig,  4.  ib. 

Gymnetis  nervosa.    Plate  XVIL  Fig.  5.           .  221 

Gymnetis  marmorea.    Plate  XVIL  Fig.  6.  222 

Chiasognathus  Chiloensis.    Plate  XVIII.  Fig.  1.  223 
Lucanus  cervue,  or  Stag  Beetle.    Plate  XVI II. 

Fig.  2 224 

HETEROMERA. 

Horia  maculata.    Plate  XIX.  Fig.  1.         .  227 

Meloe  variegatus.    Plate  XIX.  Fig.  2.             .  ib. 
Cantharis  vesicatoria,  or  Blister  Beetle.     Plate 

XIX.  Fig.  3 229 

Cantharis  Nuttalli.    Plate  XIX.  Fig.  4.         .  230 

TETRAMERA. 

Apoderus  longicollis.    Plate  XX.  Fig.  1.    .  232 

Apoderus  gemmatus.    Plate  XX.  Fig.  2.          .  ib. 

Apoderus  ruficollis.    Plate  XX.  Fig.  3.      .  233 

Rynchites  populi.     Plate  XX.  Fig.  4.    .            .  234 

Rynchites  pubescens.    Plate  XX.  Fig.  5.-  .  ib. 

Rynchites  collaris.    Plate  XX.  Fig.  6.              .  235 

Brentus  anchorago.    Plate  XXL  Fig.  1.    .  ib. 

Rhina  Barbirostris.    Plate  XXL  Fig.  2.         .  236 

Curculio  Cuvierii.    Plate  XXI.  Fig.  3.      .  237 

Curculio  Geo/royii.    Plate  XXL  Fig.  4.         .  238 

Curculio  vittatus.    Plate  XXI.  Fig.  5.       .  ib. 

Curculio  sphacelatus.    Plate  XXI.  Fig.  6.      .  239 

Curculio  Latreillii.    Plate  XXII.  Fig.  1.  ib. 

Curculio  sexdecimpunctatus.    Plate  XXII.  Fig.  2.  240 

Curculio  myrmosarius.    Plate  XXII.  Fig.  3.  .  ib. 

Curculio  brunneus.    Plate  XXII.  Fig.  4.   .  241 

Calandra  heros.    Plate  XXII.  Fig.  5.              .  242 
Longi  comes. 

Priomis  cervicornis.    Plate  XXIII.             .  245 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Prionus  corticinus.  Plate  XXIV.  Fig.  1.  .  247 
Lophonocerus  barbicornis.  Plate  XXIV.  Fig.  2.  248 
Acrocinus  longimanus,  or  Harlequin  Beetle. 

Plate  XXV.  Fig.  1.      .                       .           .  250 

Lamia  subocellata.    Plate  XXV.  Fig.  2.    .  253 

Lamia  ornata.    Plate  XXVI.  Fig.  1.  .           .  ib. 

Lamia  formosa.    Plate  XXVI.  Fig.  2.       .  254 

Lamia  tricincta.    Plate  XXVI.  Fig.  4.           .  ib. 

Desmocerus  cyaneus.  Plate  XXVI.  Fig.  3.  255 
SagraBuquetii..  Plate  XXVII.  .  .256 

Cassida  bicornis.    Plate  XXVIII.  Fig.  1.  257 

Cassida  scalaris.    Plate  XXVIII.  Fig.  2.       .  258 

Cassida  micans.    Plate  XXVIII.  Fig.  3.    .  ib. 

Cassida  echinata.    Plate  XXVIII.  Fig.  4.      .  259 

Cassida  perforata.    Plate  XXVIII.  Fig.  5.  ib. 

Cassida  luctuosa.    Plate  XXVIII.  Fig.  6.       .  260 

Cassida  sex-pustulata.    Plate  XXIX.  Fig.  1.  ib. 

Alurnus  marginatus.    Plate  XXX.  Fig.  1.      .  ib. 

Clythra  hirta.    Plate  XXIX.  Fig.  2.          .  261 

Chlamys  monstrosa.    Plate  XXIX.  Fig.  3.      .  262 

Eumolpus  cupreus.    Plate  XXX.  Fig.  2.    .  263' 

Chrysomela  cerealis.    Plate  XXX.  Fig.  3.       .  264 

Chrysomela  fastuosa.    Plate  XXX.  Fig.  4.  265 

Doryphora  tessellata.    Plate  XXIX.  Fig.  4.    .  ib. 

(Edionychis  cincta.    Plate  XXX.  Fig.  5.   .  266 

Erotylus  histrio.    Plate  XXIX.  Fig.  5.           .  267 

Spheniscus  erotyloides.    Plate  XXIX.  Fig.  6.  268 
TEIMERA. 

Coccinella  vigintiduo-punctata.    Plate  XXX. 

Fig.  6 269 

PORTRAIT  OF  RAY  ....  2 
Vignette  Title-page.  Buprestis  fulminans  and 

Curculio  spleiidens              ...  3 


In  all  Thirty-two  Plates  in  this  Volume. 


M E  M  0 1 E     OF     B  A  Y. 


MEMOIR    OF   RAY. 


THE  individual  of  whose  life  it  is  proposed  to  give 
some  account,  occupied  a  distinguished  place  among 
the  eminent  men  of  the  seventeenth  century,  and 
contributed  materially  by  his  genius  and  writings 
to  give  an  impulse  to  the  age  in  which  he  lived. 
He  carried  his  investigations  into  many  of  the  most 
important  departments  of  natural  science,  and,  by 
means  of  his  accurate  observation,  faithful  descrip- 
tion, and  philosophical  talents,  placed  them  on  a 
foundation  from  which  they  have  been  raised  to 
their  present  state  of  advancement.  These  quali- 
ties, combined  with  learning  of  the  first  order,  and 
an  integrity  of  life  seldom  equalled,  justly  entitle  him 
to  the  grateful  remembrance  of  his  countrymen  ; 
and  the  appellations  of  "  Father  of  Natural  History," 
"  Aristotle  of  England,"  and  the  "  Linnaeus  of  his 
time/*  which  some  of  them  have  bestowed  on  him, 
sufficiently  evince  the  high  sense  that  has  been  en- 
tertained of  his  merits. 


18  MEMOIE    OF    BAY. 

JOHN  RAY  was  born  on  the  29th  November  1628, 
at  a  place  named  Black  Notley,  in  Essex.  Although 
the  name  of  his  family  was  Ray,  he  continued  all 
the  time  he  attended  the  university  to  write  it 
Wray,  a  form  in  which  it  accordingly  appears  in  the 
college  registers,  and  in  some  of  his  earliest  publi- 
cations. This  alteration  was  soon  however  aban- 
doned, and  he  confesses  himself  to  have  adopted  it 
inconsiderately,  and  contrary  to  the  usage  of  his  fore- 
fathers. His  parents  were  of  humble  condition,  but 
they  were  enabled  to  provide  for  the  liberal  educa- 
tion of  their  son.  His  early  studies  were  pursued  at 
the  grammar  school  of  Braintree,  which  was  not  far 
distant  from  the  place  of  his  birth.  In  his  maturer 
years  he  used  to  lament  that  so  much  of  his  time 
had  been  spent  there  unprontably,  owing  to  the 
,  imperfect  mode  of  education  pursued — a  complaint 
pretty  generally  applicable  to  such  institutions  at 
the  period  of  which  we  speak. 

We  possess  no  detailed  or  circumstantial  account 
of  Ray's  boyhood,  nor  is  it  probable  that  there  was 
much  deserving  of  being  recorded  in  the  early  part 
of  a  life,  which  was  never  marked,  even  at  its  most 
active  period,  by  great  variety  of  incident.  What- 
ever may  have  been  the  deficiencies  of  his  education 
at  school,  they  were  speedily  repaired  by  his  ex- 
treme assiduity  and  aptitude  for  learning.  His  at- 
tention seems  for  a  time  to  have  been  chiefly  de- 
voted to  the  acquisition  of  languages,  and  other 
Branches  of  knowledge  bearing  immediate  relation 


MEMOIR    OF    EAY.  19 

to  the  sacred  profession  of  the  church,  for  which  he 
was  destined.  But  a  predilection  for  the  study  of 
nature  must  have  been  manifested  when  he  was  very 
young,  as  we  find  him  mentioned,  shortly  after  en- 
tering the  university,  in  terms  of  high  commenda- 
tion, not  only  for  his  knowledge  of  Latin  and  Greek, 
but  also  for  his  skill  in  Natural  History. 

His  removal  to  the  university  of  Cambridge  took 
place  when  he  was  sixteen  years  of  age,  for  it  ap- 
pears that  he  was  entered  at  Catherine  Hall  on  28th 
June,  1644.  He  continued  there  a  year  and  three 
quarters,  under  the  tuition  of  Mr  Duckfield,  when 
he  removed  to  Trinity  College.  Here  he  found  the 
subjects  of  study  greatly  more  congenial  to  his  taste, 
as  they  consisted  chiefly  of  the  physical  sciences  and 
the  more  elegant  departments  of  polite  learning. 
He  had  also  the  benefit  to  enjoy  the  instructions  of 
Dr  Duport,  an  individual  of  considerable  celebrity 
at  that  time  for  his  extensive  acquaintance  with 
Greek  literature.  Availing  himself  to  the  utmost 
of  these  advantages,  and  extending  his  enquiries 
into  some  departments  of  learning  then  very  little 
cultivated,  Ray  soon  acquired  a  high  reputation  both 
for  his  scholarship  and  philosophical  attainments.  At 
a  time  when  all  scientific  works,  and  frequently  even 
the  private  correspondence  of  friends,  were  written 
in  Latin,  a  facility  in  the  use  of  that  language  was 
not  a  rare  attainment ;  but  a  nicer  perception  of  pe- 
culiarities of  idiom,  and  a  higher  tone  of  classical 
elegance,  are  observable  in  Ray's  Latin  composi- 


20  MEMOIR    OF    RAY. 

tions,  than  in  the  writings  of  most  of  his  cotempo* 
raries.  His  talents  and  amiable  disposition  secured 
him  the  esteem  and  friendship  of  many  of  the  most 
eminent  men  then  attending  the  university,  parti- 
cularly the  celebrated  Isaac  Barrow,  Dr  Tenison, 
afterwards  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  and  Dr  Arrow- 
smith,  master  of  Trinity  College.  When  enume- 
rating the  most  eminent  men  to  whom  he  had  been 
tutor,  Dr  Duport  was  accustomed  to  say,  that  the 
chief  of  all  his  pupils  were  Mr  Ray  and  Dr  Barrow, 
to  whom  he  esteemed  none  of  the  rest  comparable. 

Ray  prosecuted  the  regular  order  of  study  then 
prescribed  to  candidates  for  holy  orders,  and  when 
of  some  standing,  was  chosen  into  several  offices  01' 
the  college,  having  been  appointed  in  succession, 
Prcelector  Primarius,  Junior  Dean,  and  College 
Steward.  The  latter  office  he  held  for  two  years, 
and  was  sworn  into  it  on  the  last  occasion  in  De- 
cember 1660. 

During  his  residence  at  the  university,  Mr  Ray 
likewise  distinguished  himself  as  an  eloquent  preach- 
er ;  for  it  was  a  common  practice  at  that  period  to 
deliver  public  discourses  in  the  college,  previous  to 
ordination.  His  sermons  were  much  esteemed  for 
sound  reasoning,  enlightened  views  of  theology,  and 
a  judicious  application  of  scriptural  principles  to  the 
ordinary  duties  of  life  ;  qualities  seldom  found  in  the 
sermons  of  the  time,  which  were  generally  either  cha- 
racterized by  a  spirit  of  fanaticism,  or  filled  with  the 
unprofitable  disquisitions  of  scholastic  theology.  Of 


MEMOIR    OF   RAT.  21 

the  nature  and  beneficial  tendency  of  his  early  dis- 
courses, we  are  enabled  to  judge  from  some  ex- 
amples that  have  been  preserved,  and  especially 
from  his  valuable?  Treatise  on  the  Wisdom  of  God 
in  Creation,  and  Phy  si  co-theological  Discourses 
concerning  the  Chaos,  Deluge,  and  Dissolution  of 
the  World,  which  in  their  original  form  were  theo- 
logical exercises,  or  common-places,  as  they  were 
termed,  delivered  in  the  college. 

The  turbulent  and  unsettled  state  of  the  country 
previous  to  the  restoration,  caused  Mr  Ray  to  defer 
his  design  of  taking  orders,  but  the  tranquillity  re- 
sulting from  that  event  seemed  to  hold  out  the  pro- 
mise of  better  times.  He  was  ordained  both  deacon 
and  priest,  by  Dr  Sanderson,  bishop  of  Lincoln,  «*-* 
the  Barbican  Chapel,  London,  on  the  23d  Decem- 
ber, 1660.  He  continued  to  be  a  fellow  of  Trinity 
College  till  the  passing  of  the  famous  Bartholomew 
Act  in  1662,  for  enforcing  uniformity,  by  which  so 
many  conscientious  divines  were  deprived  of  their 
livings.  Had  this  enactment  merely  required  an 
attestation  against  the  Solemn  League  and  Cove- 
nant, there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  Ray  would 
have  refused  to  comply ;  for  he  by  no  means  ap- 
proved of  that  oath,  and  on  every  occasion  showed 
the  warmest  attachment  to  the  doctrines  and  dis- 
cipline of  the  Church  of  England.  But  a  declara- 
tion was  likewise  required,  that  those  who  had  taken 
the  oath  did  not  lie  under  obligation  to  keep  it,  a 
requisition  which  was  so  repugnant  to  Ray's  prin- 


22  MEMOIR    OF    RAT. 

ciples  that  he  did  not  hesitate  to  reject  it.  He  was 
accordingly  deprived  of  his  fellowship  for  non-con- 
formity, along  with  thirteen  others  belonging  to  the 
university  of  Cambridge. 

Ray's  ardent  desire  of  knowledge,  and  the  plea- 
sure he  derived  from  pursuits  so  congenial  to  his 
taste  and  disposition,  led  him  sooner  or  later  to  in- 
vestigate almost  every  department  of  Natural  His- 
tory. But  botany,  a  subject  which  has  attracted 
so  many  youthful  minds  to  the  study  of  nature,  was 
the  object  of  his  earliest  predilection,  and  it  like- 
wise continued  throughout  the  greater  part  of  his 
life  to  engross  the  largest  share  of  his  attention. 
Little  had  hitherto  been  done  for  this  science,  either 
in  Britain  or  on  the  Continent.  When  Ray  first 
turned  his  attention  to  it,  it  was  nearly  in  the  same 
condition  in  which  Turner  had  found  it  about  a 
century  before.  Almost  the  only  works  that  treated 
of  plants  were  styled  "  Herbals,"  of  which  the  in- 
dividual just  named  might  well  say,  that  they  were 
"  al  full  of  unlearned  cacographees,  and  falsely 
naming  of  herbs."  Their  use  in  medicine  was  the 
only  consideration  that  recommended  plants  to  at- 
tention ;  and  while  all  the  works  relating  to  the  sub- 
ject were,  to  quote  from  the  title-page  of  one  of  them, 
"  compyled,  composed,  and  auctorysed  by  divers 
and  many  noble  Doctours  and  expert  Maysters  in 
Medycynes,"  the  object  at  which  they  aimed  may 
be  gathered  from  the  title  of  the  "  Grete  Herball," 
which  professed  to  give  "  parfyt  knowledge  and  un- 


MEMOIR   OF   BAY.  23 

derstanding  of  all  manner  of  Herbes,  and  their  gra- 
cyous  vertues  which  God  hath  ordeyned  for  our 
prosperous  welfare  and  helth,  for  they  hele  and 
cure  all  manner  of  dyseases  and  sicknesses  that  fall 
or  misfortune  to  all  manner  of  creatures  of  God 
created."  Instead  therefore  of  being  valued,  as  they 
are  by  modern  botanists,  for  their  rarity  and  beauty, 
or  as  supplying  a  link  in  the  chain  of  natural  affinities, 
the  highest  recommendation  which  plants  could  pos- 
sess may  be  supposed  to  be  similar  to  that  men- 
tioned by  the  apothecary  in  the  tale,  when  he  found 
one  that  was  unknov/n  to  him,  "  that  it  had  a  fine 
poisonous  smell,  and  must  be  good  for  something !" 
No  trial  had  been  made  to  form  a  system  of  arrange- 
ment, and  the  particular  localities  of  species  were 
very  little  regarded. 

His  first  work  on  this  subject  was  named  Catalo- 
gits  Plantarum  circa  Cantabrigiam  nascentium,  which 
was  published  in  1 660.  It  was  nothing  more  than  the 
title  imports,  a  mere  catalogue  of  plants,  with  the 
addition  of  the  place  of  their  growth.  No  generic 
characters  or  description  of  species  are  given,  nor  is 
there  any  attempt  at  systematic  arrangement,  the 
names  being  simply  placed  in  alphabetical  order. 

The  favourable  manner  in  which  this  publication 
was  received,  and  the  impulse  it  gave  (notwithstand- 
ing its  local  reference  and  uninviting  nature)  to  the 
study  of  botany,  induced  its  author  to  form  the  de- 
sign of  preparing  a  similar  work  applicable  to  the 
whole  of  England.  He  thus  explains  his  intentions  in 


24  MEMOIR    OF    RAT. 

a  letter  to  his  valued  friend  Mr  Willughby :  "  You 
remember  that  we  lately,  out  of  Gerard,  Parkinson, 
and  Phytologia  Britannica,  made  a  collection  of 
rare  plants,  whose  places  are  therein  mentioned, 
and  ranked  them  under  the  several  counties.  My 
intention  now  is  to  carry  on  and  perfect  that  design ; 
to  which  purpose  I  am  now  writing  to  all  my  friends 
and  acquaintance  who  are  skilful  in  herbary,  to  re- 
quest them  this  next  summer,  each  to  search  dili- 
gently his  countrey  for  plants,  and  to  send  me  a  ca» 
talogue  of  such  as  they  find,  together  with  the  places 
where  they  grow.  In  divers  counties  I  have  such 
as  are  skilful  and  industrious.  For  Warwickshire 
and  Nottinghamshire  I  must  beg  your  assistance, 
which  I  hope  and  am  confident  you  will  be  willing 
to  contribute.  After  that,  partly  by  my  own  search, 
partly  by  the  mentioned  assistance,  I  shall  have  got 
as  much  information  and  knowledge  of  the  plants  of 
each  countrey  as  I  can  (which  will  require  some 
years),  I  do  design  to  put  forth  a  compleat  P.  B. 
First  I  shall  give  the  names  of  all  plants  which  are  or 
shall  then  be  found  growing  in  England,  in  an  alpha- 
betical order ;  together  with  their  synonyma.  I  shall 
also  put  a  full  Index  Anglicolatinus,  after  the  man- 
ner of  that  in  the  Cat.  Cant.  Then  I  shall  put  in 
the  counties,  with  the  several  rare  plants  in  them 
marshalled  alphabetically,"  &c.*  For  the  accom- 
plishment of  this  object,  but  little  aid  could  be  de- 

*  Philosophical  Letters,  p.  356. 


MEMOIR   OF   BAY.  25 

rived  from  books.  The  only  enumeration  of  British 
plants  that  had  been  attempted  was  by  William 
Howe,  in  his  Phytologia  Britannica,  published  in 
1650.  But  that  work  was  too  meagre  and  inaccu- 
rate to  be  of  much  service,  and  the  Pinax  rerum 
J3ntannicarum  of  Merret,  which  professed  to  give 
the  history  of  every  kingdom  of  nature,  was  equally 
undeserving  of  commendation.  Ray  was  therefore 
obliged  to  rely  on  the  contributions  of  his  numerous 
friends,  and  his  own  industry.  He  travelled  through 
the  greater  part  of  England  and  Wales,  zealously 
investigating  the  indigenous  plants ;  nor  did  he  ne- 
glect the  opportunity  which  these  excursions  afford- 
ed, of  examining  every  thing  that  was  new  or  interest- 
ing either  in  nature  or  art.  Local'and  general  history, 
traditions,  antiquities,  provincial  language  and  man- 
ners, occasionally  shared  his  attention  with  the  more 
direct  objects  of  his  research.  He  kept  a  journal 
of  his  proceedings,  in  which  he  recorded  his  observa- 
tions, and  inserted  the  localities  of  the  rarer  plants. 
This  curious  production  was  published  after  his 
death  by  Dr  Derham,  under  the  title  of  Itineraries. 
In  1661  he  made  a  journey  into  Scotland,  accompa- 
nied by  his  scientific  friends  Mr  Willughby  and  Mr 
Skippon,  to  examine  the  natural  productions  of  that 
country,  which  were  even  less  known  than  those  of 
England.  His  route  lay  through  Berwick,  Dunbar, 
and  Edinburgh.  On  their  way  to  the  latter  place, 
the  party  visited  the  Bass  Island, — a  spot  probably 
of  more  interest  to  the  ornithologist  than  almost  any 


26  MEMOIR    OF    EAT. 

other  of  equal  extent.  His  description  of  the  solan 
goose,  of  which  this  rock  is  well  known  to  be  one 
of  the  principal  haunts,  is  accurate.  "  The  old 
ones  are  all  over  white,  excepting  the  pinion  or 
hard  feathers  of  their  wings,  which  are  black.  The 
upper  part  of  the  head  and  neck,  in  those  that  are 
old,  is  of  a  yellowish  dun  colour.  They  lay  but 
one  egg  a-piece,  which  is  white,  and  not  very  large : 
they  are  very  bold,  and  sit  in  great  multitudes  till 
one  comes  close  up  to  them,  because  they  are  not 
wont  to  be  scared  or  disturbed.  The  young  ones 
are  esteemed  a  choice  dish  in  Scotland,  and  sold 
very  dear  (Is.  8d.  plucked).  We  eat  of  them  at 
Dunbar.  They  are  in  bigness  little  inferior  to  an 
ordinary  goose.  The  young  one  is  upon  the  back 
black,  and  speckled  with  little  white  spots,  under 
the  breast  and  belly  grey.  The  beak  is  sharp- 
pointed,  the  mouth  very  wide  and  large,  the  tongue 
very  small,  the  eyes  great,  the  foot  hath  four  toes 
webbed  together.  It  feeds  upon  mackerel  and  her- 
ring, and  the  flesh  of  the  young  one  smells  and 
tastes  strong  of  these  fish.  The  laird  of  this  island 
makes  a  great  profit  yearly  of  the  solan  geese  taken; 
as  I  remember,  they  told  us  L.I 30  sterling.  They 
make  strangers  that  come  to  visit  it  Burgesses  of  the 
Basse,  by  giving  them  to  drink  of  the  water  of  the 
well,  which  springs  near  the  top  of  the  rock,  and  a 
flower  out  of  the  garden  thereby."* 

His  stay  in  the  metropolis  of  Scotland  was  very 
*  Itineraries,  p.  191. 


MEMOIR    OF   RAY.  27 

short,  but  he  visited  the  principal  public  buildings, 
and  gives  a  brief  account  of  them.  From  Edin- 
burgh he  proceeded  to  Stirling  and  Glasgow ;  from 
thence  to  Hamilton  and  Douglas,  the  latter  of  which 
he  calls  a  pitiful,  poor,  small  place,  with  scarce  a 
house  in  it  that  will  keep  a  man  dry  in  a  shower  of 
rain ;  and  re-entered  England  by  way  of  Dumfries 
and  Carlisle. 

Ray  does  not  appear  to  have  derived  much  satis- 
faction from  his  northern  tour.  He  was  disappoint- 
ed in  one  of  his  principal  objects,  as  he  failed  in  dis- 
covering any  new  plants.*  His  remarks  on  Scotland 
are  frequently  made  in  a  spirit  of  acrimony,  which 
was  foreign  to  the  natural  placability  of  his  temper. 
It  is  probable  that  he  was  subjected  to  much  incon- 
venience on  the  road,  as  the  country  was  in  a  very 
disturbed  state,  and  the  accommodation  for  travellers 
of  the  most  indifferent  description.  Neither  were 
some  of  his  observations  on  the  social  condition  of 
the  inhabitants  of  a  kind  calculated  to  awaken  re- 

*  We  know  not  on  what  authority  it  is  asserted  (Brews- 
ter's  Edin.  Encyc.)  that  Ray  discovered  many  new  plants 
in  Scotland,  since  he  expressly  affirms  in  a  letter  to  Mr 
Wiliisel  that  he  found  none.  The  southern  division  of  the 
country  bears  so  much  resemblance  to  England  in  all  the 
circumstances  that  seem  to  influence  the  distribution  of 
plants,  that  scarcely  any  appreciable  dissimilarity  is  to  be 
expected.  The  primitive  and  alpine  districts  of  the  north 
present  of  course  a  very  distinct  vegetation,  but  these  do 
not  appear  to  have  ever  been  visited  by  Ray* 


28  MEMOIR    OF    RAY. 

gard,  or  produce  agreeable  associations.  He  states 
that  while  he  was  in  Scotland,  divers  women  were 
burnt  for  witches,  to  the  number,  it  was  reported, 
of  about  120!  And  during  his  walks  about  Edin- 
burgh, one  of  the  spectacles  that  presented  itself 
was  the  heads  of  Argyle  and  Guthry  fixed  on  the 
gates  of  the  tollbooth.  The  following  extract  con- 
tains his  opinion  of  the  Scotch,  and  is  of  consider- 
able interest  in  a  historical  point  of  view. 

"  The  Scots  generally  (that  is  the  poorer  sort), 
wear,  the  men  blue  bonnets  on  their,  heads,  and 
some  russet ;  the  women  only  white  linnen,  which 
hangs  down  their  backs  as  if  a  napkin  were  pinned 
about  them.  When  they  go  abroad  none  of  them 
wear  hats,  but  a  party-coloured  blanket,  which  they 
call  a  plad,  over  their  heads  and  shoulders.  The 
women  generally  to  us  seemed  none  of  the  hand- 
somest. They  are  not  very  cleanly  in  their  houses, 
and  but  sluttish  in  dressing  their  meat.  Their  way 
of  washing  linnen  is  to  tuck  up  their  coats,  and  tread 
them  with  their  feet  in  a  tub.  They  have  a  custom 
to  make  up  the  fronts  of  their  houses,  even  in  their 
principal  towns,  with  firr  boards  nailed  one  over  ano- 
ther, in  which  are  often  made  many  round  holes  or 
windows  to  put  out  their  heads.  In  the  best  Scot- 
tish houses,  even  the  king's  palaces,  the  windows 
were  not  glazed  throughout,  but  the  upper  part  on- 
ly, the  lower  have  two  wooden  shuts  or  folds  to  open 
at  pleasure,  and  admit  tbe  fresh  air.  The  Scots 
cannot  endure  to  hear  their  country  or  countrymen 


MEMOIR    OF    KAY.  29 

spoken  against.  They  have  neither  good  bread, 
cheese,  or  drink.  They  cannot  make  them,  nor  will 
they  learn.  Their  butter  is  very  indifferent,  and  one 
would  wonder  how  they  could  contrive  to  make  it  so 
bad.  They  use  much  pottage  made  of  coal-wort, 
which  they  call  keal,  sometimes  broth  of  decorticated 
barley.  The  ordinary  country-houses  are  pitiful  cots, 
built  of  stone,  and  covered  with  turves,  having  in 
them  but  one  room,  many  of  them  no  chimneys,  the 
windows  very  small  holes,  and  not  glazed.  In  the 
most  stately  and  fashionable  houses  in  great  towns, 
instead  of  cieling,  they  cover  the  chambers  with  firr 
boards,  nailed  on  the  roof  within  side.  They  have 
rarely  any  bellows  or  warming-pans.  It  is  the  man- 
ner in  some  places  there,  to  lay  on  but  one  sheet 
as  large  as  two,  turned  up  from  the  feet  upwards. 
The  ground  in  the  valleys  and  plains  bears  good 
corn,  but  especially  beer-barley  or  bigge,  and  oats, 
but  rarely  wheat  and  rye.  We  observed  little  or 
no  fallow  grounds  in  Scotland ;  some  laved  ground 
we  saw,  which  they  manured  with  sea-wreck.  The 
people  seemed  to  be  very  lazy,  at  least  the  men, 
and  may  be  frequently  observed  to  plow  in  their 
cloaks.  It  is  the  fashion  of  them  to  wear  cloaks 
when  they  go  abroad,  but  especially  on  Sundays 
They  lay  out  most  they  are  worth  in  cloaths,  and 
a  fellow  that  has  scarce  ten  groats  besides  to  help 
himself  with,  you  shall  see  come  out  of  his  srooaky 
cottage  clad  like  a  gentleman."* 

*  Itineraries^  p.  186. 


30  MEMOIR    OF    BAY. 

After  exploring  the  natural  productions  of  Britain 
with  so  much  diligence  and  success,  Mr  Ray  became 
desirous  of  gaining  some  acquaintance  with  those 
of  other  countries ;  and  for  this  purpose  formed  a 
plan,  in  concert  with  his  steady  coadjutor  Mr  Wil- 
lughby,  for  visiting  the  Continent.  They  sailed 
from  Dover  in  April  1663,  accompanied  by  Mr  Na- 
thaniel Bacon,  and  Mr,  afterwards  Sir  Philip,  Skip- 
pon,  two  of  Ray's  pupils.  They  passed  through  the 
Low  Countries,  Germany,  &c. ;  traversed  Italy,  and 
even  visited  Sicily  and  Malta.  On  their  return 
they  spent  a  considerable  time  in  Switzerland, 
where  Ray  is  said  by  Haller  to  have  discovered 
many  new  plants,  although  that  was  the  scene  where 
Gesner  and  the  two  Bauhines  had  laboured  so  assi- 
duously. The  result  of  his  foreign  travels  was  given 
to  the  public  in  1673,  under  the  title  of  "  Ob- 
servations topographical,  moral,  and  physiological, 
made  in  a  journey  through  part  of  the  Low  Coun- 
tries, Germany,  Italy,  and  France."  Mr  Willughby 
separated  from  the  party  at  Montpellier,  and  made 
a  tour  through  Spain,  an  account  of  which  is  like- 
wise included  in  the  volume. 

When  he  returned  home,  Ray  continued  to  pro- 
secute the  study  of  British  plants  with  unremitting 
assiduity,  and  to  make  excursions  to  the  more  re- 
mote parts  of  the  country  to  ascertain  their  locali- 
ties. On  these  occasions  he  was  usually  accompa- 
nied by  Mr  Willughby  or  some  other  scientific  friend, 
and  his  researches  were  not  confined  to  plants,  hut 


MEMOIR    OF   HAY.  21 

extended  to  various  departments  of  the  animal  king- 
dom, particularly  birds  and  fishes.  In  the  summer 
of  1667  he  traversed  Cornwall,  where  he  found 
many  plants  previously  unknown  to  him,  and  made 
observations  on  the  metals  found  in  that  county,  and 
the  mode  of  smelting  them,  which  were  afterwards 
published.  When  not  occupied  in  this  manner,  he 
spent  much  of  his  time  at  Middleton-Park  in  War- 
wickshire, the  seat  of  Mr  Willughby.  In  a  letter 
from  that  place  to  Dr  Martin  Lister,  dated  June 
1667,  he  thus  describes  his  occupations :  "  For  my 
own  part,  I  cannot  boast  of  many  discoveries  made 
the  last  year,  save  of  mine  own  errors.  After  i 
took  my  leave  of  you  at  Cambridge,  I  divided  the  re- 
mainder of  the  summer  between  Essex  and  Sussex, 
visiting  several  friends.  My  spare  hours  I  bestow- 
ed in  reading  over  such  books  of  natural  philosophy 
as  came  out  since  my  being  abroad,  viz.  Hook's 
Micrographia,  Mr  Boyle's  Usefulness  of  Natural 
Philosophy,  Sydenham  on  Fevers,  the  Philosophical 
Transactions,  &c.  The  most  part  of  the  winter  I 
spent  in  reviewing,  and  helping  to  put  in  order,  Mr 
Willughby's  collection  of  birds,  fishes,  shells,  stones, 
and  other  fossils ;  seeds,  dried  plants,  coins,  £c. ; 
in  giving  what  assistance  I  could  to  Dr  Wilkins,  in 
framing  his  tables  of  plants,  quadrupeds,  birds, 
fishes,  &c.  for  the  use  of  the  universal  character ; 
in  gathering  up  into  a  catalogue  all  such  plants  as 
I  hod  found  at  any  time  growing  wild  in  England, 
not  in  order  to  the  present  publishing  of  them,  but 


32  MEMOIR    OF    BAY. 

for  my  own  use,  possibly  one  day  that  they  may 
see  the  light ;  at  present  the  world  is  glutted  with 
Dr  Merret's  bungling  Pinax.  I  resolve  never  to 
put  out  any  thing  which  is  not  as  perfect  as  it  is 
possible  for  me  to  make  it.  I  wish  you  would  take 
a  little  pains  this  summer  about  grasses,  that  so  we 
might  compare  notes ;  for  I  would  fain  clear  and 
complete  their  history." 

The  famous  work  of  Dr  Wilkins  on  a  universal 
character,  alluded  to  in  the  above  letter,  subse- 
quently entailed  on  Mr  Ray  a  great  degree  of  labour ; 
for  he  undertook,  at  the  earnest  solicitation  of  its 
author,  to  translate  it  into  Latin.  When  this  labo- 
rious task  was  accomplished,  the  manuscript  was  de- 
posited in  the  library  of  the  Royal  Society,  where  it 
has  continued  ever  since,  no  one  having  undertaken 
its  publication. 

By  this  time  Ray's  reputation  as  an  accomplished 
naturalist  and  philosopher  was  fully  established,  and 
he  had  become  either  the  personal  friend  or  cor- 
respondent of  all  the  individuals  of  any  eminence 
who  then  directed  their  attention  to  the  study  of 
nature.  Of  these  the  best  known  to  modern  na- 
turalists are  Dr  Martin  Lister,  whose  works  on  tes- 
taceous animals,  and  treatise  De  Araneis,  are  scarce- 
ly yet  surpassed  for  precise  description  and  lumi- 
nous arrangement;  Sir  Hans  Sloane — the  Sir  Joseph 
Banks  of  his  day — whose  extensive  collections  and 
valuable  library  (which  formed,  as  is  well  known, 
the  original  nucleus  of  the  present  vast  assemblage 


MEMOIR    OF    RAY.  33 

in  the  British  Museum)  contributed  so  essentially 
to  the  progress  of  natural  history ;  and,  at  a  later 
period,  Dr  Derham,  the  learned  and  eloquent  author 
of  the  Physico  and  Astro-  Theology.  He  was  like- 
wise solicited  to  become  a  member  of  the  Royal 
Society,  an  institution  recently  established,  but 
which  had  already  done  much  in  diffusing  a  taste 
for  the  physical  sciences,  and  had  given  a  powerful 
impulse  to  the  study  of  natural  history.  He  was 
admitted  on  the  7th  November  1667,  and  several 
papers  from  his  pen  afterwards  appeared  in  the  So- 
ciety's Transactions. 

The  description  and  classification  of  vegetables 
were  not  the  only  departments  of  botany  that  re- 
ceived illustration  from  Ray's  labours ;  he  likewise 
ascertained  some  important  facts  in  their  physiolo- 
gy. The  theory  of  vegetation  wras  at  this  time  very 
imperfectly  understood,  and  every  observation  found- 
ed on  careful  experiment  possessed  of  value.  The 
accurate  investigations  of  Grew  and  Malpighi  were 
destined,  soon  after,  to  throw  a  powerful  light  on 
this  difficult  and  interesting  subject.  In  the  spring 
of  1669,  Ray  availed  himself  of  the  privileged  se- 
clusion of  Middleton-Hall,  and  the  observational 
powers  and  co-operation  of  its  amiable  proprietor, 
to  institute  a  series  of  experiments  on  the  motion 
of  the  sap  in  trees.  The  object  was  to  ascertain 
the  manner  in  which  the  sap  ascends,  and  whether 
it  likewise  flows  through  the  woody  part  of  the  tree. 
By  boring  holes  of  different  depth  into  the  trunk 


34  MEMOIE   OF   BAY. 

before  the  expansion  of  the  leaves,  it  was  clearly 
proved  that  the  sap  flows  not  only  through  the  inner 
bark,  but  by  all  the  pores  of  the  wood;  for  the  quan- 
tity of  sap  that  issued  was  found  to  be  in  proportion 
to  the  depth  of  the  hole.  "  To  put  it  out  of  all 
doubt,"  says  Mr  Ray,  "  we  took  away,  on  one  side 
of  a  birch  tree,  bark  and  wood  to  a  considerable 
depth,  and  bored  an  hole  into  the  tree,  where  the 
piece  was  taken  away ;  out  of  which  hole  it  bled 
copiously,  notwithstanding  we  carefully  prevented 
any  other  sap  coming  on  the  filter,  but  what  pro- 
ceeded from  the  hole."  The  mucilaginous  nature 
of  the  sap  likewise  attracted  attention,  and  Ray  in- 
geniously remarks,  that  "the  white  coagulum  or  jelly 
which  is  precipitated,  may  be  well  conceived  to  be 
the  part  which  every  year,  between  bark  and  tree, 
turns  to  wood,  and  of  which  the  leaves  and  fruit  are 
made.  And  it  seems  to  precipitate  more  when  the 
tree  is  just  ready  to  put  out  leaves,  and  begins  to 
cease  dropping,  than  at  its  first  bleeding."  Experi- 
ments of  a  similar  kind  seem  to  have  been  continu- 
ed for  several  years,  as  we  find  frequent  allusion 
made  to  them  in  Ray's  letters  to  Dr  Lister  and 
others  of  his  correspondents.  The  results  to  which 
they  led  were  communicated  to  the  Royal  Society, 
and  subsequently  published  in  the  Philosophical 
Transactions. 

In  his  numerous  journeys  throughout  almost  every 
part  of  England  and  Wales,  Ray  had  acquired,  with 
that  spirit  of  active  enquiry  which  permitted  the 


MEMOIE    OP    RAY.  25 

neglect  of  no  branch  of  useful  knowledge,  an  ex- 
tensive acquaintance  with  the  proverbial  expressions 
used  in  different  parts  of  the  country,  and  likewise 
of  the  local  words  and  idioms  that  prevailed  in  dif- 
ferent provinces.  Under  the  impression  that  such 
a  work  might  be  of  use  to  certain  classes  of  the 
community,  he  arranged  the  proverbs  in  methodical 
order,  and  published  them  at  Cambridge  in  1672. 
Even  in  this  unambitious  kind  of  literary  labour,  he 
showed  a  good  deal  of  philological  learning  and 
critical  sagacity;  and  this  production,  which,  he 
says,  he  esteems  a  toy  and  a  trifle,  not  worth  the 
owning,  has  made  his  name  known  to  many  of  his 
countrymen,  unacquainted  with  his  claims  to  higher 
literary  distinction.  His  Collection  of  Unusual  or 
local  English  Words  was  published  nearly  at  the 
same  time,  and  was  accompanied  with  a  catalogue 
of  birds  and  fishes,  and  an  account  of  the  mode  of 
smelting  and  refining  metals  as  practised  in  Eng- 
land. In  a  subsequent  edition  these  accessory  arti- 
cles were  omitted,  as  they  had  been  published  sepa- 
rately in  a  more  perfect  form. 

We  learn  from  a  letter  to  Dr  Lister,  that  about 
this  time  he  was  solicited  to  accompany  three  young 
noblemen  to  the  Continent  in  the  capacity  of  tutor 
This  offer  he  was  at  first  inclined  to  accept,  espe- 
cially as  it  offered  him  the  opportunity  of  examin- 
ing the  alpine  plants  of  Switzerland  with  more  care 
than  he  had  been  able  to  do  on  his  former  visit;  but 
he  was  obliged  to  decline  it  on  account  of  the  de- 


36  MEMOIR    OF    RAY. 

licate  state  of  his  health.  The  conditions  he  con- 
sidered liberal,  and  the  manner  in  which  he  expresses 
himself  regarding  them,  affords  an  example  of  that  dif- 
fidence and  humility  which  were  conspicuous  in  his 
character.  "  Ego  certe  meipsum  tali  negotio  imparem 
et  minus  idoneum  judico;  nee  si  idoneus  essem,  puto 
me  tantam  mercedem  aut  stipendium  mereri  posse. 
Centum  librae  annuatim  offeruntur,  necessariis  om- 
nibus expensis  etiam  persolutis."* 

In  the  year  1672,  Ray  sustained  an  irreparable 
loss  by  the  premature  death  of  Mr  Willughby. 
They  had  been  fellow-collegians  at  Trinity  College, 
and  the  acquaintanceship  there  formed,  was  speedily 
matured  by  community  of  tastes  and  pursuits  into  the 
most  intimate  and  endearing  friendship.  Possessed 
of  ample  fortune,  family  influence,  and  high  mental 
endowments,  Mr  Willughby  might  have  attained  to 
some  of  the  most  envied  objects  to  which  ambition 
aspires ;  but  his  disposition  led  him  to  prefer  the 
tranquil  enjoyments  that  flow  from  the  investigation 
of  nature,  and  the  cultivation  of  the  generous  affec- 
tions and  contemplative  habits  which  that  study  is 
calculated  to  promote.  The  zeal  with  which  he 
laboured,  is  sufficiently  evinced  by  what  he  accom- 
plished during  his  short  life ;  and  had  Providence 
spared  him  to  complete  the  extensive  designs  he 
had  formed,  his  name  would  have  occupied  a  most 
conspicuous  place  in  the  annals  of  science.  The 

*  Philosophical  Letters,  p.  72. 


MEMOIR    OF    RAT.  37 

distinction  that  now  attaches  to  it,  is  chiefly  to  be  at- 
tributed to  the  affectionate  care  of  Ray,  who  under- 
took to  complete  and  publish  several  works  which 
he  left  imperfect ;  a  task  which  he  executed  with 
so  much  fidelity  and  regard  to  the  fame  of  his  de- 
ceased friend,  that  the  reader  is  led  to  attribute  to 
Mr  Willughby  much  of  the  merit  that  belonged 
exclusively  to  Ray.  These  important  works  will  be 
mentioned  more  particularly  hereafter.  They  were 
originally  undertaken  in  conformity  with  a  plan  for 
furnishing  a  complete  history  and  description  of 
plants  and  animals,  of  which  the  following  account 
is  given  by  Dr  Derham,  who  derived  his  informa- 
tion directly  from  Ray.  "  These  two  gentlemen, 
finding  the  history  of  nature  very  imperfect,  had 
agreed  between  themselves,  before  their  travels  be- 
yond sea,  to  reduce  the  several  tribes  of  things  to 
a  method  ;  and  to  give  accurate  descriptions  of  the 
several  species,  from  a  strict  view  of  them.  And 
forasmuch  as  Mr  Willughby's  genius  lay  chiefly  to 
Animals,  therefore  he  undertook  the  Birds,  Beasts, 
Fishes,  and  Insects,  as  Mr  Ray  did  the  Vegetables. 
How  each  of  these  two  great  men  discharged  his 
province,  the  world  hath  seen  in  their  works.  Mr 
Willughby's  labours  were  so  incessant  in  his  studies, 
that  he  allowed  himself  little  or  no  time  for  those 
recreations  and  diversions  which  men  of  his  estate 
and  degree  are  apt  to  spend  too  much  of  their  time 
in  ;  but  he  prosecuted  his  design  with  as  great  ap- 
plication, as  if  he  had  been  to  get  his  bread  thereby. 


38  MEMOIR    OF    RA.Y. 

All  which  I  mention,"  adds  this  amiable  writer 
"  not  only  out  of  the  great  respect  I  bear  to  Mf 
Willughby's  memory,  but  for  an  example  to  persons 
of  great  estate  and  quality,  that  they  may  be  ex- 
cited to  answer  the  ends  for  which  God  gives  them 
estates,  leisure,  parts,  and  gifts,  and  a  good  genius ; 
which  was  not  to  exercise  themselves  in  vain  or 
sinful  follies,  but  to  be  employed  for  the  glory,  and 
in  the  service,  of  the  Infinite  Creator,  and  in  doing 
good  offices  in  the  world."* 

This  event  exercised  a  considerable  influence 
on  Ray's  future  life.  He  was  appointed  one  of  Mr 
Willughby's  executors,  and  at  the  same  time  charged 
with  the  care  and  education  of  his  two  infant  sons ; 
while,  as  a  still  further  token  of  esteem,  an  annuity 
for  life  was  bequeathed  to  him.  In  execution  of  the 
trust  thus  confided  to  him,  it  became  necessary  that 
he  should  take  up  his  residence  at  Middleton-Hall, 
where  ample  occupation  awaited  him,  in  addition  to 
what  arose  from  the  superintendence  of  his  youthful 
charge,  in  arranging  and  completing  the  MSS.  of 
his  lamented  friend.  He  was  likewise  obliged  to 
interrupt  his  simpling  excursions  (as  Derham  calls 
them),  and  to  decline  the  generous  invitation  sent 
to  him  about  this  time  by  Dr  Lister,  to  come  and 
live  with  him  at  York,  where  he  then  practised  as  a 
physician. 

While  yet  absorbed  in  grief  for  the  loss  of  his 

*  Derham's  Life  of  Ray,  p.  48. 


MEMOIR    OF   BAY. 

best  friend,  he  was  subjected  to  another,  scarcely 
less  afflicting,  by  the  death  of  Bishop  Wilkins,  an 
event  of  which  he  says  that  it  occasioned  him  un- 
speakable loss  and  grief.  The  most  intimate  friend- 
ship had  long  subsisted  between  Ray  and  this 
learned  prelate,  and  the  former  had  been  of  the  most 
essential  service,  in  drawing  up  tables  of  plants 
and  animals  for  the  elaborate  work  on  a  Real  Cha- 
racter. Through  his  influence  Ray  might  readily 
have  obtained  preferment  in  the  church,  but  he 
persisted  in  a  conscientious  resolution  not  to  sign 
the  necessary  articles.* 

Ray's  natural  sensibility  and  ardent  temperament, 
made  him  feel  these  losses  in  the  acutest  manner ; 
but  they  fell  upon  a  mind  deeply  imbued  with 
Christian  principle,  and  accustomed  to  recognise 
the  beneficent  appointments  of  a  presiding  power, 
in  the  most  trivial  as  well  as  in  the  most  important 
incidents  to  which  our  nature  is  liable.  How  much 
this  was  the  habit  of  his  mind,  appears  from  various 

*  In  reply  to  a  letter  in  which  Dr  Lister  had  expressed 
a  hope  that  he  would  avail  himself  of  the  influence  allud- 
ed to,  Ray  writes,  "  D.  Wilkins,  in  episcopalem  cathedrum 
evectum,  et  suiipsius,  et  mei,  et  pnecipue  ecclesiae  causa 
vehementer  gaudeo  :  me  tamen  per  eum  ecclesise  resti- 
turum  iri,  stante  sententia,  plane  est  impossible,  nee 
enim  unquam  adduci  me  posse  puto  ut  declaration!  sub- 
scribam  quam  lex  non  ita  pridem  lata  presbyteris  aliisque 
ecclesise  ministris  injungit,  nee  tamen  tanti  est  jactura 
mei  qui  nulli  fere  usui  ecclesiae  futurus  essem,  utut  (quod 
iici  solet)  rectus  in  curia  starem." — Phil.  Let.  p.  35. 


40  MEMOIR    OF    RAY. 

prayers  and  devotional  exercises,  written  on  occa- 
sion of  the  death  of  some  of  his  friends,  which  are 
calculated  to  convey  an  exalted  idea  of  his  piety. 
His  social  circle  being  thus  diminished,  and  finding 
himself  with  a  settled  occupation  likely  to  be  of  con- 
siderable duration,  he  sought  to  increase  his  domes- 
tic comforts  by  marriage.  His  choice  was  a  young 
woman  then  residing  at  Middleton-Hall,  named  Mar- 
garet Oakley,  the  daughter  of  a  gentleman  of  that 
name,  belonging  to  Launton  in  Oxfordshire.  The 
marriage  was  celebrated  in  Middleton  church,  on 
the  5th  June  1673,  Ray  being  then  in  his  forty-fifth 
year,  and  the  lady  not  above  twenty. 

After  this  event,  he  continued  to  reside  at  Mid- 
dleton-Hall, and  to  superintend  the  education  of  his 
pupils  ;*  a  task  in  which  Mrs  Ray  is  said  to  have 
lightened  his  labour  by  teaching  some  of  the  easier 
branches  herself.  For  the  use  of  his  pupils,  he 
composed  a  small  work  named  Nomenclator  Classi- 
cus,  which  was  first  published  in  1672.  The  object 
of  it  was  to  give  a  correct  explanation  of  Greek  and 
Latin  terms,  especially  such  as  apply  to  natural  ob- 
jects ;  a  purpose  for  which  it  is  said  to  have  been 
of  essential  service. 

For  several  years  subsequent  to  his  marriage, 

*  The  eldest  of  these  youths  was  created  a  baronet 
when  about  ten  years  of  age,  but  died  before  attaining 
majority.  The  younger  was  raised  to  the  peerage  by 
Queen  Anne,  under  the  title  of  Lord  Middleton.  Their 
sister  Cassandra-  became  Countess  of  Caernarvon. 


MEMOIR    OP    HAY. 

Ray's  literary  occupations  consisted  in  the  prepa- 
ration for  the  press  of  Willughby's  book  on  birds, 
the  completion  of  some  of  his  own  works  on  botany, 
and  various  contributions  to  the  Royal  Society. 
The  latter  related  chiefly  to  the  natural  history  of 
the  higher  animals,  but  they  likewise  communicated 
valuable  information  regarding  insects,  spiders,  and 
the  myriapodae.  The  physiology  of  vegetation  also 
formed  a  subject  of  communication,  and  on  one  oc- 
casion, at  the  request  of  the  indefatigable  secretary 
Mr  Oldenburgh,  who  was  one  of  Ray's  regular  cor- 
respondents, the  latter  furnished  one  of  the  philoso- 
phical discourses  annually  read  to  the  society,  which 
was  received  with  great  approbation.  The  subject 
was,  the  nature  of  seeds,  and  the  specific  differ- 
ences of  plants.  Willughby's  observations  on  birds 
were  written  in  Latin,  and  the  work  was  accordingly 
completed  in  that  language,  and  published  in  the 
year  1675.  Nothing  was  omitted  by  the  editor  to 
render  it  as  complete  as  possible.  The  descriptions 
are  frequently  of  considerable  length,  and  will  often 
be  found  more  correct  and  satisfactory  than  many  of 
those  contained  in  the  numerous  and  costly  works 
which  have  since  been  devoted  to  this  favourite  tribe 
of  animals.  Ray  afterwards  prepared  an  English 
translation,  to  which  he  made  large  additions,  and 
gave  it  to  the  public  in  1678.  In  this  edition,  the 
plates  were  likewise  improved  and  increased  in  num- 
ber ;  but  their  execution  was  by  no  means  satisfactory 
to  Ray,  as  the  engravers  were  but  little  experienced 


42  MEMOIR    OF    EAT. 

in  representing  such  objects,  and  his  distance  from 
London  prevented  him  from  giving  efficient  direc- 
tions. 

The  death  of  Mr  Willughby's  mother,  which 
happened  about  the  year  1676,  produced  a  consi- 
derable change  in  Ray's  domestic  relations.  His 
pupils  were  taken  from  under  his  charge,  and  he  no 
longer  continued  to  reside  at  Middleton-Hall.  He 
took  up  his  abode  for  a  time  at  Sutton  Cofield,  a  few 
miles  distant ;  but  soon  removed  to  Falborne-Hall, 
in  Essex,  which  was  in  the  vicinity  of  his  native  place. 
During  his  residence  there,  his  mother  died  at  Black 
Notley,  an  event  of  which  the  following  notice  is  found 
in  his  diary:  "March  15,  1678,  departed  this  life, 
my  most  dear  and  honoured  mother  Elizabeth  Ray, 
of  Black  Notley,  in  her  house  on  Dewlands,  in  the 
hall  chamber,  about  three  of  the  clock  in  the  after- 
noon, aged,  as  I  suppose,  seventy-eight :  whose  death, 
for  some  considerations,  was  a  great  wound  to  me. 
Yet  have  I  good  hope  that  her  soul  is  received  to 
the  mercy  of  God,  and  her  sins  pardoned  through 
the  merits  and  mediation  of  Jesus  Christ,  in  whom 
she  trusted,  and  whose  servant  she  hath  been  from 
her  youth  up,  sticking  constantly  to  her  profession, 
and  never  leaving  the  church  in  these  times  of  gid- 
diness and  distraction."  Shortly  afterwards  he  re- 
moved to  Black  Notley  with  his  family,  in  which 
place  he  intended,  as  he  himself  expressed  it,  to 
settle,  if  such  was  the  will  of  God,  for  the  short  pit- 
tance of  time  he  had  yet  to  live  in  this  world. 


MEMOIR    OF   RAY.  43 

Freed  from  the  interruptions  to  which  he  had 
been  for  some  time  exposed,  first  by  his  duties  as 
a  tutor  and  guardian,  and  more  recently  by  his  fre- 
quent removal  from  one  place  to  another,  he  had 
now  the  happiness  of  being  able  to  give  that  direc- 
tion to  his  studies  which  his  inclination  prompted, 
and  in  which  he  felt  himself  fitted  to  confer  most 
benefit  on  science.  It  is  observed  by  Haller,  that 
few  have  enjoyed  to  the  same  extent  as  Ray, 
the  rare  felicity  of  devoting  so  many  years  uninter- 
ruptedly to  the  study  of  a  favourite  subject.  It 
may  be  added,  that  still  fewer  have  equally  improved 
the  opportunities  that  occurred  to  them.  The  works 
which  he  completed  after  his  final  settlement  at  Not- 
ley  are  so  numerous,  that  he  may  be  ranked  among 
the  most  voluminous  writers  on  botany ;  and  while 
these,  together  with  his  publications  in  various  de- 
partments of  zoology,  have  established  his  high  re- 
putation as  a  philosophical  naturalist,  his  admirable 
treatises  on  religious  subjects,  all  tending  to  enforce 
the  observance  of  practical  piety,  have  gained  him  the 
incomparably  more  enviable  distinction,  of  having 
benefited  his  fellow  men  in  the  most  important  in- 
terests that  attach  to  their  nature.  Of  the  most  re- 
markable of  these  productions  we  shall  now  proceed 
to  give  some  account ;  for  their  collective  value  is 
so  considerable,  that  they  mark  an  important  epoch 
in  the  progressive  history  of  natural  knowledge. 

The  Methodus  Plantarum  Nova  issued  from  the 
Dress  in  1682.     It  contains  Ray's  first  attempt  to 


44  MEMOIR    OF   RAY. 

arrange  plants  in  methodical  order.      They  were 
distributed  in  the  following  manner  : 

Woody  Plants. 

Trees I 

Shrubs 2 

Herbaceous  Plants. 

Imperfect 3 

Without  a  flower 4 

Capillary .....5 

Grassy 6 

With  one  naked  seed • 7 

Umbellate 8 

Verticillate 9 

Rough-leaved 10 

Stellate 11 

Pome-bearing 12 

Berry-bearing 13 

Many-podded 14 

With  one  regular  petal 15 

With  one  irregular  petal 16 

Tetrapetalous,  siliquose 17 

Tetrapetalous,  siliculose 18 

Papilionaceous 19 

Pentapetalous 20 

Frumenta,  or  the  different  kinds  of  corn  that  af- 
ford food  to  men 21 

Grasses 22 

Grassy-leaved  plants 23 

Bulbous 24 

Allied  to  the  bulbous 25 


MEMOIR    OF   RAY.  45 

This  arrangement  is,  to  a  considerable  extent,  con- 
formable to  that  of  Csesalpinus,  published  in  1583, 
who  was  the  first  to  avail  himself  of  Gesners  judicious 
suggestion  to  arrange  vegetables  by  means  of  their 
fructification.  But  while  the  peculiarities  of  the  fruit 
were  continually  kept  in  view,  and  may  be  said  to 
form  the  basis  of  his  method,  Ray  perceived  the 
propriety  of  seeking  for  distinctive  characters  in  the 
other  parts  of  a  plant,  in  consequence  of  which  he 
has  made  a  nearer  approach  to  a  natural  arrange- 
ment than  any  preceding  systematist.  He  has  cer- 
tainly surpassed  his  predecessor  Morison,  a  native 
of  Aberdeen,  and  professor  of  botany  at  Oxford, 
whose  system  was  first  published  at  Paris  in  1669, 
and  which  is  greatly  more  complex  than  that  of 
Caesalpinus,  without  being  more  useful  in  the  ex- 
trication of  natural  affinities.  It  will  be  perceived 
that  Ray  adopts  the  ancient  primary  division  of 
plants  into  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs ;  although,  as 
Sir  J.  E.  Smith  observes,  his  own  prefatory  remarks 
tend  to  overset  that  principle,  as  a  vulgar  and  casual 
one,  unworthy  of  a  philosopher.  To  this  supposed 
fundamental  distinction,  however,  he  continued  to 
adhere,  but  he  soon  rectified  many  of  the  other 
errors  of  his  first  arrangement,  such  as  the  sepa- 
ration of  the  cereale  grasses  from  their  obvious  as- 
sociates, in  an  improved  method  subsequently  pub- 
lished. This  arrangement,  which  contains  his  most 
matured  views  on  the  subject,  consists  of  thirty-four 
classes,  distributed  as  follows : 


46 


MEMOIR    OF    EAY. 


•x  j    :  ^3 

|^>  :  | 

2        £3   SB 

v  -S  8  ^ 

; 
3    | 

.„ 

> 
|u 

'*  "£  ^  2  = 

§   ®  J2  ']t   a 
"*  5J  2   In  n-?iS 

B 

c/ 

C 

E 

1 

^ 

j; 
£ 

fl 

^ 

a 

S 

— 

5 

c: 

1 

i 

ST 

1 

1 

^C1 

~    fcdD  cc  712 

=  §  8  g-s 
^Soa 

3    F-' 

!   j 

}     ^ 

rs&i 

!oac! 

|j 

j 

5  £ 

j  i— 

N 

;a 

rs-a  ? 

>  o  Si 
^>P- 

rrt 
^c 

5     C 
[ft 

3  •»  .^ 

J  0  -^ 

5  0  "3 

;^g 

CO 

3 

1 

5 

0,         > 

) 

1 

c/ 

1   « 

| 

|-r- 

^     i«  -a 

I 

(D     0)     ^                             4_>            r^ 

X    «J                     T3  *S 

:             3 

>                 o 

^  "^  ^               J2  ^ 

a 

M  _^    ^                                    <U 

o 

3  -a 

>»         J3 

G    §    «                >>g           S 

s  s  s       is    £ 

«       &         3  ZZ&           S  i 

£    !<      ^6^      ^^ 

5     8        1.111        "5  « 

MEMOIR    OF    RAY. 


O»  O  ~*  CQ  CO 

r-<  <N  01 


8 

o 

"3 

8, 

s 

Q 

•c 

Q 

i 

J- 

V 

2     c/ 

>  r 

5 

S 

1 

s  « 

r> 

C 

c 

!/ 

1-1 

5   +• 

il 

1       r/ 

5    ^ 
y 

!i 

b 

|g 
= 

&«0    £     sra 

l||f|1 

sr 


48  MEMOIR    OF   BAY. 

This  method,  like  the  former,  is  in  a  considerable 
degree  founded  on  the  fruit,  but  the  other  parts 
are  adopted  without  hesitation  whenever  they  afford 
strongly  marked  characters  of  distinction.  One  of 
its  principal  merits  consists  in  assigning  a  distinct 
class  to  the  palms,  which  had  scarcely  been  recog- 
nised in  any  previous  system.  The  arrangement  of 
the  other  trees,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  fruc- 
tification, which  was  the  most  defective  part  of  the 
first  method,  is  also  deserving  of  high  commenda- 
j-  tion.  "  But  the  chief  glory  of  Ray's  second  method/' 
says  the  Rev.  Mr  Wood,  "  arises  from  its  taking  the 
lead  in  distributing  plants  according  to  the  number 
of  their  cotyledons.  This,  indeed,  no  one  would 
suspect  from  the  tabular  view  of  it,  as  it  stands  in 
Philosophia  Botanica  ;  nor  does  it  appear  in  Ray's 
own  table  of  contents,  which  Linnaeus  has  very 
carelessly  transcribed  and  unwarrantably  abridged. 
But  the  distinction  is  clearly  pointed  out  and  ex- 
plained in  the  work  itself,  into  which  one  would 
think  that  Linnaeus  had  never  looked.  "  Floriferas 
dividemus,"  is  the  perspicuous  language  of  Ray. 
"  in  dicotyledones,  quarum  semina  sata  binis  foliis 
anomalis  seminalibus  dictis,  quae  cotyledonum  usum 
praestant,  e  terra  exeunt,  vel  in  binas  saltern  lobos 
dividuntur,  quamvis  eos  supra  terram  foliorum  spe- 
cie non  efferant ;  et  monocotyledones,  quae  nee  folia 
seminalia  bina  efferunt,  nee  binos  lobos  con  dun  t. 
Haec  divisio  ad  arbores  etiam  extendi  pctest ;  si- 
quidem  palmae  et  congeneres  hoc  respectu  eodem 


MEMOIR    OF    EAY.  49 

modo  a  reliquis  arboribus  difFerunt  quo  monocotyl 
dones  a  reliquis  herbis."  It  is  with  peculiar  satis- 
faction that  we  thus  do  justice  to  our  great  British 
naturalist,  and  restore  to  him  the  honour  of  which 
he  has  been  in  a  great  measure  deprived.  We 
readily  acknowledge  that  we  are  proud  of  being  able 
to  call  him  our  countryman,  for  he  was  in  all  re- 
spects as  good  as  he  was  great.  How  far  we  may 
be  unduly  biassed  by  natural  patriotic  feelings,  it  is 
not  in  our  power  to  determine ;  but  while  our  pre- 
sent convictions  continue,  we  cannot  allow  a  decided 
pre-eminence  to  Tournefort.  Both  of  them,  indis- 
putably, possessed  supereminent  excellence,  and  we 
cannot  but  lament  that  they  were  not  better  friends. 
But  irritabile  genus  is  a  character  which  might  have 
been  extended  by  the  poet  much  beyond  his  own 
fraternity.5'* 

The  first  work  in  which  he  made  a  practical  ap- 
plication of  his  system,  and  long  before  he  had  ren- 
dered it  so  complete  as  it  appears  in  the  above  ta- 
ble, was  his  general  Historia  Plantarum,  of  which 
the  first  volume,  forming  a  thick  folio,  was  publish- 
ed in  1686.  He  undertook  this  work  at  the  re- 
quest of  several  of  his  learned  friends,  particularly 
two  gentlemen  of  rank  named  Hatton,  to  whom  the 
first  volume  is  dedicated.  The  second  volume  ap- 
peared about  a  year  afterwards,  and  a  supplementary 
one  was  added  in  1704.  In  this  arduous  undertaking 

*  Rees'  Cyclopaedia. 


50  MEMOIE   OF   EA1. 

he  received  considerable  assistance  from  many  of 
his  scientific  friends,  especially  Mr  Skippon,  Sir  Hans 
Sloane,  Dr  Tancred  Robinson,  and  Mr  Dale ;  but  it 
demanded  on  his  part  the  most  persevering  and  in- 
defatigable industry.  It  is  truly  characterized  by 
Linnaeus  as  opus  immensi  laboris.  It  embodies  all 
that  is  valuable  in  preceding  writers,  and  forms  a 
complete  epitome  of  the  botanical  lore  of  the  age. 
It  likewise  gives  the  substance  of  many  works,  such 
as  the  Hortus  Malabaricus,  which  are  inaccessible, 
from  their  rarity,  to  the  generality  of  readers.  To  its 
value  as  a  compilation  are  added  all  the  practical! 
knowledge,  original  observation,  and  critical  discern- 
ment of  its  author.  The  descriptions  are  frequently  of 
great  length,  and  in  general  remarkably  accurate.  To 
these  are  added  the  place  of  growth,  time  of  flowering, 
qualities,  and  uses.  Under  the  latter  head  the  author 
has  collected  much  curious  and  interesting  informa- 
tion. The  usefulness  of  this  elaborate  work  is,  how- 
ever, greatly  impaired  by  the  difficulty  in  identifying 
the  species,  from  the  vagueness  of  the  generic  and 
specific  characters.  This  inconvenience  would  have 
been  in  a  great  measure  obviated  by  the  proposal 
made  to  Ray  by  the  Bishop  of  London,  to  have  en- 
graved figures  of  the  whole ;  but  the  difficulty  of 
accomplishing  this  was  found  to  be  so  great,  that  the 
design  was  ultimately  abandoned.* 

Two  editions  of  the  catalogue  of  English  plants 

*  Philosophical  Letters,  p.  319-320. 


MEMOIR    OF    RAY.  51 

being  now  exhausted,  Ray  began  to  prepare  a  tnird 
for  the  press,  but  the  booksellers  who  had  purchas- 
ed the  copyright  of  the  early  editions,  threw  so 
many  obstacles  in  the  way,  that  he  was  induced  en- 
tirely to  remodel  the  work,  and  publish  it  in  a  differ- 
ent form.  But  as  this  could  not  be  accomplished 
for  some  time,  in  order,  in  the  mean  while,  to  satisfy 
tne  importunity  of  his  botanical  friends,  he  publish- 
ed, in  1688,  his  Fasciculus  Stirpium  P^itannica- 
rum  post  editum  Catalogum  Plantarum,  &c.  The 
other  work  appeared  in  1690,  under  the  title  of 
Synopsis  Methodica  Stirpium  Britannicarum.  Tnis 
publication,  in  the  opinion  of  one  of  the  most  com- 
petent judges,  Sir  J.  E.  Smith,  is  the  great  corner 
stone  of  his  reputation  in  this  department  of  science. 
"  Of  all  the  systematical  and  practical  floras  of  any 
country,  the  second  edition  of  Ray's  synopsis  is  the 
most  perfect  that  ever  came  under  our  observation. 
He  examined  every  plant  recorded  in  the  work,  and 
even  gathered  most  of  them  himself.  He  investi- 
gated their  synonyms  with  consummate  accuracy ; 
and  if  the  clearness  and  precision  of  other  authors 
had  equalled  his,  he  would  scarcely  have  committed 
an  error.  It  is  difficult  to  find  him  in  a  mistake  or 
misconception  respecting  nature  herself,  though  he 
sometimes  misapprehends  the  bad  figures  or  lame 
descriptions  he  was  obliged  to  consult."*  The  se- 
cond edition,  above  referred  to,  was  published  i& 

*  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  iv.  277. 


52  MEMOIR    OF   RAY. 

1696,  with  the  addition  of  more  than  a  hundred 
species,  and  a  history  and  arrangement  of  mosses, 
mushrooms,  fuci,  and  other  cryptogamous  plants. 
The  edition  now  most  in  use,  is  that  published  many 
years  after  the  author's  death  by  the  celebrated 
Dilienius. 

Although  our  accomplished  naturalist  was  so 
much  occupied  with  his  botanical  labours,  and  writes 
to  one  of  his  correspondents  that  he  resembled  him 
who  said,  Pectora  nostra  duas  non  admittentia  euros* 
yet  such  was  his  industry,  that  he  was  enabled  to 
prepare  for  the  press  the  valuable  but  incomplete 
and  ill-digested  materials  left  by  Mr  Willughby  for 
a  general  history  of  fishes.  As  the  pecuniary  aid 
which  was  liberally  contributed  by  Willughby's  re- 
lations to  the  former  work  was  in  this  instance  with- 
held, the  book  was  printed,  through  the  interest  of 
Bishop  Fell,  at  the  theatre  in  Oxford,  and  the  ex- 
pense of  the  plates  defrayed  by  several  members  of 
the  Royal  Society.  The  Historia  Piscium  forms  a 
folio  volume,  and  is  illustrated  by  188  plates.  It  is 
a  valuable  contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  a 
class  of  animals  which,  after  quadrupeds,  are  of  the 
greatest  utility  to  man,  but  which  are  less  known, 
notwithstanding  the  recent  exertions  of  Lacepede, 
Cuvier,  and  Valenciennes,  than  any  other  depart- 
ment of  the  animal  kingdom. 

It  had  always  been  matter  of  deep  regret  to  Ray 
that  he  was  prevented  from  engaging  in  the  active 
duties  of  his  profession :  his  earnest  desire  to  pro- 


MEMOIR    OF   RAT.  53 

mote  the  spiritual  good  of  others  led  him,  therefore, 
to  attempt  through  the  press  what  he  could  not  ac- 
complish otherwise.  The  subject  which  he  first 
selected  for  this  purpose  was  admirably  fitted  to 
call  forth  the  qualities  in  which  he  most  excelled, 
and  his  instructive  and  enlightened  manner  of  treat- 
ing it  has  been  acknowledged  by  all.  "  The  Wisdom 
of  God,  manifested  in  the  Works  of  the  Creation," 
the  volume  to  which  we  allude,  has  been  universally 
admired  as  an  able  exposition  of  the  power,  the 
goodness,  and  other  attributes  of  the  Deity,  as  they 
are  reflected  from  the  mirror  of  creation,  and  as  far 
as  they  can  be  "  understood  by  the  things  that  are 
made."  The  tendency  of  his  studies,  and  the  cha- 
racteristic qualities  of  his  mind,  enabled  him  to  il- 
lustrate the  subject  with  a  profusion  of  facts  and 
observations  of  the  most  interesting  kind ;  and 
the  work  is  pervaded  by  a  spirit  of  sound  philoso- 
phy and  ardent  piety,  which  confer  on  it  a  high 
value.  Such  was  its  popularity,  that  it  soon  passed 
through  many  editions,  and  was  translated  into  se- 
veral languages.  It  has  suggested  the  plan,  and 
furnished  many  of  the  most  valuable  materials,  of 
most  of  the  works  that  have  since  been  written  on 
the  same  topic,  and  has  made  the  name  of  Ray  fa- 
miliar to  the  generality  of  readers  even  in  the  pre- 
sent day. 

The  success  of  this  work  led  him  to  prepare  an- 
other of  a  somewhat  similar  nature,  entitled  "  Phy- 
sico- Theological  Discourses  concerning  the  primitive 


54  MEMOIR    OF    RAY. 

Chaos,  and  Creation  of  the  World  :  the  general  De- 
luge, and  Dissolution  of  the  World  ;"  which  was 
published  in  1692,  and  dedicated  to  Archbishop 
Tillotson.  Although  little  known  in  the  present 
day,  this  work  excited  considerable  attention  at  the 
time  it  appeared,  and  soon  went  through  several 
editions.  It  is  a  striking  proof  of  the  extent  and 
variety  of  knowledge  which  its  author  possessed  ; 
and,  independent  of  its  theoretical  views,  contains 
such  an  assemblage  of  facts  relating  to  the  structure 
of  the  earth,  and  the  changes  which  it  has  under- 
gone, that  it  has  not  yet  altogether  lost  its  utility.* 
In  compliance  with  the  urgent  solicitation  of  Dr 
Tancred  Robinson,/  Ray  undertook  to  prepare  a 
series  of  synoptical  arrangements  of  such  of  the 
other  classes  of  animals  as  had  not  been  included 
in  his  former  publications  ;  thus  furnishing  a  view 
almost  of  the  whole  system  of  nature,  f  The  first  of 
these  works  was  the  Synopsis  Methodica  Animalium 
Quadrupedum,  et  Serpentini  Generis,  which  appeared 
in  1693.  Besides  a  systematic  classification  of  these 
animals,  it  gives  a  pretty  full  account  of  their  forms 
and  internal  structure,  and  is  enriched  with  nume- 
rous important  observations,  and  interesting  details, 
illustrative  of  their  habits  and  instincts.  It  was  in 
general  use  among  naturalists  till  the  year  1735, 
when  it  was  superseded  by  the  system  of  Linnaeus. 

*    Pulteney's  Sketches  of  the  Progress  of  Botany  in 
England,  vol.  i.  p.  239. 


MKMOIR   OF  BAY*  £3 

This  was  followed  by  a  Synopsis  Methodica  Avium 
et  Piscium,  in  which  many  species  are  inserted 
which  had  become  known  to  the  author  since  the 
publication  of  Willughby's  works  on  the  same 
subjects.  Owing  to  the  negligence  of  the  book- 
seller to  whom  the  copy  had  been  sold,  this  volume 
was  not  given  to  the  world  till  after  Ray's  death, 
when  it  appeared  under  the  superintendence  of  Dr 
Derham,  who  added  several  descriptions,  together 
with  a  series  of  figures. 

Our  distinguished  author  was  now  considerably 
upwards  of  sixty  years  of  age,  and  his  constitution, 
naturally  feeble,  had  been  severely  tried  by  his  stu- 
dious and  sedentary  mode  of  life.  After  complet- 
ing so  many  useful  works,  he  was  pleased,  we  are 
told  by  his  biographer  Dr  Derham,  by  indulging  the 
thoughts  of  reposing  from  his  labours.  But  notwith- 
standing his  bodily  infirmities,  his  mind  was  still  vi- 
gorous ;  and  he  did  not  hesitate  to  engage  in  another 
literary  undertaking,  at  the  request  of  his  friends. 
This  was  to  revise  and  correct  an  English  edition 
of  Rauwolfs  Travels  in  Asia,  translated  from  the 
High  Dutch  by  Mr  Staphorst,  a  native  of  Germany. 
This  work  contained  a  good  deal  of  information  on 
many  subjects  in  natural  history,  and  to  make  it 
more  perfect  in  this  respect,  Ray  added  a  catalogue 
of  the  plants  of  Greece,  Syria,  Egypt,  and  Crete. 
It  was  published,  with  several  rare  tracts  annexed^in 
1693. 

Some  time  after  his  return  from  the  Continent, 


56  MEMOIR   OF   RAY. 

he  had  published  a  Catalogus  Stirpium  in  exteris 
regionibus,  &c.,  which  was  now  out  of  print ;  and 
his  attention  being  recalled,  by  Kauwolf ' s  book,  to 
exotic  botany,  he  conceived  that  it  would  be  of 
advantage  to  travellers  to  have  a  condensed  view  of 
the  vegetables  of  Europe,  exclusive  of  those  indi- 
genous to  Britain,  which  were  sufficiently  illustrated 
in  his  other  works.  He  accordingly  collected  all 
that  were  mentioned  by  authors,  and  added  them  to 
such  as  he  had  himself  discovered.  This  volume 
appeared  in  1694,  and  was  entitled  Stirpium  Euro- 
vcjearwm  extra  Britannias  nascentium  Sylloge.  The 
plants  are  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  and,  be- 
sides the  addition  of  various  lists  from  Boecone's 
Plants  of  Sicily,  and  other  works,  there  is  subjoined 
a  geographical  view  of  the  species  which  he  observed 
on  the  Continent ;  perhaps  the  earliest  attempt  to 
illustrate  the  distribution  of  vegetables  that  had  been 
made.  In  the  preface  to  this  book  he  discusses  tne 
merits  of  a  method  of  arranging  plants,  proposed  by 
Rivinus,  professor  of  botany  at  Leipsic,  which  led  to 
a  controversy  with  that  author.  The  method  of  Ei- 
vinus  is  entirely  artificial,  and  is  founded  on  the  regu- 
larity and  irregularity  of  the  corolla,  and  the  number 
of  petals  of  which  it  is  composed.  It  has  the  appear- 
ance of  great  simplicity,  but  leads  to  many  very  un- 
natural combinations,  and  is,  in  reality,  of  difficult 
and  vague  application,  as  the  flowers  are  more  lia- 
ble to  vary  in  the  number  of  their  petals  than  al- 
most any  other  part  of  structure.  He  was  the  first 


MEMOIR    OF    BAY.  57 

who  pointed  out  the  inaccuracy  of  the  division  of 
plants  into  trees,  shrubs,  under-shrubs,  and  herba- 
ceous, a  distinction  which  had  been  almost  universal- 
ly adopted,  and  which  was  warmly  defended  by  Ray, 
who  unaccountably  made  it  the  groundwork  of  his 
arrangement,  although  he  had  declared  it  to  be  un- 
philosophical.  Although  this  controversy  was  car- 
ried on  with  less  personal  recrimination  than  usually 
characterizes  such  discussions,  it  was  by  no  means 
agreeable  to  Ray,  whose  Christian  principles,  no  less 
than  the  amenity  of  his  disposition,  rendered  him 
desirous  to  live  in  peace  with  all  men.  The  prin- 
cipal benefit  that  resulted  from  this  altercation,  was 
the  improvement  which  it  led  him  to  make  in  his  me- 
thod of  arrangement.  These  improvements  were 
embodied  in  the  Methodus  Plantarum  nova  emen- 
data  et  aucta,  and  are  exhibited  in  the  second  ta- 
bular view  which  we  have  given  on  a  former  page. 
Owing  to  some  difficulty  in  effecting  an  arrange- 
ment with  the  London  booksellers  for  the  publica- 
tion of  this  work,  it  was  printed  at  Amsterdam, 
under  the  care  of  Dr  Hotton,  professor  of  botany 
at  Leyden ;  and  its  wide  diffusion  on  the  Continent 
made  Ray's  name  as  a  botanist  of  European  cele- 
brity. It  was  published  in  1703,  arid  is  the  last  of 
his  botanical  labours. 

While  engaged  in  its  composition,  the  infirmities 
of  age  were  rapidly  accumulating.  He  writes  to  Dr 
Robertson  that  he  was  quite  unable  to  go  to  Lon- 
don to  examine  the  different  collections  of  plants, 


58  MEMOIE   OF   EAT. 

and  that  lie  could  not  so  much  as  walk  into  the 
neighbouring  fields.  He  had  laboured  for  some 
years  under  a  severe  disorder  in  his  legs,  which  had 
broken  out  into  ulcers,  and  occasioned  excessive 
pain.  He  was  likewise  seized  with  other  complaints, 
by  which  his  strength  was  so  much  reduced,  that  it 
became  evident  that  his  mortal  career  was  approach- 
ing its  close.  But  study  had  now  become  so  habitual 
to  him,  that  he  did  not  cease,  even  under  these  cir- 
cumstances, from  prosecuting  the  investigation  of 
nature,  and  even  entering  upon  subjects  compara- 
tively new  to  him.  It  had  formed  part  of  Wil- 
lughby's  plan  to  write  a  history  of  insects,  and  Ray 
had  at  an  early  period  given  occasional  attention  to 
the  subject,  with  a  view  of  assisting  in  that  under- 
taking. He  now  resolved  to  complete  the  work 
himself.  In  reference  to  it,  he  writes  to  Dr  Der- 
ham :  "  The  work  which  I  have  now  entered  upon 
is  indeed  too  great  a  task  for  me ;  I  am  very  crazy 
and  infirm,  and  God  knows  whether  I  shall  overlive 
this  winter.  Cold  weather  is  very  grievous  to  me  ;  be- 
Y  sides,  I  have  not  bestowed  sufficient  time  and  pains 
^(  in  the  quest  of  any  tribe  of  insects,  except  Papilio's, 
and  I  have  told  how  far  short  I  am  of  perfection  in 
that.  I  rely  chiefly  on  Mr  Willughby's  discoveries, 
and  the  contributions  of  friends."  On  another  oc- 
casion he  writes  to  the  same  individual,  "  For  my 
part  I  am  now  almost  three  score  and  fifteen  years 
of  age,  so  that  it  is  time  for  me  to  give  over  these 
studies  and  enquiries  (he  alludes  to  the  history  of 


MEMOIR   OF  BAT.  59 

insects,  which  he  had  been  recommending  Dr  Der- 
ham  to  pursue)  ;  and,  besides,  I  am  so  lame,  and  al- 
most continually  afflicted  with  pain,  that  I  cannot 
attend  any  study,  being  diverted  by  pain.  'Tis  true, 
of  late  years  I  have  diverted  myself  by  searching 
out  the  various  species  of  insects  to  be  found  here- 
abouts ;  but  I  have  confined  myself  chiefly  to  two 
or  three  sorts,  viz.  Papilios  diurnal  and  nocturnal, 
Beetles,  Bees,  and  Spiders.  Of  the  first  of  these 
I  have  found  about  300  kinds,  and  there  are  still 
remaining  many  more  undiscovered  by  me,  and  all 
within  the  compass  of  a  few  miles.  L  have  now 
given  over  my  inquisition,  bv  reason  of  my  dis- 
ability to  prosecute,  and  my  approaching  end, 
which  1  pray  God  fit  me  for.  xou  that  have  more 
time  betbre  you  may  profitably  Desttw  some  of  your 
spare  hours  upon  such  enquiries,  and  may  probably 
make  useful  discoveries,  at  least  may  reap  a  great 
deal  ot  pleasure  ana  satisraction  in  finding  out  and 
ormging  to  ligni  some  of  the  works  of  God  not 
before  taken  notice  of."  But  before  ins  increasing 
infirmities  obliged  him  to  abandon  this  study — the 
ast  that  occupied  the  attention  of  his  active  mind — 
tie  had  prepared  pretty  copious  materials  for  a  his- 
tory of  insects,  which  was  published  after  his  death  by 
Dr  Derham,  at  the  expense  of  the  Royal  Society. 
It  comprises  all  Willughby's  descriptions  in  addi- 
tion to  his  own,  and  forms  a  small  quarto  of  398 
pages,  including  an  appendix  on  British  Beetles  by 
Dr  Lister.  The  descriptions  are  frequently  of  con- 


60  MEMOIR   OF   RAY, 

iderable  length,  particularly  those  of  the  butterflies, 
but  their  value  is  greatly  diminished  by  the  difficulty 
in  determining,  owing  to  the  want  of  plates  and  pre- 
cise characters,  to  what  particular  species  they  were 
designed  to  apply.  Prefixed  to  the  work  there  is 
a  systematic  arrangement  of  insects,  which  was  at 
first  published  by  itself  under  the  title  of  Methodus 
Insectorum.  He  divides  insects,  including  under  that 
name  intestinal  vermes,  earth-.worms,  and  leeches, 
into  two  primary  sections :  those  wnicn  undergo 
transformation,  and  tnose  which  do  not  cnange  their 
form.  The  orders  are  variously  characterized  by 
the  want,  or  presence  of  feet,  place  of'  abode,  struc- 
ture of"  the  wings,  form  of  the  caterpillar,  &c.  The 
following  is  a  tabular  view  of  this  arrangement  from 
Kirby  and  Spence's  Introduction,  which  these  ad- 
mirable authors  have  compressed  into  as  small  a 
space  as  possible,  by  using  the  Linnaean  terms  for 
metamorphoses,  and  reducing  Rav's  tribes  of  Orthop- 
tert,  Hemiptera,  and  Ne.uroptera*  to  their  modern 
denominations. 


MEMOIR   OF   RAY. 


61 


62  MEMOIR   OF   EAT. 

This  classification  possesses  considerable  merit 
The  praise,  it  is  true,  of  assuming  the  metamor- 
phoses of  these  animals  as  the  basis  of  a  natural 
arrangement,  is  due  to  Swammerdam,  but  in  many 
other  respects  Ray  has  improved  on  the  method  of 
his  illustrious  cotemporary.  He  has  indicated  and 
characterized  several  natural  groups  with  great  accu- 
racy ;  and  many  of  his  suggestions  have  not  been 
without  influence  in  leading  to  the  present  improved 
state  of  entomological  science.  Of  the  imperfec- 
tions of  his  arrangement  no  one  was  more  fully 
aware  than  himself.  He  laments  especially  the  in- 
accuracy of  that  part  of  it  relating  to  flies,  and  ex- 
presses a  hope  that  he  should  soon  be  able  to  fur- 
nish another  more  complete.*  This  expectation, 
however,  was  destined  never  to  be  realized. 

His  vital  powers  were  gradually  exhausted  by 
repeated  attacks  of  disease,  and  he  breathed  his 
last  at  his  residence  in  Black  Notley,  on  the  17th 
January  1705.  He  was  buried  in  the  church-yard 
of  his  native  parish,  where  a  monument  was  some 
time  afterwards  erected  to  his  memory,  by  the  care 
of  Bishop  Compton,  and  others  of  his  friends.  It 
was  inscribed  with  the  following  elegant  Latin  epi- 
taph from  the  pen  of  the  Rev.  William  Coy  te,  M.  A* 

*  Hist.  Insectorum,  p.  109. 


MEMOIR    OF   BAY.  63 

Eruditissimi  Viri  JOHANNIS  KAII,  A.  M. 

Quicquid  mortale  fuit, 
Hoc  in  angusto  tumulo  reconditum  est. 

At  Scripta 

Non  una  continet  Regio  : 
Et  Fama  undequaque  celeberrima 

Vetat  Mori. 

Collegii  S.  S.  Trinitatis  Cantab,  fait  olim  Socius, 

Necnon  Societatis  Regiae  apud  Londinenses  Sodalis, 

Egrigium  utriusque  Ornamentum. 

In  omni  Scientiarum  genere 
Tarn  Divinarum  quam  Humanarum 

Ver  satis  simus. 
Et  sicut  alter  Solomon  (cui  forskn  Unico  Secundus) 

A  Cedro  ad  Hyssopum, 
Ab  Animalium  maximis,  ad  minima  usque  Insecta, 

Exquisitam  nactus  est  Notitiam. 
Nee  de  Plantis  solum,  qua  patet  Teme  facies 

Accuratissime  disseruit ; 

Sed  et  intima  ipsius  viscera  sagacissime  rimatus, 
Quicquid  notatu  dignum  in  universa  Natura  de- 

scripsit. 

Apud  exteras  Grentes  agens, 

Quae  aliorum  Oculos  fugerent,  diligenter  exploravit, 

Multaque  scitu  dignissima  primus  in  Lucena  protulit : 

Quod  superest,  ea  Morum  Simplicatate  prseditus, 

Ut  fuerit  absque  Invidia  Doctus  ; 

Sublimis  Ingenii, 

Et,  quod  raro  accidit,  demissi  simul  animi  et  mo- 
desti ; 


64  MEMOIR    OF    RAY. 

I 

Non  Sanguine  et  Genere  insignis, 

Sed  quod  majus, 

Propria  Virtute  Illustris. 

De  Opibus  Titulisque  obtinendi 

Parum  solicitus, 

Haec  potius  merer!  voluit  quam  adipisci : 
Dum  sub  Private  Lare,  sua  Sorte  contentus 

(Fortuna  lautiori  dignus)  consenuit. 

In  rebus  aliis  sibi  modum  facile  imposuit, 

In  Studiis  nullum. 

Quid  Plura  ? 

Hisce  omnibus, 

Pietatem  minime  fucatam  adjunxit, 

Ecclesitz  Anglicance 
(Id  quod  supremo  halitu  confirmavit) 
,  Totus  et  ex  Animo  addictus. 

Sic  bene  latuit,  bene  vixit  Yir  beatus, 
Quern  Prcesens  s£tas  colit,  Postera  mirabitur. 

We  are  told  by  Sir  James  Edward  Smith,  that  in 
1737,  the  monument  bearing  the  above  inscription 
having  gone  very  much  to  decay,  it  was  restored  at 
the  charge  of  Dr.  Legge,  and  removed  for  shelter 
into  the  church.  Forty  years  afterwards,  the  tomb 
again  underwent  a  repair  by  the  care  of  the  present 
Sir  Thomas  Grey  Callum  and  others,*  who  subjoined 
a  third  inscription,  as  follows  : — 

*  It  has  been  again  repaired  by  Mr.  "Walker,  the  Rector 
of  Black  Notley. 


MEMOIR    OF    EAT.  3D 

Tumulum  hunc 

a  nonnullis  humanitati,  et  scientiae 
natural!,  faventibus, 

olim  conditum, 

et  aliorum  bona  diligentia 

postea  restauratum,  1737, 

nunc  e  vetustatis  situ  et  sordibus 

pauci  de  novo  revocarunt,  1792. 


The  era  in  which  Ray  flourished,  is  justly  de- 
scribed by  Linnaeus  as  the  dawn  of  the  golden  age 
in  natural  history.  In  the  period  that  preceded  it, 
the  thick  darkness  that  settled,  during  the  middle 
ages,  on,  almost  every  subject  worthy  to  occupy  the 
human  faculties,  still  continued  to  overshadow  the 
history  of  nature.  Scarcely  any  effort  was  made 
to  elucidate  even  the  most  familiar  phenomena  ; 
and  when  such  was  attempted,  the  want  of  obser- 
vation and  philosophical  discernment  was  supplied 
by  fictions  of  the  imagination  and  the  extrava- 
gancies of  credulity.  Since  what  had  been  seen 
and  ascertained  was  therefore  trifling  in  amount 
compared  with  what  had  been  heard  and  conjec- 
tured, it  is  not  surprising  that  the  few  works  of  the 
time  devoted  to  natural  history,  should  so  abound 
in  absurd  notions  and  fictitious  representations  of 
animal  forms,  as  to  be  useful  for  nothing  but  point- 
ing out  the  illusions  to  which  mankind  have  been 
subject.  The  investigations  of  Ray  and  his  co- 


66  MEMOIR   OF   BAY. 

temporaries,  pursued  in  the  rigorous  spirit  of  the  in- 
ductive philosophy,  soon  dissipated  these  delusions, 
by  bringing  every  thing  to  the  test  of  strict  obser- 
vation.    One  of  the  first  fruits  of  this  auspicious 
change,  was  the  triumphant  refutation  of  the  doc- 
trine of  equivocal  or  spontaneous  generation,  which 
had  maintained  its  place  among  the  unquestioned 
credenda  of  the  schools  from  the  time  of  Aristotle, 
and  the  full  establishment  of  the  Harveian  doctrine, 
omnia  ex  ovo.      Sound  principles  of  classification 
were  likewise  adopted,  and  improvements  equally  im- 
portant introduced  into  every  department  of  natural 
science,  forming  a  broad  and  stable  foundation  for  the 
stately  superstructure  which  has  since  been  reared. 
How  much  Ray's  individual  exertions  contributed 
to  this  effect,  will  in  some  measure  appear  from  the 
brief  view  that  has  been  given  of  his  life  and  writ- 
ings.    He  enjoyed  the  advantage  of  devoting  the 
greater  part  of  his  life  without  interruption  to  the 
studies  that  he  loved  so  well ;  and  this  circumstance, 
joined  to  his  indefatigable  industry  and  activity, 
enabled  him  to  accomplish  more  than  most  other 
authors.     There  is  scarcely  any  department  of  na- 
tural history  which  did  not  receive  illustration  from 
his  pen ;   he  greatly  extended  the  boundaries  of 
many  of  them,  and  the  systematic  study  of  some 
may  almost  be  said  to  have  originated  with  him. 
His  mind  was  equally  fitted  for  the  minute  and  labo- 
rious investigation  of  objects,  and  that  nice  percep- 
tion of  their  remote  and  general  relations  which  can 


MEMOIE   OF   BAY.  67 

only  be  attained  by  the  exercise  of  the  higher  facul- 
ties. Hence  he  excelled  both  as  a  faithful  describer 
of  species  and  a  framer  of  systems.  In  comparing 
the  latter  with  the  more  celebrated  method  of  Lin- 
naeus, it'  ought  to  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  two 
systematists  had,  in  a  great  measure,  different  ob- 
jects in  view ;  and  that  if  our  countryman  was  least 
successful,  he  failed  in  a  more  difficult  object  than 
that  to  which  the  other  so  admirably  attained.  Lin- 
naeus adopted  an  artificial  system,  of  which  the  only 
recommendation  is  the  ease  with  which  it  enables 
students  to  ascertain  the  names  of  plants.  Desir- 
ous that  this  knowledge  should  not  be  obtained  in 
an  empirical  manner,  Ray  attempted  to  follow  the 
divisions  of  nature ;  and  if  he  could  not  trace  the 
Ariadnean  thread,  he  failed  in  a  purpose  which  has 
not  yet  been  fully  accomplished.  Linnaeus  was 
deeply  indebted  to  Ray's  various  writings,  particu- 
larly in  his  arrangement  of  animals ;  and  a  careful 
perusal  of  the  Synopsis  Quadrupedum,  and  the 
early  editions  of  the  System  of  Nature,  will  lead  to 
the  wrish  that  the  obligation  had  been  more  warmly 
acknowledged.  Had  not  Ray  and  his  cotempora- 
ries  performed  the  office  of  pioneers  in  opening  a 
way  for  the  illustrious  Swede,  the  energies  of  his 
comprehensive  mind  might  have  been  engrossed 
with  the  subordinate  details  of  science,  and  his 
progress  obstructed  to  that  commanding  elevation 
which  he  now  occupies. 

Fully  to  appreciate  Ray's  merits,  we  must  not 


68  MEMOIR    OF    KAY. 

only  take  into  account  the  vast  increment  of  know- 
ledge which  resulted  to  natural  history  from  his  la- 
bours, but  also  the  discredit  from  which  he  rescued 
the  study.  Even  the  history  of  the  higher  animals, 
though  bearing  so  directly  on  the  interests  of  life, 
was  held  in  little  repute,  while  the  lower  tribes 
were  regarded  as  too  insignificant  to  merit  or  justify 
attention.  This  was  particularly  the  case  in  rela- 
tion to  insects  and  other  "  creeping  things,"  the 
examination  of  which  was  considered  as  egregious 
trifling,  and  deserving  of  nothing  but  ridicule  and 
contempt.  To  such  an  extent  did  this  prejudice 
prevail,  that  on  one  occasion  an  attempt  was  made 
to  set  aside  the  will  of  a  Lady  Glanville,  on  the 
ground  of  lunacy,  because  she  had  shown  a  strong 
partiality  for  insects,  and  Ray  had  to  appear  on  the 
day  of  trial  to  bear  testimony  to  her  sanity  I  By 
his  means,  however,  even  the  most  disreputable  of 
these  studies  was  placed  in  a  proper  light,  and  in- 
vested with  the  dignity  of  a  philosophical  pursuit ; 
and  although  it  was  not  till  a  remotely  subsequent 
period  that  many  of  them  were  cultivated  with  that 
zeal  which  their  intrinsic  interest  is  fitted  to  inspire, 
yet  a  feeling  was  produced  in  favour  of  all,  when 
they  were  seen  to  form  the  favourite  occupation  of 
a  mind  which  had  asserted  its  superiority  in  the 
most  approved  walks  of  learning,  and  which  did  not 
disdain  to  exercise  its  matured  faculties  in  contem- 
plating the  lowest  and  most  despised  of  nature's 
productions,  even  at  a  time  when  all  earthly  inte- 


MEMOIR    OP   RAT.  C9 

rests  were  beginning  to  lose  their  influence  in  the 
near  anticipation  of  the  most  glorious  manifestations 
of  the  Creator. 

His  varied  and  useful  labours  have  justly  caused 
him  to  be  regarded  as  the  father  of  natural  history 
in  this  country ;  and  his  character  is  in  every  re- 
spect such  as  we  should  wish  to  belong  to  the  indi- 
vidual enjoying  that  high  distinction.  His  claims 
to  the  regard  of  posterity  are  not  more  founded 
on  his  intellectual  capacity  than  on  his  moral  ex- 
cellence. He  maintained  a  steady  and  uncompro- 
mising adherence  to  his  principles,  at  a  time  when 
vacillation  and  change  were  so  common  as  almost 
to  escape  unnoticed  and  uncensured.  From  some 
conscientious  scruples,  which  he  shared  in  common 
with  many  of  the  wisest  and  most  pious  men  of  his 
time,  he  did  not  hesitate  to  sacrifice  his  views  of 
preferment  in  the  church,  although  his  talents  and 
learning,  joined  to  the  powerful  influence  of  his  nu- 
merous friends,  might  have  justified  him  in  aspiring 
to  a  considerable  station.  The  benevolence  of  his 
disposition  continually  appears  in  the  generosity  of 
his  praise,  the  tenderness  of  his  censure,  and  solici- 
tude to  promote  the  welfare  of  others.  His  modesty 
and  self-abasement  were  so  great  that  they  transpire 
insensibly  on  all  occasions ;  and  his  affectionate  and 
grateful  feelings  led  him,  as  has  been  remarked,  to 
fulfil  the  sacred  duties  of  friendship  even  to  his  own 
prejudice,  and  to  adorn  the  bust  of  his  friend  with 
wreaths  which  he  himself  might  justly  have  assumed. 


70  MEMOIR    OF    RAT. 

All  these  qualities  were  refined  and  exalted  by  the 
purest  Christian  feeling,  and  the  union  of  the  whole 
constitutes  a  character  which  procured  the  admira- 
tion of  cotemporaries,  and  well  deserves  to  be  re- 
commended to  the  imitation  of  posterity.  * 

*  While  the  natural  sciences  are  rapidly  advancing  in 
discovery,  it  is  pleasing  to  find  their  most  ardent  cultiva- 
tors cherishing  the  recollection  of  this  great  man  with 
such  feelings  as  pupils  entertain  towards  an  aged  and  re- 
vered preceptor ;  wondering  at  the  ability  with  which  he 
used  the  opportunities  within  his  reach,  and  anxious  that 
his  memory  should  be  honoured  by  the  generations  of  after 
days.  A  few  years  since,  some  of  the  admirers  of  Ray  in 
London  proposed  that  his  memory  should  be  commemo- 
rated by  some  appropriate  meeting.  The  proposal  was 
enthusiastically  received  by  the  leading  naturalists  of  the 
metropolis  and  its  vicinity,  and  the  29th  November  1828, 
the  second  centenary  of  his  birth-day,  was  selected  for  the 
purpose  of  a  public  expression  of  the  high  estimation  in 
which  he  was  held  by  the  lovers  of  every  branch  of  na- 
tural history.  One  hundred  and  thirty  of  the  most  dis- 
tinguished cultivators  and  patrons  of  science  gave  a  pub- 
lic dinner,  at  Free-masons'  Hall,  Davis  Gilbert,  Esq.  pre- 
sident of  the  Royal  Society,  in  the  chair,  and  spent  the 
evening  admiring  his  genius,  and  anxious  to  use  their 
best  endeavours  for  the  future  commemoration  of  his  piety 
and  learning. 

For  the  particulars  of  this  meeting,  see  Annals  of  Fhi- 
y^  vol.  v.  p.  140. 


ENTOMOLOGY. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 

OF 

COLEOPTEROUS  INSECTS. 

*'  Si  vous  parlez  d'une  pierre,  d'une  fourmi,  d'un  mou« 
cberon,  d'une  abeille,  votre  di scours  est  une  espece  de  de- 
monstration  de  la  puissance  de  celui  qui  les  a  forme'es; 
car  la  sagesse  de  Pouvrier  se  manifeste  pour  Tordinaire 
dans  ce  qui  est  le  plus  petit.  Celui  qui  a  e'tendu  lea 
cieux,  et  qui  a  creus^  le  lit  de  la  mer,  n'est  point  different 
de  celui  qui  a  percd  1'aiguillon  d'une  abeille,  afin  de  donner 
passage  a  son  venin." — St  Basil,  LYONNET'S  TRANS. 

THE  numerous  beings  comprehended  under  the 
name  of  Insect,  offer  to  our  regard  so  many  inte- 
resting objects  of  contemplation  and  research,  that 
their  history  has  deservedly  assumed  a  prominent 
place  among  the  natural  sciences.  Although  not 
to  be  compared  with  many  other  animals  in  direct 
utility  to  man,  they  are  by  no  means  destitute  even 
of  the  interest  produced  by  that  consideration, 


72  NATURAL   HISTORY    OF 

while  they  possess  advantages  as  a  subject  of  study 
and  investigation,  equal  to  almost  any  other  branch 
of  zoology.  Such  is  the  extent  of  the  subject,  and 
the  variety  of  aspects  in  which  it  may  be  viewed, 
that  minds  of  very  different  tastes  and  capacities 
may  find  congenial  occupation  in  some  one  or  other 
of  its  numerous  details.  The  investigation  of  ge- 
neric and  specific  distinctions,  which  are  often  so 
faint  and  evanescent  as  almost  to  elude  observation, 
accustoms  the  eye  to  habits  of  nice  discrimination, 
— the  relations  which  groups  and  families  bear  both 
to  each  other  and  to  the  different  kingdoms  of  na- 
ture, lead  to  general  views  sufficient  to  exercise 
the  faculties  of  the  most  gifted  minds, — while  the 
variety  of  form  and  structure  which  the  species  pre- 
sent, is  the  source  of  inexhaustible  gratification  to 
those  who  delight  to  trace  the  footsteps  of  the  Cre- 
ator in  his  works.  When  to  the  consideration  of 
their  forms  and  habits  we  add  the  internal  anatomy 
of  insects,  what  a  wide  and  fruitful  field  of  enquiry  is 
laid  open !  The  celebrated  Lyonnet  spent  a  consi- 
derable portion  of  his  life  in  examining  the  structure 
of  a  single  insect,  and  yet  left  much  to  be  supplied 
by  his  successors  to  complete  our  knowledge  even  of 
that  individual  species.  In  the  body  of  an  insect  not 
exceeding  an  inch  in  length,  M.  Straus  has  enume» 
rated  306  hard  pieces  entering  into  the  composition 
of  the  outer  envelope ;  494  muscles  for  putting  these 
in  motion ;  24  pair  of  nerves  to  animate  them,  di- 
vided into  innumerable  filets ;  and  48  pair  of  tra- 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  73 

chese,  equally  ramified  and  divided,  to  convey  air 
and  life  into  this  inextricable  tissue.  This  is  a 
spectacle,  says  Cuvier,  altogether  transporting  by  its 
delicacy  and  regularity.  Even  to  the  fine  assortment 
of  its  colours,  every  thing  seems  as  if  made  on  pur- 
pose to  please  the  eye  of  man,  which  now  perhaps 
looked  upon  it  for  the  first  time  since  the  creation.* 
.—Each  tribe  of  this  extensive  class  of  animals  pos- 
sesses peculiar  attributes  deserving  of  our  regard. 
The  extreme  beauty  of  the  Lepidoptera  or  butter- 
flies,— the  striking  contrast  they  present  in  the  dif- 
ferent stages  of  their  existence,  so  remarkable  as  to 
have  caused  them  to  be  regarded  by  a  mystical  phi- 
losophy as  the  types  of  the  human  soul  released  from 
its  material  encumbrance, — their  habits  and  times 
of  appearance,  the  one  suggesting  the  purity  of  an 
ethereal  nature,  the  other  associating  them  in  the 
mind  of  the  observer  with  the  beauty  of  external 
nature,  and  the  genial  influences  of  the  seasons, — 
have  alike  contributed  to  render  them  objects  of 
general  favour.  The  absence  of  imposing  forms 
and  splendour  of  ornament  among  the  Hymenoptera, 
is  amply  compensated  by  their  interesting  habits, 
arid  beautiful  adaptation  of  structure  to  the  perfect 
fulfilment  of  those  wonderful  instincts  which  in 
every  age  have  excited  the  admiration  of  mankind. 
Without  possessing  in  equal  perfection  the  beauty 
of  the  Lepidoptera,  or  the  exquisite  economy  of  the 

*  Rapport  sur  PHistoire  Naturelle. 


74  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

hive-bee,  the  Coleoptera  partake  in  no  inconsider- 
able degree  of  the  interest  arising  from  both  these 
sources,  while  they  offer  some  claims  on  our  atten- 
tion peculiar  to  themselves. 

In  consequence  of  the  compactness  and  solidity 
of  their  structure,  and  symmetrical  perfection  of 
their  forms,  the  greater  number  of  writers  on  ento- 
mology have  been  led  to  follow  Linne,  in  assigning 
to  the  Coleoptera  the  precedence  over  the  other 
tribes  in  their  systematic  classifications.  The  dis- 
tinctness of  their  insections  and  articulations,  to- 
gether with  the  clearly  defined  figure  of  the  organs 
of  manducation,  render  them  the  most  characteris- 
tic representatives  of  the  class  to  which  they  be- 
long ;  while  certain  relations  of  analogy  which  some 
of  the  species  are  thought  to  bear  to  the  vertebrated 
tribes,  seem  to  point  out  their  relationship  to  a 
superior  race  of  beings.  They  may  be  said  to 
symbolize  those  higher  animals  which  are  most 
remarkable  for  the  perfection  of  their  organs,  and 
which  are  therefore  regarded  as  the  types  of  their 
respective  classes,  such  as  the  feline  race  among 
quadrupeds,  and  eagles  among  birds.  These  con- 
siderations, taken  in  connexion  with  the  great  size, 
singular  forms,  and  brilliant  colouring,  of  many  of 
the  species,  as  well  as  the  ease  with  which  they 
can  be  preserved  in  much  of  their  living  beauty, 
have  long  rendered  them  favourite  subjects  of  study 
with  those  who  have  devoted  their  attention  to  an- 
nulose  zoology.  At  the  same  time.,  the  important 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  7^ 

functions  which  they  perform  in  the  economy  ol 
nature,  and  the  injurious  consequences  which  not 
unfrequently  result  to  mankind  from  their  undue  di- 
minution or  increase,  impart  a  greater  degree  of  im- 
portance to  their  history  than  attaches  to  the  gene- 
rality of  the  insect  tribes. 

Coleopterous  insects  compose  the  first  great  sec- 
tion, or  order  as  it  is  called,  of  the  class  of  insects. 
They  are  readily  distinguished  from  the  other  mem- 
bers of  their  class,  by  having  the  inferior  wings  co- 
vered and  protected  by  a  hard  case  or  shell.  This 
peculiarity  of  structure  has  suggested  the  name, 
which  is  composed  of  two  Greek  words,  and  signi- 
fies wings  in  a  sheath  (xoXso;,  a  sheath,  and  Triga, 
wings).  The  term  was  first  used  by  Aristotle,  and 
as  the  character  to  which  it  refers  forms  a  very  ob- 
vious mark  of  distinction,  it  has  been  almost  univer- 
sally adopted  by  subsequent  writers.  In  several  in- 
stances, however,  it  fails  to  be  an  accurate  defini- 
tion of  the  order,  for  there  are  some  beetles  without 
either  wings  or  sheath,  and  many  others  in  which 
the  latter  only  is  present.  To  the  other  characters 
more  recently  added,  such  as  the  transverse  folding 
of  the  wings,  and  the  straight  sutural  line  down  the 
middle  of  the  wing-cases,  separating  them  into  two 
equal  portions,  there  are  likewise  exceptions ;  but 
these  are  too  few  and  unimportant  to  invalidate  ma- 
terially the  general  correctness  of  the  definition. 

The  insects  to  which  these  characters  apply,  con- 
stitute one  of  the  most  numerous  orders  of  their 


76  NATURAL  HISTORY  OP 

class.  In  this  country  alone,  they  amount,  by  the 
latest  and  most  accurate  census,  to  upwards  of  3600, 
thus  forming  nearly  a  third  part  of  our  entire  insect 
population.  This  is  considerably  more  than  double 
the  number  of  phaenogamous  or  flowering  plants  in- 
digenous to  Britain,  and  greatly  exceeds  the  whole 
amount  of  our  native  vertebrate  animals.  When  com- 
pared with  the  two  other  orders  that  are  next  to  it  in 
extent  in  this  country,  it  will  be  found  that  the  Cole- 
optera  are  nearly  one  half  more  numerous  than  the 
Lepidoptera,  and  that  they  stand  much  in  the  same 
relation  to  the  Diptera  or  two-winged  flies.  Of  the 
latter,  indeed,  all  the  species  ascertained  to  inhabit 
Europe  scarcely  exceed  the  amount  of  British  Cole- 
optera ;  for  the  most  accurate  enumeration  of  the 
European  Diptera  which  we  possess  makes  them 
about  3760.*  The  native  Coleoptera  of  Sweden, 
according  to  the  enumeration  of  them  given  by 
Gyllenhal,  in  his  admirable  Insecta  Suecica,  are 
about  4700  in  number.  In  advancing  southwards, 
these  insects  increase  in  a  ratio  similar  to  what  is 
observed  in  other  departments  of  nature ;  and  in 
countries  under  the  tropics,  so  redundant  in  every 
kind  of  animal  life,  they  may  be  said  absolutely  to 
swarm.  We  are  without  sufficient  data,  however, 
from  which  to  form  an  accurate  estimate  of  their 
total  amount.  Some  years  since,  the  collection  of 

*  ©pstematigdje  'Bejecftretfrnng  tier  fce&annten  €uro* 
^toetflugeligen  3In0*fcten,  toon  31*  SX[1« 

1818-1830. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  77 

the  Count  de  Jean  at  Paris,  one  of  the  most  exten- 
sive that  exists,  contained  no  fewer  than  20,000 
species.  Many  others  are  no  doubt  to  be  found  in 
different  collections  ;  and  when  we  take  into  account 
the  discoveries  daily  made  by  the  numerous  culti- 
vators of  this  branch  of  zoology,  and  the  extent  and 
fertility  of  the  countries  with  the  insect  productions 
of  which  we  are  wholly  unacquainted,  there  seems 
reason  to  believe  that  it  cannot  be  much  short  of 
30,000— that  is  10,000  above  the  estimate  formed 
by  Ray  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  ago,  as  the  pro- 
bable amount  of  the  whole  class  of  insects  ! 

This  order  comprehends  some  of  the  largest  as 
well  as  the  most  minute  insects  with  which  we  are 
acquainted.  Certain  orthopterous  species  belonging 
to  the  genus  Phasma  surpass  them  in  length,  and 
several  gigantic  moths  are  of  greater  superficial  ex- 
tent ;  but  in  many  beetles  length  of  body  is  com- 
bined with  a  proportionate  breadth  and  thickness, 
which  renders  them  the  most  bulky  and  massive  of 
their  class.  A  fine  specimen  of  Prionus  giganteus 
measures  nearly  half  a  foot  in  length,  the  breadth 
is  about  two  inches,  and  the  expansion  of  the  wings 
is  nine  inches.  A  handsome  and  scarce  species  of 
the  same  family  (Prionus  armillatus)  is  about  five 
inches  long  and  one  inch  and  three  quarters  broad, 
and  the  antennas,  which  are  very  strong  and  rigid,  are 
upwards  of  six  inches  in  length.  The  Hercules  beetle 
(Dynastes  Hercules),  and  Scarabseus  Actaeon,  mea- 
sure respectively  about  four  and  a  half  inches  in  length 


73  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

including  the  horns.  The  largest  coleopterous  insects 
inhabiting  Britain  are  the  Hydrous  piceus,  and  the 
Stag-beetle  (Lucanus  cervus).  The  latter  is  nearly 
two  inches  in  length,  including  the  mandibles  ;  and 
the  former  is  not  much  short  of  the  same  dimen- 
sions, besides  being  of  considerably  greater  breadth. 
These  may  be  regarded  as  the  giants  of  this  order 
of  insects,  occupying  one  extremity  of  the  scale. 
At  the  opposite  extremity  may  be  placed  some 
species  of  the  genera  Trichopteryx,  Atomaria,  and 
Agathidium,  which  are  so  minute  as  not  to  exceed 
one-eighth  part  of  a  line  in  length  ;*  or,  to  adopt 
an  illustration  sometimes  employed,  they  are  abso- 
lutely not  bigger  than  the  full  stop  that  closes  this 
period. 

The  structure  of  these  minute  beings  is  perhaps 
even  more  calculated  to  excite  our  admiration  than 
that  of  the  larger  animals.  In  the  latter,  most  of 
the  parts  are  of  sufficient  size  to  come  within  the 
direct  cognisance  of  our  senses,  and  there  is  no  ap- 
parent discrepancy  between  their  dimensions  and 
the  functions  which  they  perform  ;  but  when  we  re- 
flect that  a  mere  animated  point,  almost  invisible  to 
the  naked  eye,  possesses  all  the  attributes  which  be- 
long to  the  largest  of  its  race — that  it  is  furnished 
with  an  external  covering  made  up  of  many  parts 
adjusted  to  each  other  with  the  nicest  accuracy — 
that  it  is  supplied  with  all  the  requisite  organs  of 

*  A  line  is  the  twelfth  part  of  a  French  inch. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  79 

sense  and  motion,  and  has  a  nervous  and  respiratory 
system  of  greater  complexity  than  many  of  the  lar- 
ger animals — that  the  various  processes  of  digestion, 
assimilation,  and  secretion,  are  continually  going 
forward — that  not  a  limb  can  be  put  in  motion 
without  calling  into  play  a  multitude  of  muscles — 
and  that  this  atomic  being  is  moreover  endowed 
with  instincts  which  regulate  with  almost  unerring 
certainty  all  its  habits  and  economy — we  can  scarce- 
ly fail  to  regard  it  as  affording  a  more  striking  in- 
stance of  consummate  skill  than  if  it  had  occupied 
a  much  larger  space. 

The  shapely  limb,  and  lubricated  joint, 
Within  the  small  dimensions  of  a  point, 
Muscle  and  nerve  miraculously  spun, 
His  mighty  work,  who  speaks  and  it  is  done ; 
The  invisible  in  things  scarce  seen  revealed, 
To  whom  an  atom  is  an  ample  field. 

"  To  the  eye  of  the  naturalist,"  says  Latreille, 
"  the  mass  or  volume  of  an  object  is  a  matter  of 
little  consequence.  The  wisdom  of  the  CREATOR 
never  appears  more  conspicuous  than  in  the  struc- 
ture of  those  minute  beings  which  seem  to  conceal 
themselves  from  observation  ;  and  Almighty  Power 
is  never  more  strikingly  exhibited  than  in  the  con- 
centration of  organs  in  such  an  atom.  In  giving 
life  to  this  atom,  and  constructing  in  dimensions 
so  minute  so  many  organs  susceptible  of  different 
sensations,  my  admiration  of  the  Supreme  Intelli- 
gence is  much  more  heightened  than  by  the  con- 


80  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

lemplation  of  the  structure  of  the  most  gigan 
animals." 

If  superiority  in  certain  qualities  must  be  conced- 
ed to  some  other  tribes  of  insects,  the  Coleoptera 
certainly  surpass  them  all,  as  well  as  the  higher 
races  of  animals,  in  variety  of  form  and  singularity 
of  structure.  Among  butterflies,  the  Hymmoptera, 
and  two-winged  flies,  nearly  as  great  a  uniformity  of 
outline  prevails  as  in  the  case  of  birds  and  serpents. 
But  there  appears  to  be  no  general  type  of  form  ac- 
cording to  which  beetles  have  been  modelled.  They 
differ  as  widely  among  themselves  in  outward  appear- 
ance, as  separate  classes  of  othei  animated  beings 
do  from  each  other.  Even  the  great  deep,  which  has 
ever  been  regarded  as  the  fertile  mother  of  all  mons- 
trous and  all  prodigious  things,  seldom  produces  an 
"  odd  fish"  equal  in  eccentricity  to  some  species  of 
beetles.  If  we  are  less  struck  with  the  strange  pro- 
portion of  their  parts,  than  with  any  unusual  figure 
among  the  larger  animals,  it  is  on  account  of  their 
small  size,  which  is  generally  too  inconsiderable  to 
arrest  our  attention,  and  leads  us  to  consider  them 
in  a  great  measure  abstractedly  from  the  idea  of 
physical  power  with  which  we  are  accustomed  to  re- 
gard animated  beings  of  large  dimensions.  But  for 
this  circumstance,  they  would  excite  the  astonishment 
of  the  most  careless  observer,  and  lead  us  to  fear  lest 
they  should  realize  the  anticipations  of  the  poet,— 

Their  shape  would  make  them,  had  they  bulk  and  size 
More  hideous  foes  than  fancy  can  devise ; 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  81 

With  helmet-heads,  and  dragon-scales  adorned, 
The  mighty  myriads,  now  securely  scorned, 
Would  mock  the  majesty  of  man's  high  birth, 
Despise  his  bulwarks,  and  unpeople  earth. 

To  those  who  have  never  had  an  opportunity  of 
inspecting  a  well-stored  cabinet  of  Coleoptera,  or 
whose  attention  has  never  been  drawn  to  the  observ- 
ance of  the  living  insects  in  their  native  haunts,  it 
is  not  easy  to  convey  an  adequate  conception  of  the 
variety  of  forms  which  they  assume.  An  examina^ 
tion  of  the  accompanying  plates  will  afford  a  more 
satisfactory  notion  of  this  than  can  easily  be  con- 
veyed by  description.  The  most  common  figure 
of  trie  outline  of  the  body  is  oblong  or  oval ;  fre- 
quently it  is  cylindrical  or  linear,  that  is,  having  the 
sides  parallel  with  each  other,  sometimes  orbicular, 
and  occasionally  almost  square.  These  may  be  re- 
garded as  the  primary  or  dominating  forms,  but  they 
are  subject  to  an  endless  variety  of  modifications, 
and  are  variously  blended  with  each  other.  The 
surface  is  commonly  convex,  and  the  under  side 
rather  flat,  so  that  a  transverse  section  forms  a  seg- 
ment of  a  circle ;  sometimes,  however,  the  upper 
side  is  depressed,  and  the  under  side  somewhat 
convex.  The  length  of  the  body  usually  exceeds 
the  breadth,  but  in  some  instances  the  transverse 
diameter  is  longest.  The  surface  is  frequently  ren- 
dered unequal  by  numerous  elevations  and  depres- 
sions, which  cause  the  creatures  "  to  resemble  so 
many  pigmy  Atlases  bearing  on  their  backs  a  mi- 


82  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

crocosm,  and  presenting  to  the  eye  of  the  beholder 
no  unapt  imitation  of  the  unequal  surface  of  the 
earth,  now  horrid  with  mis-shapen  rocks,  ridges,  and 
precipices,  now  swelling  into  hills  and  mountains, 
and  now  sinking  into  valleys,  glens,  and  caves/'* 
But  the  singular  appearance  of  the  greater  number 
is  produced  by  the  horrid  array  of  horns,  spines, 
and  other  projections  with  which  they  are  furnished. 
Some  of  these  appendages  are  so  remarkable  as  to 
be  wholly  unparalleled  in  any  other  department  of 
the  animal  kingdom,  and  we  are  often  wholly  at  a 
loss  to  conjecture  what  purposes  they  were  intended 
to  serve.  In  some  instances  (Scarabtzus  Syphax^ 
and  several  allied  species)  three  pointed  horns,  nearly 
half  the  length  of  the  body,  project  forwards  from 
the  thorax,  one  on  each  side,  and  the  other  just  over 
the  head.  Another  species  of  large  size  ( Scarabceus 
Actceori)  has  a  long  and  powerful  horn  issuing  from 
its  head,  curved  backwards,  and  bifid  at  the  point, 
and  having  a  strong  tooth  on  its  upper  side  towards 
the  base,  while  two  other  horns  stand  out  from  the  tho- 
rax, one  on  each  side.  A  middle-sized  species,  of  a 
uniform  reddish -brown  colour  (Scarabceus  claviger), 
bears  on  the  centre  of  its  thorax  a  long  stout  horn, 
which  is  dilated  in  an  angular  manner  at  the  tip, 
and  curved  forwards  so  as  nearly  to  meet  another 
of  a  slender  subulate  form  arising  from  the  crown 

*  Introduction  to  Entomology,  by  the  Rev.  William 
Kirby  and  William  Spence,  Esq.  vol.  i. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  83 

ot  the  head.  One  group  (Lucanidcz)  is  distin- 
guished by  the  portentous  length  of  their  jaws,  gar- 
nished with  a  formidable  armature  of  angular  pro- 
jections and  pointed  teeth,  bearing  some  resem- 
blance to  the  branching  antlers  of  some  kinds  of  deer, 
on  which  account  they  have  been  named  Stag-beetles. 
A  second  (Eusceles  of  Macleay)  is  so  remarkable  for 
the  disproportionate  length  and  thickness  of  the  hin- 
der legs,  that  it  has  been  regarded  as  the  representa- 
tive of  a  quadruped  of  similar  peculiarity  of  structure, 
and  has  therefore  obtained  the  name  of  Kanguroo 
beetle.  In  an  extensive  section  (Longicornes),  of 
which  many  of  the  species  are  noted  for  elegance  of 
form  and  agreeable  markings,  the  antennae  are  cf . 
such  extraordinary  length  as  to  equal  in  some  in- 
stances four  times  that  of  the  body ;  and  they  are 
now  and  then  singularly  adorned  with  fascicles 
or  tufts  of  long  hair.  Certain  kinds,  distributed 
throughout  several  different  genera,  and  usually  de- 
signated by  the  specific  term  longimanus,  are  fur- 
nished with  anterior  legs  of  unusual  length,  greatly 
exceeding,  in  relation  to  the  size  of  the  body,  those 
of  the  Grallatores,  or  wading  birds,  and  imparting  a 
very  grotesque  aspect  by  their  strange  disproportion. 
Examples  of  similar  anomalies  everywhere  present 
themselves  in  this  Protean  race  of  animals ;  but  these 
will  suffice  to  show  that 


Nature  here 


Wantons  as  in  her  prime,  and  plays  at 
Her  virgin  fancies. 


84  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

The  purposes  which  some  of  these  peculiarities 
of  structure  were  designed  to  serve  are  sufficiently 
apparent ;  but  in  the  greater  number  of  cases  we  can 
scarcely  form  a  conjecture  as  to  their  use.  Much  of 
the  variety  of  form  which  these  insects  present,  is  no 
doubt  the  necessary  result  of  their  being  destined  to 
subserve  so  many  different  purposes  in  the  economy 
of  nature.  The  configuration  of  each  individual  spe- 
cies is  that  which  adapts  it  best  to  fulfil  the  various 
ends  of  its  being ;  and  this  connection  between  figure 
and  function  is  so  strikingly  displayed  in  the  case 
of  many  insects  with  which  we  are  well  acquainted, 
that  we  are  authorized  to  presume  its  existence  when 
their  habits  are  unknown  to  us.  A  more  intimate 
acquaintance  with  these  habits,  would  doubtless  ex- 
plain the  utility  of  many  a  remarkable  form  and  fan- 
tastical assemblage  of  horns  and  prominences,  which 
our  present  imperfect  knowledge  might  lead  us  to 
regard  as  unnecessary  or  even  cumbrous,  and  would 
enable  us  to  appreciate  more  fully  the  wisdom — 
"  wonderful  in  counsel  and  excellent  in  working"— 
that  has  presided  over  the  organization  of  these  lowly 
beings,  and  taught  them  to  work  its  will.  At  the 
same  time  it  may  reasonably  be  supposed  that  use- 
fulness to  the  individual  is  not  always  the  object  in 
view  :  the  production  of  a  pleasing  variety  may  have 
been  as  much  the  design  of  the  creating  mind  in 
the  present  instance,  as  it  appears  to  have  been  in 
giving  a  particular  form  and  character  to  the  leaves 
and  foliage  of  different  trees,  although  the  functions 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  85 

of  many  of  these  might,  for  aught  we  know,  have 
been  equally  well  performed  had  there  been.no  such 
marked  dissimilarity. 

The  colouring  and  variegation  of  coleopterous 
insects  are  not  less  remarkable  than  their  forms. 
In  the  variety  and  beauty  of  their  hues,  they  seem 
to  combine  the  clearness  and  decision  of  tint  pos- 
sessed by  flowers,  with  the  diversified  markings  of 
the  feathered  race,  and  the  metallic  splendour  of 
the  mineral  kingdom.  "  In  this  tribe,"  says  an 
author,  determined  that  his  language  shall  not  fall 
short  of  his  subject,  "  lavish  nature  sports  gorge- 
ously in  the  mingled  riches  of  indescribably  reful- 
gent colours,  proof  against  a  continuance  of  the 
visual  ray,  which  makes  the  eyelids  dance,  while 
the  optic  nerve  aches  at  the  splendour."*  "  Na- 
ture in  her  sportive  mood,"  say  Messrs  Kirby  and 
Spence,  speaking,  it  is  true,  of  insects  in  general, 
but  all  their  observations  apply  to  beetles,  "  when 
painting  them,  sometimes  imitates  the  clouds  of 
heaven ;  at  others,  the  meandering  course  of  the 
rivers  of  the  earth,  or  the  undulations  of  their 
waters :  many  are  veined  like  beautiful  marbles  ; 
others  have  the  semblance  of  a  robe  of  the  finest 
net-work  thrown  over  them  :  some  she  blazons  with 
heraldic  insignia,  giving  them  to  bear  infields  sable—- 
azure— vert — gules — argent  and  or,  fesses — bars — 
bends — crosses — crescents — stars,  and  even  ani- 

*  Barbut's  Gen.  of  Insects,  p.  46. 


86  KATUEAL    HISTORY    OF 

mals.*  On  many,  taking  her  rule  and  compasses, 
she  draws  with  precision  mathematical  figures  5 
points,  lines,  angles,  triangles,f  squares,  and  circles." 
Some  extensive  groups  are  characterized  by  the  pre- 
valence of  certain  hues,  bestowed  on  them  probably 
as  a*  means  of  concealment  from  enemies,  by  assi- 
milating them  to  the  objects  by  which  they  are  us- 
ually surrounded,  or  in  subserviency  to  some  par- 
ticular purpose  in  their  economy.  The  prevailing 
colour  among  beetles  of  obscure  haunts — such  as 
burrow  in  the  earth,  or  pass  the  greater  part  of  their 
lives  under  stones  (the  Geodephagi  of  some  modern 
systematic  writers),  as  well  as  those  destined  to  fa- 
cilitate the  decomposition  and  dispersion  of  putres- 
cerit  and  excrementitious  substances — is  black  or 
brown.  The  water-beetles  (Dytiscidce)  are  almost 
uniformly  brownish  black,  inclining  to  olive,  and 
frequently  variegated  with  streaks  and  spots  of  dull 
yellow.  The  rostrated  beetles,  or  weevils  (  Curcu- 
lionidce),  present  some  of  the  most  highly  adorned 
examples  of  insect  life ;  and  in  them  also  a  curious 
instance  is  observable  of  change  in  colour  accom- 
panying dissimilarity  of  habit.  Numerous  kinds  of 
these  insects  occur  among  loose  earth  and  sand,  or 
under  stones,  and  these  are  almost  invariably  of 
sombre  hues,  and  destitute  of  ornament :  an  exten- 
sive division  of  the  same  tribe  inhabit  trees  and 
snrubs,  and  they  are  remarkable  for  displaying  the 

*  Ptinus  imperialis^  Linn.  f   Trichius  deltat  Fab. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  6/ 

most  vivid  tints  of  green.  As  examples  ot  tins,  the 
British  genera  Otiorhynchus  and  Phyllobius  may  be 
cited,  and  the  foreign  ones  Brachycerm  and  Entimm* 
The  elegant  tribe  ofCetonidce,  which  find  their  suste- 
nance on  plants,  and  which  are  represented  in  this 
country  by  the  Rose-chafer  (Cetonia  aurata),  an 
avant-courrier  of  those  "  flying  gems"  that  delight 
the  eyes  of  the  Entomologist  in  his  progress  south- 
ward— are  generally  of  a  fine  green,  often  accompa- 
nied with  a  delicate  schiller  or  play  of  colour,  resem- 
bling the  floating  light  on  the  surface  of  some  pre- 
cious stones ;  and  they  are  sometimes  spotted,  or  varie- 
gated with  lines  and  bands  contrasting  strongly  with 
the  rest  of  the  body.  The  Chrysomelidce — a  term 
which  signifies  an  apple  of  gold — are  most  com- 
monly of  a  pretty  uniform  golden-green,  highly  po- 
lished and  lustrous,  and  streaked  occasionally  along 
the  back  with  parallel  lines  of  purple  and  blue; 
while  the  Coccinellidce,  or  Lady-birds,  are  never  dis- 
tinguished by  metallic  splendour,  but  are  prettily 
marked  with  round  spots  of  black  on  a  red  or  yellow 
ground,  or  with  red  spots  on  a  ground  of  black. 

The  species  in  which  some  of  these  fine  colours 
are  combined  with  a  high  degree  of  lustre,  and  di- 
versified markings,  must  evidently  be  objects  of  no 
mean  beauty.  An  eye  accustomed  to  the  brilliant 
shades  of  green  and  purple  that  adorn  many  of  the 
Buprestidae — the  blue  and  coppery  hues  of  the  Eu- 
molpi — the  varied  delineations  of  the  Cetonidae— 
and  the  warm  but  delicate  tinting  of  the  Ceramby- 


88  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

cidae — will  not  frequently  find  other  natural  pro- 
ductions on  which  it  can  repose  with  greater  plea- 
sure. Such  indeed  is  the  splendour  of  some  kinds, 
that  the  wing-cases  and  other  parts  are  often  worn 
as  ornaments  instead  of  precious  stones.  "  A  pe- 
culiar and  scarce  night-fly,"  says  a  writer  on  Japan, 
speaking  of  a  species  of  beetle,  "  is  of  such  incom- 
parable beauty  that  it  is  kept  by  the  ladies  among 
their  curiosities,  and  has  given  rise  to  the  following 
fable :  They  say  that  all  the  other  night-flies,  owing 
to  the  unparalleled  beauty  of  this  little  creature, 
fall  in  love  with  it,  and  in  order  to  get  rid  of  their 
importunities,  it  maliciously  bids  them  (for  a  trial 
of  their  constancy)  to  go  and  fetch  fire.  The  blind 
lovers  scruple  not  to  obey  commands,  and  flying  to 
the  next  fire  or  candle,  they  never  fail  to  burn  them- 
selves."* Notwithstanding  the  beauty  which  many 
tropical  species  retain  when  brought  to  this  country, 
and  even  after  they  have  been  preserved  for  many 
years  in  our  cabinets,  it  cannot  be  supposed  to  equal 
that  of  their  living  state.  In  that  condition  only 
can  there  be  a  full  development  of  their  finer  and 
more  evanescent  shades  of  colour — while  their  po- 
lished surfaces  must  be  of  dazzling  brilliancy  when 
seen  under  the  light  of  a  tropical  sun,  in  angles  con- 
tinually varying  with  the  motion  of  the  animals, 
which  are  thus  rendered  no  unfit  associates  of  the 
Lories,  Creepers,  and  other  "  birds  of  gorgeous  plu- 

*  Kempfer's  History  of  Japan. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS. 

mery,"  which  people  the  gay  parterres  of  a 
landscape,  and  embellish  them 

With  their  rich  restless  wings,  that  gleam 

Variously  in  the  crimson  beam 

Of  the  warm  west — as  if  inlaid 

With  brilliants  from  the  mine,  or  made 

Of  rainbows. 

These  insects  occur  in  almost  every  country 
capable  of  supporting  animal  life.  Even  the  un- 
genial  sun  of  Greenland  and  Iceland  awakes  to  a 
short  and  precarious  existence  a  few  small  species, 
which  endure,  or  rather  escape  from,  the  rigours  of 
an  arctic  winter,  by  a  kind  of  hybernation  partly 
analogous  to  that  of  some  vertebral  animals.  In  the 
higher  latitudes,  however,  of  Melville  Island  and 
Winter  Harbour,  no  coleopterous  insect  has  been 
observed ;  and  even  the  pestilent  mosquito,  which 
spreads  over  almost  the  entire  surface  of  the  habita- 
ble globe,  extracting  its  nutriment  equally  from  the 
tropical  Indian  and  the  greasy  hide  of  the  Lapland- 
er, appears  unable  to  encounter  the  icy  atmosphere 
of  these  hyperborean  lands.  It  may  indeed  excite 
surprise  that  creatures  of  so  fragile  a  nature  should 
be  found  at  all  in  such  countries  as  those  just 
mentioned ;  but  it  must  be  borne  in  mind,  that  they 
not  only  pass  certain  periods  in  the  pupa  or  torpid 
state,  but  are  usually,  while  in  that  condition,  deeply 
buried  in  the  earth.  "  What  they  chiefly  require," 
Mr  Macleay  observes,  "  is  the  presence  of  heat 
during  some  period  of  their  existence  ;  and  the 


90  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

greater,  within  certain  limits,  is  the  heat,  tne  more 
active  will  be  their  vital  principle.  On  the  Ameri- 
can continent,  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  in  the 
course  of  the  year  are,  as  is  well  known,  incompa- 
rably greater  than  in  places  of  the  same  latitude  in 
Europe.  We  may  therefore  readily  conceive  how 
particular  families  of  insects  will  inhabit  a  wider 
range  of  latitude  in  the  former  country  than  in  the 
latter.  We  also  see  how  insects  may  swarm  in  the 
very  coldest  climates,  such  as  Lapland  and  Spitz- 
bergen,  where  the  short  summer  can  boast  of  ex- 
traordinary rises  in  the  thermometer ;  because  the 
energy  of  the  vital  principle  in  such  animals  is, 
within  certain  limits,  proportionate  to  the  degree  of 
warmth  to  which  they  may  be  subjected,  and  escapes 
in  a  manner  the  severe  action  of  cold."* 

As  heat  is  the  principal  agent  in  giving  impulse 
and  vigour  to  organic  life,  it  will  be  found  that 
these  insects  undergo  as  great  a  change  under  the  in- 
creasing temperature  of  the  earth  and  atmosphere, 
on  approaching  the  equator,  as  is  well  known  to  take 
place  in  vegetables  and  the  larger  animals.  Their 
numbers  are  prodigiously  augumented,  and  they 
acquire  considerable  momentum  from  the  great  size 
of  many  of  the  species.  The  latter,  too,  are  contin- 
ually varying  even  under  the  same  parallel  of  lati- 
tude, so  that  countries  similar  to  each  other  in  soil, 
temperature,  and  all  other  circumstances  which 

*  Horse  Entoraologicae,  part  i.  p.  45. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  91 

might  be  supposed  to  have  an  influence  on  animals, 
present  the  most  striking  differences  in  their  insect 
productions.  Latreille  has  observed  that  the  coun- 
tries most  fruitful  in  insects,  are  those  in  which 
vegetation  is  richest  and  most  speedily  renewed. 
South  America,  which  is  so  prolific  in 

all  rare  and  beauteous  things  that  fly 

Through  the  pure  element, 

furnishes  a  greater  number  of  Coleoptera  than  any 
other  country.  It  comprehends  every  variety  of 
soil  and  climate,  and  offers  all  the  other  conditions 
that  tend  to  the  increase  of  organized  beings.  Its 
intertropical  regions  are  watered  by  many  sea-like 
rivers,  and  clothed  with  a  luxuriance  of  vegetation 
scarcely  equalled  elsewhere ;  its  mountain  ranges, 
rising  far  above  the  limit  of  perpetual  snow,  are  the 
sources  of  endless  variation  in  climate  and  temper- 
ature ;  its  elevated  plateaus  enjoy  the  temperate  air 
of  a  northern  latitude,  while  the  climates  of  Spain, 
Italy,  and  France,  and  even  of  Norway  and  Sweden, 
are  successively  presented  to  us  in  our  progress  to- 
wards the  Straits  of  Magalhaens.  Extensive  wastes 
of  arid  sand  likewise  occur,  similar  to  those  that 
cover  so  large  a  portion  of  the  African  continent ; 
and  the  Pampas  or  Llanos  (levels)  stretching  in  a 
dead  flat,  like  the  illimitable  expanse  of  the  ocean, 
over  an  extent  of  country  equal  to  a  fourth  part  of 
Europe,  and  so  far  removed,  in  their  untrodden  so- 
litudes, from  the  turmoil  of  ordinary  scenes,  that 
by  the  earliest  European  visitors  they  were  styled. 


92  NATURAL    HISTORY   OF 

in  the  play  of  imagination,  the  regions  of  supreme 
repose — form  a  feature  in  the  physiognomy  of  the 
country  peculiar  to  this  continent.  "  Forests,  the 
growth  of  thousands  of  years,"  says  Humboldt  in  his 
"  Tableau  de  la  Nature,"  "of  an  impenetrable  thick- 
ness, fill  the  humid  country  situate  between  the 
Oronoco  and  the  Amazons.  Immense  masses  of 
lead-coloured  granite  narrow  the  foamy  beds  of  the 
rivers.  The  mountains  and  woods  resound  unceas- 
ingly with  the  roar  of  cataracts,  the  growl  of  the 
jaguar,  or  the  dull  howl  of  the  red  monkey,  which 
foretells  the  approach  of  rain.  In  those  places 
where .  the  lowness  of  the  waters  leaves  a  sandy 
beach  uncovered,  with  open  mouth,  but  motionless 
as  a  rock,  lies  a  crocodile,  whose  scaly  body  is  co- 
vered with  birds.  The  tiger-marked  boa,  his  tail 
fixed  to  the  trunk  of  a  tree,  his  body  rolled  upon 
itself,  sure  of  his  prey,  lies  in  ambush  on  the  bank ; 
suddenly  he  uncoils  to  seize  the  young  bull  which 
is  just  passing." 

Brazil  has  always  been  regarded  as  the  most  fer- 
tile region  of  South  America,  and  that  portion  of  it 
lying  between  the  twelfth  and  twenty-fifth  degrees 
of  south  latitude  may  be  considered  the  richest  in 
the  world  in  Coleoptera.  Mexico  perhaps  is  next 
to  it,  for  that  country  is  much  more  prolific  than 
Guiana,  so  often  referred  to  by  the  older  Ento- 
mologists, who  became  acquainted  with  its  produc- 
tions through  the  early  French  and  Dutch  settlers, 
who  have  always  been  zealous  collectors  and  culti- 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  93 

vators  of  natural  history.  In  the  old  world,  the 
countries  that  afford  the  greatest  number  of  these 
insects,  are  certain  regions  on  the  western  coast  of 
Africa,  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Java,  and  the  other 
large  islands  of  the  Indian  Archipelago.  New  Hol- 
land possesses  many  remarkable  kinds,  and  the  island 
of  Madagascar  offers  a  rich  and  almost  unexplored 
field  to  the  industry  of  some  future  collector. 

Some  interesting  sketches  of  the  entomological 
aspect  of  Brazil,  and  other  intertropical  regions  of 
America,  are  given  by  a  recent  French  writer. 
According  to  his  account,  the  insects  of  these  coun- 
tries in  a  great  measure  disappear  during  the  months 
of  May,  June,  July,  and  August,  probably  because 
that  is  the  dry  season,  when  vegetation  is  compara- 
tively scorched  and  sapless,  and  therefore  yields  im- 
perfect nourishment.  But  towards  the  middle  of  Sep- 
tember, when  the  first  showers  begin  to  fall,  all  na- 
ture seems  to  issue  from  its  repose.  Vegetation  ac- 
quires a  tint  of  livelier  green,  the  greater  number  of 
plants  renew  their  leaves,  and  insects  begin  to  appear. 
In  October  the  rains  become  more  frequent,  and  in- 
sects are  seen  in  greater  numbers ;  but  it  is  not  till  the 
middle  of  that  month,  when  the  rainy  season  definite- 
ly sets  in,  that  all  the  families  seem,  as  it  were,  to 
undergo  a  sudden  development;  and  this  general  im- 
pulsion, which  all  nature  receives,  goes  on  increasing 
till  the  middle  of  January,  when  it  reaches  its  great- 
est height.  The  forests  then  present  a  scene  of  life 
and  motion,  of  which  our  European  woods  can  give 


9  1  NATURAL   HISTOEY    OP 

no  idea.  During  one  part  of  the  day  nothing  »s 
heard  but  a  loud  and  uninterrupted  rustling  or 
humming  noise,  in  which  the  harsh  and  deafening 
'notes  of  the  Cicadae  predominate.*  One  cannot 
move  a  step  nor  touch  a  leaf  without  seeing  insects 
take  flight  from  all  quarters.  The  herbaceous  plants 
are  literally  covered  with  brilliant  beetles ;  and  the 
slender  twigs  of  the  mimosa,  on  which  they  live  in 
society,  appear  to  bend  under  the  weight  of  dia- 
mond-beetles (Entimus  imperialis  and  nobilis). 
This  teeming  exuberance  is  most  striking  in  the 
morning,  before  the  sun  has  evaporated  the  dews  of 
the  night.  Towards  the  approach  of  mid-day  the 
heat  becomes  insupportable,  and  all  animated  nature 
sinks  into  repose.  The  din  ceases,  and  insects,  as 
well  as  other  animals,  seek  the  freshness  of  the 
shade,  from  which  they  do  not  again  emerge  till  the 
approach  of  night  has  cooled  the  thirsty  air.  To 
the  species  of  the  morning  then  succeed  a  multitude 
of  others,  many  of  which,  and  these  too  of  the 
largest  and  most  remarkable  kinds,  are  seldom  ob- 
served but  in  the  evening  twilight.  Then  also 

the  night-eyed  insect  tribes 

Wake  to  their  portion  of  the  circling  hours. 

*  "  Captain  Hancock  informs  me  that  the  Brazilian 
Cicadae  sing  so  loud  as  to  be  heard  to  the  .distance  of  a 
mile.  This  is  as  if  a  man  of  ordinary  stature,  supposing 
his  powers  of  voice  increased  in  the  ratio  of  his  size,  could 
be  heard  all  over  the  world.  So  that  Stentor  himself  be- 
comes  a  mute  when  compared  with  these  insects." — Kirby 
and  Spencers  Intro,  to  JEntom.  ii.  404. 


COLEOPTEKOUS    INSECTS.  95 

The  Lampyridce,  issuing  in  myriads  from  their  re- 
treats, diffuse  their  mild  effulgence  over  the  plants 
and  shrubs,  which  they  often  cover  with  their  num- 
bers ;  and  the  luminous  Elateridce  dart  about  in  all 
directions,  filling  the  air  with  their  radiant  tracks. 
This  natural  illumination  does  not  cease  till  the  ap- 
proach of  day. 

Although  these  insects,  as  has  been  stated,  gene- 
rally increase  in  number  as  we  proceed  from  the 
poles  to  the  equator,  yet  there  are  some  exceptions 
to  this  rule.  Among  these  are  the  aquatic  beetles 
(Dytiscidce),  which  are  most  numerous  in  the  tem- 
perate zone,  and  also  of  larger  size  than  within  the 
tropics.  At  the  same  time  there  is  scarcely  any 
tribe  of  Coleoptera  more  widely  distributed  than 
this ;  a  circumstance  no  doubt  attributable  to  the 
equable  temperature  of  the  medium  in  which  they 
live,  which  exempts  them  in  a  great  degree  from 
the  modifying  influence  of  climate.  Of  this  a  fami- 
liar proof  is  afforded  by  our  native  Colymbetes,  which 
continue  pretty  active  throughout  the  winter,  when 
other  insects  are  in  a  state  of  torpidity.  We  have 
occasionally  seen  them  swimming  with  alacrity  in 
the  waters  of  a  pond  when  the  surface  was  covered 
with  a  thick  coating  of  ice.  The  same  circumstance 
that  accounts  for  their  extensive  diffusion,  may  there- 
fore be  regarded  as  the  cause  of  their  not  increas- 
ing in  tropical  regions.  In  the  latter  countries,  be- 
sides, every  pool  or  stagnant  water,  such  as  these 
creatures  love  to  frequent,  is  dried  up  during  one 


96  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

season  of  the  year  by  a  rapid  evaporation,  and  the 
smaller  streams  at  one  time  undergo  the  same  tate, 
and  at  another  assume  the  character  of  torrents. 

As  providence  in  the  creation  of  insects  seems 
partly  to  have  designed  them  for  removing  various 
nuisances  and  superfluous  materials  from  the  face 
of  nature,  their  distribution  is  regulated  accordingly, 
and  their  numbers  proportioned  to  the  work  assigned 
to  them.  In  temperate  climates,  for  example,  where 
the  dead  carcasses  of  animals  decompose  but  slowly, 
our  senses  would  be  continually  offended,  and  our 
health  liable  to  injury,  from  the  unwholesome  mias- 
mata that  exhales  from  them,  unless  some  provision 
were  made  to  accelerate  their  removal.  We  ac- 
cordingly find  a  profusion  of  carcass-eating  beetles 
— Necrophori,  Silphidce,  &c — which  speedily  as- 
semble from  all  quarters,  round  a  dead  body,  led  by 
the  emanation  of  the  tainted  air,  and  in  a  short  pe- 
riod it  is  either  buried  or  consumed.  In  several 
extensive  countries  of  South  America,  however, 
where  the  extreme  dryness  of  the  air  and  heat  of  the 
sun  cause  the  animal  juices  to  evaporate  with  such 
rapidity  that  a  dead  body  can  scarcely  be  said  to 
putrefy,  but  is  converted  into  a  substance  so  com- 
pletely desiccated,  that  travellers  across  the  woodless 
pampas  sometimes  make  their  fire  of  a  dead  horse, 
such  insects  would  scarcely  be  required,  and  ac- 
cordingly few  if  any  have  been  observed.  In  this 
country,  and  others  under  similar  latitudes,  nature 
has  devolved  the  task  of  removing  excrementitious 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS  97 

nuisances  chiefly  on  a  numerous  host  of  small  bee- 
ties  belonging  to  the  genera  Aphodius,  Onthopha- 
pus,  Aleochara,  &c.  Some  kinds  (such  as  the  Geo- 
trupidcB)  convey  the  dung  to  the  bottom  of  holes  dug 
to  receive  it,  and  make  it  a  receptacle  for  their  eggs ; 
others  consume  it,  and  by  perforating  the  mass  in  all 
directions,  make  it  pervious  to  the  air  and  wind,  by 
which  it  is  soon  dried  and  scattered,  leaving  the  herb- 
age on  which  it  rested  to  spring  with  renewed  vigour. 
In  warmer  countries,  where  the  task  becomes  more 
onerous,  from  the  increased  number  of  large  mam- 
miferous  animals,  the  species  mentioned  are  super- 
seded or  assisted  by  others  more  powerfully  gifted-, 
such  as  the  gigantic  Scarabaei,  the  Phansei,  and 
Ateuchi,  whose  singular  habits  we  shall  afterwards 
describe.  New  Holland,  on  the  contrary,  being 
destitute  of  large  animals,  furnishes  scarcely  any 
coprophagous  insects,  except  a  few  scarce  species, 
most  of  which  are  referable  to  a  single  genus. 

As  the  different  continents  produce  various  kinds 
of  the  higher  animals  not  occurring  in  other  regions, 
tney  are  in  like  manner  distinguished  by  possessing 
peculiar  species  of  insects.  Many  of  these  will  be 
afterwards  particularized.  The  geographical  distri- 
oution  of  the  Coleoptera  is  still  so  imperfectly  un- 
derstood, that  the  attempts  which  have  been  made 
to  illustrate  it  consist  not  so  much  in  an  exposition 
of  the  general  principles  by  which  it  is  regulated, 
as  in  a  detail  of  insulated  facts  and  observations. 
Tnese  it  will  be  more  satisfactory  to  give  herealter 


98  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

as  a  part  of  the  general  history  of  particular  groups 
and  species  ;  and  we  shall  conclude  these  introduc- 
tory observations  by  giving  an  account  of  the  exter- 
nal organs  of  coleopterous  insects,  in  order  that  trie 
descriptions  and  generic  characters  in  the  subse- 
quent part  of  the  volume  may  be  more  readily  un- 
derstood. 

The  most  characteristic  feature  of  the  coleopte- 
rous order,  and  from  which  it  obtains  its  name,  has 
been  already  mentioned,  viz.  the  horny  consistence 
of  the  upper  pair  of  wings.  The  whole  body  is 
likewise  covered  with  an  integument  or  crust  of  a 
similar  nature,  more  or  less  rigid,  which  has  been 
found,  on  analysis,  to  consist  chiefly  of  a  peculiar 
principle  named  chitine.  This  corneous  envelope 
defends  the  internal  organs,  and  executes  a  function 
analogous  to  that  of  the  bones  in  vertebrate  animals, 
by  supporting  the  softer  parts,  and  affording  points 
of  attachment  to  the  muscles. 

It  is  one  of  the  distinguishing  attributes  of'  the 
class  of  insects,  that  their  bodies  are  inserted  or  di- 
vided into  many  jointed  parts,  a  mode  of  structure 
which  is  more  or  less  obvious  in  all  their  different 
states  of  existence.  These  segments  are  more  re- 
gular and  distinct  in  the  larvae  of  the  Coleoptera 
than  after  the  insects  have  undergone  their  final 
transformation,  by  which  some  of  the  rings  become 
very  much  enlarged,  while  others  suffer  a  corre- 
sponding diminution.  But  in  every  perfect  i 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  99 

there  are  three  obvious  divisions,  consisting  of  the 
head,  thorax,  and  abdomen. 

The  head  appears  as  a  single  piece,  without  any 
obvious  suture  or  division,  and  is  generally  or  a 
harder  substance  than  the  rest  of  the  body.  Its 
form  is  most  commonly  triangular  with  the  angles 
somewhat  rounded,  frequently  it  is  orbicular,  and 
in  a  numerous  and  important  tribe  {Curculwnid<E) 
it  is  produced  into  an  elongated  rostrum  or  snout. 
The  hinder  part  is  occasionally  constricted  into  a 
short  neck,  which  inosculates  in  the  anterior  cavity 
of  the  thorax,  and  admits  of  a  considerable  degree 
of  motion  in  almost  every  direction.  The  position 
of  the  head,  or  its  inclination  with  respect  to  the 
body,  is  generally  somewhat  slanting,  forming  an 
angle  more  or  less  obtuse  ;  but  in  some  instances  it 
is  bent  inwards  and  forms  an  acute  angle.  The 
anterior  part  of  the  head  is  occupied  by  the  moutn 
and  its  various  appendages,  near  to  which  are  placed 
tne  antennae  and  eyes. 

The  mouth  is  greatly  more  complicated  in  its 
structure  than  among  the  higher  animals,  and  its 
various  parts  undergo  numerous  modifications  in 
different  tribes.  They  will  be  found  however  to  he 
essentially  as  follows :  the  labrum  or  upper  lip,  the 
mandibles,  the  maxilla  or  under  jaws,  the  labiwn 
or  under  lip,  and  the  mentum. 

The  upper  lip  (labrum)  is  a  small  moveable  piece 
placed  on  the  upper  side  of  the  mouth,  and  closing 
it  from  above.  It  is  variable  in  form,  but  is  most 


100  NATUEAL    HISTORT    OF 

commonly  quadrate,  usually  wider  than  long,  and 
sometimes  rounded  or  triangular.  It  is  of  a  horny 
consistence,  and  its  direction  is  often  somewhat 
slanting  or  vertical.  Its  outer  margin  is  frequently 
sinuated  or  notched. 

The  mandibles,  or  upper  jaws,  are  two  strong 
horny  pieces,  which  take  their  rise  one  from  each 
side  of  the  mouth,  immediately  beneath  the  upper 
lip,  which  usually  covers  their  base.  They  are  ge- 
nerally of  a  triangular  form,  more  or  less  curved, 
esp  cially  towards  the  tip,  and  usually  toothed  or 
serrated  on  their  inner  edges.  They  may  be  said 
to  r  present  the  jaws  in  vertebrate  animals,  but  they 
differ  in  this,  that  their  motion,  instead  of  being  ver- 
tical, is  horizontal  or  from  side  to  side.  Their  in- 
ternal surfaces  are  frequently  parallel,  but  the  den- 
tati  ns  are  seldom  alike  in  both,  the  projections  of 
the  one  being  so  arranged  as  to  enter  the  concavi- 
ties of  the  other,  in  order  to  admit  of  their  closer 
junction.  This,  however,  is  often  prevented  by 
the  curvature  of  the  tips ;  and  in  several  instances 
where  the  mouth  is  wide,  and  the  mandibles  rather 
remote  from  each  other  at  the  base,  the  blades  cross 
each  other  a  little  beyond  the  centre.  The  name, 
which  is  derived  from  a  Latin  word  signifying  to 
chew,  indicates  their  function,  which  is  to  bruise 
and  comminute  the  food ;  and  they  likewise  act  as 
instruments  of  prehension.  They  are  liable  to  re- 
markable variation  in  size :  in  many  genera  they 
v  e  so  short  and  inconspicuous  as  to  be  almost  en- 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  101 

Urefy  concealed  within  the  cavity  of  the  mouth, 
while  in  others  they  are  nearly  equal  to  half  the 
'ength  of  the  body.  Instances  of  the  latter  may  be 
seen  in  several  of  the  species  figured,  particularly 
Prionus  cervicornis  (Plate  XXIIL),  Chiasognathus 
Chiloensis  (Plate  XVIII.),  and  the  stag-beetle. 

The  under  jaws  (maxillce)  are  likewise  two  pro- 
jecting pieces,  inserted  on  each  side  of  the  moutn, 
immediately  below  the  mandibles.  As  in  the  last- 
named  organs,  their  action  is  horizontal,  but  their 
texture  is  generally  less  rigid,  their  colour  usually 
paler,  and  their  internal  edges  ciliated  or  fringed 
with  hairs.  The  tip  is  frequently  acute,  and  in  one 
beautiful  tribe  of  beetles  (Cicindelidce)  it  terminates 
in  a  moveable  claw;  but  in  many  instances  the 
maxillae  are  lobed,  and  of  a  spongy  consistence  at 
the  extremity.  As  accessory  to  the  mandibles,  they 
are  employed  in  holding  the  food,  lacerating  it,  and 
subjecting  it  to  a  still  further  comminution,  after 
the  harder  parts  have  been  broken  down  by  the 
more  powerful  action  of  the  upper  jaws. 

Towards  the  middle  of  the  outer  edge  of  the 
maxillae,  there  emerge  two  slender  filiform  processes, 
composed  of  several  joints,  named  palpi.  These 
are  usually  termed  maxillary  palpi,  to  distinguish 
them  from  another  pair  which  take  their  origin  in 
the  under  lip.  In  many  beetles  each  jaw  is  fur- 
nished with  two  of  these  appendages,  in  which  case 
they  are  distinguished  from  each  other  as  the  ex- 
ternal and  internal  palpi ;  but  in  numerous  Instances 


102  >ATUEAL    HISTORY    OF 

there  is  only  one  palpus  attached  to  each  blade  of 
the  maxillae.  These  organs  generally  consist  of  four 
joints,  of  which  the  terminal  one  is  remarkable  for 
the  variety  of  forms  which  it  assumes  in  different 
insects,  affording  valuable  characters  for  distinguish- 
ing genera.  When  an  internal  palpus  is  present, 
it  is  usually  formed  of  two  slender  articulations. 
The  palpi  are  susceptible  of  rapid  and  extended 
motion,  and  are  sometimes  observed  in  a  state  of 
intense  vibration,  similar  to  the  antennas  of  Ichneu- 
mons, and  other  Hymenoptera,  when  exploring  a 
decayed  trunk  to  discover  a  proper  nidus  for  the 
reception  of  their  eggs.  They  are  supposed  to  con- 
stitute one  of  the  principal  organs  of  touch.  That 
they  perform  this  function  is  rendered  extremely 
probable  by  their  structure,  which  is  well  adapted, 
by  its  peculiar  pliancy,  to  the  examination  of  the 
objects  with  which  they  come  in  contact.  The 
joints  into  which  they  are  divided  likewise  favour 
this  explanation  of  their  use,  since  they  seem  to 
present  some  analogy  to  the  articulated  extremi- 
ties which  form  the  principal  seat  of  the  sense  of 
touch  in  the  higher  animals.  It  is  at  the  same  time 
probable  that  these  organs  are  subservient  to  other 
purposes. 

As  the  mouth  is  covered  above  by  the  labrum  or 
upper  lip,  so  it  is  closed  beneath  by  the  under  lip 
or  labium.  This  part  is  situate  between  the  max- 
illae, and  is  composed,  as  it  were,  of  two  portions 
joined  together  by  their  inner  edges.  The  part 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  10.5 

immediately  behind  it,  which  may  be  considered 
as  forming  its  base,  is  named  the  chin  (mentum). 
This  piece  is  usually  transverse,  or  broader  than 
long,  and  is  in  most  instances  sinuated  or  notched 
in  the  middle  of  its  anterior  edge,  with  an  acute  tooth 
in  the  centre  of  the  notch,  which  is  sometimes  bi- 
fid. From  each  side  of  the  labium,  and  frequently 
attached  to  its  lateral  margin,  there  projects  an  ar~ 
ticulated  feeler,  similar  to  those  borne  by  the  max- 
illae. These  are  called  the  labial  palpi.  They  ge- 
nerally consist  of  three  moveable  articulations,  at- 
tached to  a  fourth  which  is  adherent  and  forms  a 
support  to  the  others.  They  seldom  equal  the  ex- 
ternal maxillary  palpi  in  length,  and  the  terminal 
joint  does  not  exhibit  such  a  variety  of  form,  being 
most  commonly  somewhat  clavate,  or  nearly  of  equal 
breadth  throughout  its  whole  length. 

The  most  conspicuous  appendages  of  the  head 
are  two  jointed  organs,  which  stand  out  like  horns 
from  the  forehead,  and  are  named  antenna.  These 
never  exceed  two  in  number  in  genuine  insects,  and 
are  situated  anterior  to  and  rather  beneath  the  re- 
gion cf  the  eyes  :  occasionally  they  are  placed  close 
to  the  margin  of  the  eyes,  and  in  some  instances  the 
latter  have  a  sinuosity  for  their  reception,  and  par- 
tially encompass  their  base.  They  are  generally 
composed  of  eleven  obconical  or  tubujm^joints,  lia- 
ble to  great  variation  in  their  relative  proportions. 
Occasionally,  however,  the  joints  do  not  exceed 


104  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

nine  or  ten,  and  in  some  cases,  instead  of  being 
conical,  they  are  globose  and  somewhat  remote  from 
each  other,  being  connected  by  a  slender  filament, 
so  that  they  bear  no  unapt  resemblance  to  a  series 
of  beads  rather  loosely  strung.  The  ordinary  length 
may  be  stated  to  be  about  half  that  of  the  body,  but 
they  very  often  fall  short  of  these  dimensions,  and 
in  many  insects  they  are  not  longer  than  the  head. 
On  the  other  hand,  they  often  equal  or  surpass  the 
length  of  the  insect,  and  in  the  Capricorn-beetles, 
a  tribe  distinguished  by  the  length  and  delicate 
structure  of  these  members,  they  are  sometimes 
more  than  four  times  as  long  as  the  body.  Al- 
though of  considerable  importance  in  the  systematic 
arrangement  of  insects,  the  development  of  the  an- 
tennae does  not  seem  subjected  to  any  very  general 
or  well-established  rules,  and  is  therefore  of  less 
value  than  certain  other  parts  of  structure.  For 
example,  we  frequently  find  a  considerable  differ- 
ence to  exist  in  the  form  of  the  antennae  among 
species  in  other  respects  intimately  allied ;  and  even 
between  the  sexes  of  the  same  species  a  great  dis- 
parity of  size  and  structure  is  observable.  When  a 
difference  exists,  those  of  the  male  are  more  fully 
developed  than  those  of  the  female. 

The  antennae  are  obviously  of  the  first  importance 
in  the  economy  of  insects,  but  their  primary  use 
has  not  been  fully  ascertained.  It  seems  to  be  ge- 
nerally admitted  that  in  many  tribes  they  exercise 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  105 

a  function  analogous  to  that  of  touch,  being  em- 
ployed in  exploring  the  depth  of  crevices,  and  in 
ascertaining  by  contact  the  nature  of  any  opposing 
object.  But  as  their  extreme  shortness  in  two- 
winged  flies  (Dipterci),  and  some  other  insects,  does 
not  accord  with  that  usage,  they  are  likewise  sup- 
posed to  be  the  seat  of  a  particular  sense.  Proceed- 
ing on  the  assumption  that  all  the  organs  of  sensa- 
tion found  in  the  higher  animals  have  their  analogues 
in  insects,  some  observers  maintain  that  tfl-e  antennae 
represent  the  ears,  and  that  although  th«?y  may  not 
directly  convey  the  vibrations  of  sound  Vo  the  sen- 
sorium,  their  primary  function  is  something  related 
to  hearing.  Others  again  suppose  that  they  are  the 
media  through  which  the  sense  of  smell  is  effected, 
but  this  explanation  of  their  use  is  disproved  by 
Huberts  observations  on  Bees,  which  show  that  the 
sense  of  smell,  at  least  in  these  hymenopterous  spe- 
cies, is  placed  within  the  cavity  of  the  mouth. 

The  appendages  of  the  head  arid  mouth  wIVch 
have  just  been  described,  are  represented  in  their 
natural  position  by  the  following  figures,  which  we 
have  taken  the  liberty  to  copy  from  Griffith's  edition 
of  Cuvier's  Animal  Kingdom:  a  (fig.  1)  is  the  la- 
brum  or  upper  lip ;  b  the  mandibles ;  c  the  exter- 
nal maxillary  palpi ;  d  the  labial  palpi ;  e  the  an- 
tennae ;  f  (fig.  2)  the  labium  or  under  lip ;  g  the 
mentum,  with  a  triangular  tooth  in  the  centre  of  its 
notch ;  h  the  internal  maxillary  palpi ;  i  the  max- 
illae, produced  into  an  acute  arcuate  lobe. 


ion 


NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 


Ffr.2. 

The  next  part  of  a  coleopterous  insect  which  re- 
quires some  notice  is  the  thorax,  which  it  will  suf- 
rice  for  our  present  purpose  to  describe  as  a  single 
principal  portion,  intermediate  between  the  head 
and  abdomen.  It  is  the  seat  of  all  the  organs  of 
motion,  and  is  usually  strong  and  muscular,  as  it 
forms  the  chief  support  of  all  the  other  parts  of  the 
body.  It  is  generally  wider  than  the  head  and  nar- 
rower than  the  abdomen.  The  form  of  the  upper 
and  exposed  portion  is  very  variable :  in  an  exten- 
sive tribe  of  beetles  it  is  more  or  less  heart-shaped, 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  107 

truncated  before  and  behind,  with  a  longitudinal 
groove  down  the  middle.  In  other  instances  it  is 
somewhat  square,  and  occasionally  it  is  nearly  or- 
bicular. The  inferior  portion  of  the  thorax  is  com- 
posed of  a  single  piece  named  the  sternum,  or  breast- 
bone. It  is  much  developed  in  certain  tribes,  par- 
ticularly water-beetles  (Dytisridce),  and  in  the  beau- 
tiful species  which  constitute  the  genus  Buprestis. 
Of  the  hinder  portion  of  the  thorax,  the  only  part 
seen  from  above  is  a  small  piece,  commonly  of  a 
triangular  form,  with  its  point  projecting  backwards 
and  interposed  between  the  suture,  of  the  elytra  at 
the  base.  This  piece  is  termed  the  scutellum.  It 
exists  in  a  more  or  less  obvious  form  in  nearly  all 
beetles,  and  although  usually  minute,  it  is  sometimes 
so  large  (as  in  the  genus  Macraspis)  as  to  occupy  a 
considerable  portion  of  the  dorsal  area.  The  ap- 
pendages of  the  thorax  are  the  instruments  of  mo- 
tion, the  wings  and  legs,  on  which  it  is  necessary  to 
bestow  a  brief  consideration. 

The  true  organs  of  flight  in  the  Coleoptera  are 
two  membranous  and  transparent  wings,  jointed 
upon  the  upper  and  hinder  portion  of  the  thorax. 
They  are  generally  very  ample,  and  are  extended 
by  means  of  a  few  strong  nervures  which  run  in  a 
longitudinal  direction,  and  throw  off  a  few  lateral 
branchlets.  When  in  a  state  of  repose  they  are 
transversely  folded,  and  in  most  cases  completely 
covered  by  the  first  or  upper  pair  of  wings.  The 
latter,  as  has  been  already  stated,  are  of  a  hard  or 


108  NATURAL    HISTORY    0¥ 

horny  substance,  similar  to  the  crustaceous  envelope 
of  the  head  and  thorax,  and  in  the  language  or  en- 
tomology are  named  elytra  or  wing-cases.     These 
organs  are  likewise  articulated  to  the  thorax,  and 
when  at  rest  lie  along  the  back  of  the  abdomen,  in 
the  middle  of  which  their  internal  edges  meet  and 
form  a  straight  longitudinal  line  or  suture.     At  this 
point  of  junction  the  wing-cases  are  sometimes  sol- 
dered together,  and  form  a  single  undivided  piece, 
which  completely  incases  tne  abdomen.     In  such 
instances  the  inferior  wings  are  wanting,  or  exist  in 
a  very  rudimentary  condition,  and  the  species  are 
of  course  incapable  of  flight.     The  elytra  usually 
cover  the  whole  upper  surface  of  the  abdomen, 
which,  being  sufficiently  protected  by  their  means. 
is  rather  of  a  soft  consistence ;  in  numerous  ex- 
amples, however,  they  cover  only  a  small  portion  at 
its  base,  in  which  case  the  exposed  surface  is  equally 
rigid  with  the  rest  of  the   body.      Without  some 
protection  similar  to  that  afforded  by  the  elytra,  tne 
inferior  wings  would  be  continually  liable  to  injury, 
as  they  are  but  little  adapted  by  their  delicate  cex- 
ture  to  resist  the  attrition  to  which  they  are  so  often 
exposed  by  the  haunts  ot  the  species,  many  of  which 
live  among  loose  earth  and  under  stones.    The  wing- 
cases  likewise  serve  to  protect  the  stigmatic  open- 
ings, placed  along  the  sides  of  the  abdomen,  by 
which  air  is  introduced  for  the  purposes  of  respira- 
tion ;  and  it  is  probable  that  they  assist  materially 
40  the  act  of  flight,  by  presenting  a  broad  and  cou- 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS,  109 

cave  surface  to  the  air,  and  maintaining  the  body  in 
a  proper  equilibrium. 

The  aerial  movements  of  these  insects  are  nor, 
however,  in  general  performed  with  that  power  and 
ease  of  evolution  which  are  so  remarkable  in  biras, 
and  even  in  certain  other  tribes  of  their  own  class. 
In  the  larger  kinds  especially,  the  weight  of  the 
body  seems  somewhat  disproportionate  to  the  size 
and  motive  apparatus  of  the  wings,  and  their  flignt 
is  therefore  heavy  and  laborious,  and  seldom  sus- 
tained for  any  considerable  time.  They  rise  into  the 
air  but  slowly,  and  although  their  motion  soon  be- 
comes rather  rapid  and  headlong,  the  frequency  with 
which  they  strike  against  any  object  that  happens 
to  come  within  the  line  of  their  flight,  shows  them 
to  be  incapable  of  exerting  that  degree  of  muscular 
energy  necessary  to  check  suddenly  the  impulse 
they  have  received,  or  speedily  change  its  direction. 
It  is  probably  owing  to  this  cause  that  they  are  so 
often  seen  to  come  in  contact  with  other  objects, 
rather  than  deficiency  of  sight,  to  which  it  is  ascribed 
in  the  saying,  "  blind  as  a  beetle."  Olivier  asserts 
that  no  coleopterous  insect  can  fly  against  the  wind, 
and  it  is  probable  that  the  affirmation  is  correct,  at 
least  in  relation  to  the  majority,  and  when  the  wind 
is  so  high  as  to  offer  much  resistance.  Many  of  the 
smaller  beetles,  however,  and  those  whose  habits 
render  a  sustained  flight  necessary  (such  as  the  tree- 
chafers,  Melolonthce,  &c.),  possess  considerable  power 
of  wing.  During  a  warm  day  in  spring  the  air  ig 


1 10  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF 

filled  with  StaphytinidcE)  Spharidiidce,  and  other 
minute  beetles,  which  flit  about  in  the  sunshine  with 
an  ease  and  velocity  which  sufficiently  indicate  the 
perfect  aptitude  of  their  structure  for  such  an  exer- 
cise. 

In  beetles,  as  well  as  in  all  other  insects  properly 
so  called,  there  are  six  legs,  each  of  which  may  be 
considered  as  composed  of  four  principal  pieces, 
viz.  the  coxa  or  haunch  a,  the  thigh  &,  the  tibia 
or  shank  c,  and  the  tarsus  or  foot  <f,  as  represented 
in  the  following  figure. 

The  coxa  may  be  regarded  as 
the  joint  which  connects  the  leg 
with  the  thorax.  It  is  frequent- 
ly furnished  with  an  appendage 
called  the  trochanter.  The  thigh 
is  the  largest  and  most  conspi- 
cuous portion  of  the  leg ;  it  is 
usually  somewhat  flattened,  and 
frequently  spined  or  serrated  on 
the  edges.  In  the  jumping  beetles  (Halticce),  and 
some  other  species  (as  in  Sagra,  Plate  XXVII.), 
the  hinder  thighs  are  very  much  thickened.  The  ti- 
biae are  generally  shorter  and  more  slender  than  the 
thighs,  growing  thicker  at  the  lower  extremity,  and 
having  a  tendency  to  a  triangular  form.  They  are 
frequently  beset  with  stiff  bristles,  and  armed  more 
or  less  with  spines  or  spurs.  The  tarsus  is  the  ter- 
minal portion  of  the  foot,  and  consists  of  small  joints 
varying  in  number  from  five  to  three.  The  shape  of 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  Ill 

the  joints  is  most  commonly  triangular  or  elongate- 
quadrate.  On  the  under  side  they  are  usually  densely 
clothed  with  hairs  or  bristles  forming  a  kind  of  cush- 
ion, which  enables  the  insects  to  make  their  footing 
more  secure.  The  tarsi  terminate  in  two  curved 
claws,  which  in  some  instances  are  double,  and  in 
others  are  bifid  at  the  tip.  They  are  frequently 
serrated  on  the  under  side. 

As  the  anterior  pair  of  legs  are  in  most  cases  con- 
vertible into  organs  of  prehension,  they  sometimes 
exhibit  striking  peculiarities  in  their  structure  in 
order  to  adapt  them  to  this  usage.  In  several 
species  they  are  remarkably  elongated,  and  occa- 
sionally provided  with  a  kind  of  hook  at  the  extre- 
mity of  the  tibia,  as  in  the  harlequin  beetle,  repre- 
sented on  Plate  XXV.  In  other  instances,  as  among 
some  of  the  predacious  Carabid<c>  the  anterior  ti- 
biae have  a  deep  notch  on  the  inner  side  towards 
the  apex,  above  which  there  is  placed  a  strong 
moveable  spine,  which  admits  of  being  pressed 
down  across  the  opening,  and  thus  secures  any 
object  that  may  happen  to  be  within  it.  A  scarce 
British  beetle,  found  on  the  coast  of  Norfolk,  and 
on  the  shores  of  the  Frith  of  Forth  near  Portobello 
(  Cillenwn  laterale)y  &hows  an  arrangement  of  this 
kind ;  and  it  is  rendered  still  more  efficient  by  the 
addition  of  two  small  spines  on  the  side  of  the  notch 
opposite  to  the  moveable  spine,  which  receive  the 
latter  between  them  when  it  closes,  and  prevent  it 
f-om  being  twisted  in  a  lateral  direction  (fig.  1  of  the 


112  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

following  cut).  A  similar  structure  is  observable  in 
the  anterior  legs  of  the  common  Blister-beetle ;  but 
in  this  instance  the  notch  is  in  the  basal  joint  of  the 
tarsus,  and  is  closed  by  a  strong  conical  spine  aris- 
ing from  the  interior  angle  of  the  tibiae  (fig.  2). 
This  apparatus  is  confined  to  the  male,  and,  ac- 
cording to  the  observations  of  M.  Victor  Audouin, 
it  is  employed  to  lay  hold  of  the  antennae  of  the  fe- 
male, which  it  effectually  secures. 


Fig.  1.  Fig.  2. 

To  answer  a  similar  purpose,  the  tarsi  of  many 
male  carabideous  insects  are  considerably  dilated, 
and  clothed  with  hair  in  such  a  manner  that  they 
act  as  suckers.  In  the  males  of  the  large  water- 
beetles  especially,  (genus  Dytiscus),  there  is  a  singu- 
lar and  elaborate  apparatus  of  this  kind,  the  exami- 
nation of  which,  to  use  the  words  of  Messrs  Kirby 
and  Spence,  will  almost  compel  the  most  inattentive 
observer  to  glorify  the  wisdom  and  skill  of  the  ALL- 
FATHER,  so  conspicuously  manifested  in  the  forma- 
tion of  these  complex  organs.  The  three  first  joints 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  113 

of  the  anterior  tarsi  are  dilated  so  as  to  form  a  c.r- 
cuiar  plate,  fringed  round  the  edges  with  strong 
hairs ;  the  under  side  of  this  plate  is  more  or  less 
thickly  covered  with  small  circular  cups,  some  of 
which  are  placed  on  footstalks,  and  others  are  nearly 
sessile  ;  two  of  the  largest  of  these  cups  are  situated 
near  the  base  of  the  plate,  the  whole  apparatus 
forming  a  powerful  sucker.  A  very  beautiful  and 
curious  appendage,  designed  probably  to  serve  a  si- 
milar end,  has  been  noticed  on  the  under  side  of  the 
tarsi  of  a  dark-brown  beetle  (Harpalus  ruficornis)> 
found  everywhere  throughout  Britain,  under  stones 
and  among  rubbish. 

The  third  and  last  primary  division  of  the  body 
is  the  abdomen,  an  important  portion  of  the  animal 
economy.  It  is  generally  the  largest  part  of  the  in- 
sect, and  is  closely  attached  to  the  hinder  extremity 
of  the  thorax.  It  is  unprovided  with  locomotive 
organs,  and  is  composed  of  rings  or  segments,  on 
both  sides  of  which  are  placed  rounded  openings, 
named  stigmata,  or  breathing  holes,  through  which 
the  fluids  become  aerated.  Many  Coleoptera  have 
a  tubular  retractile  piece  at  the  extremity,  termed 
an  ovipositor,  which  forms  a  funnel  for  conveying 
the  eggs  in  safety  to  their  appointed  nidus ;  but  no 
insect  in  this  order  is  possessed  of  any  appendage 
analogous  to  a  sting.  The  abdomen  is  generally 
larger  in  the  females  than  in  the  opposite  sex,  and 
differs  in  the  form  of  the  terminal  segments,  besides 
having  one  fewer  than  the  males. — We  now  proceed 
H 


114  NATURAL   HISTORY    OP 

to  give  a  historical  and  descriptive  account  of  th» 
leading  groups  and  most  remarkable  species  belong- 
ing to  this  extensive  and  important  tribe  of  insects. 


The  first  division  of  the  Coleoptera  includes  all 
the  kinds  which  have  five  joints  in  each  tarsus,  on 
which  account  it  is  named 

PENTAMERA, 

a  term  derived  from  two  Greek  words,  civra,  Jive* 
and  /xi£o;,  a  part  or  joint 

The  species  which  most  systematic  writers  place 
at  the  head  of  the  coleopterous  order,  constituted 
the  Linnaean  genus  CICINDELA,  a  term  which  was 
anciently  applied  to  various  destructive  insects,  as 
well  as  to  those  possessing  luminous  properties.  This 
precedence  is  assigned  to  them  owing  to  a  certain 
perfection  and  development  of  structure,  by  which 
they  are  fitted  for  a  mode  of  life  pre-eminently  car- 
nivorous. The  legs  are  long  and  slender  to  enable 
them  to  pursue  their  prey  with  rapidity,  the  eyes  glo- 
bose and  remarkably  prominent,  and  all  the  organs 
employed  for  the  purposes  of  prehension  and  masti- 
cation of  the  most  efficient  kind.  Of  these  the  man- 
dibles are  most  conspicuous,  as  they  project  from 
the  head,  and  are  garnished  with  long  and  powerful 
teeth.  The  same  circumstance  is  observable  in  these 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  115 

atures  that  has  been  sometimes  noticed  in  the 
gher  animals,  that  the  most  blood-thirsty  propen- 
sities are  often  combined  with  elegance  of  form  and 
the  highest  beauty  of  colouring.  They  are  adorned 
with  the  most  beautiful  tints  of  green  and  blue,  with 
coppery  or  golden  reflections,  and  the  majority  are 
variegated  with  spots  and  streaks  of  yellow.  Their 
rapacity  and  agile  movements  have  procured  for 
them  the  name  of  Tiger-beetles.  They  prey  indis- 
criminately on  other  insects,  and  few  of  the  smaller 
kinds  are  capable  of  eluding  or  resisting  their  attack. 
The  larvae  are  equally  voracious  with  the  perfect 
insect,  but  their  locomotive  organs  being  too  im- 
perfect to  enable  them  to  attempt  an  open  war,  they 
have  recourse  to  stratagem.  In  that  early  condition 
the  body  is  long,  white,  and  cylindrical,  furnished 
with  six  scaly  feet  of  a  brown  colour,  and  having 
two  strong  fleshy  tubercles,  like  horns,  rising  from 
the  back.  It  is  entirely  of  a  soft  consistence,  except 
the  head,  which  is  covered  with  a  large  rounded 
plate,  and  armed  with  two  large  jaws.  These  grubs 
dig  cylindrical  holes  in  the  sandy  soil  where  they 
love  to  reside,  and  lie  in  ambush  at  the  entrance, 
the  opening  of  which  is  completely  closed  by  the 
broad  scaly  head.  As  the  excavation  is  nearly  per- 
pendicular at  its  mouth,  the  grub  would  have  diffi- 
culty in  retaining  its  position,  were  it  not  for  the 
dorsal  spines  formerly  mentioned,  by  which  it  sus- 
pends itself  to  the  side  of  its  dwelling.  When  lying 
in  wait  in  this  position,  the  jaws  are  expanded,  and 


116  NATURAL    HISTOR7    OF 

ready  to  seize  any  unwary  insect  that  comes  within 
reach  ;  sometimes  it  makes  a  sudden  dart  if  the  ob- 
ject is  at  some  distance,  and  immediately  retreats 
to  the  interior  of  its  den.  Their  voracity  is  not 
satisfied  with  other  insects,  but  extends  to  their  own 
species ;  and  when  two  individuals  form  their  holes 
in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  each  other,  the 
stronger  devours  the  weaker,  that  there  may  be  no 
interference  with  his  own  pursuits.  When  about 
to  change  their  skins  or  be  converted  into  nymphs, 
they  retire  to  the  bottom  of  their  holes,  having  pre- 
viously sealed  up  the  entrance. 

The  perfect  insects  are  found  in  the  spring  and 
summer  months,  usually  in  sandy  fields  exposed  to 
the  sun.  They  seem  rather  partial  to  heaths,  and 
certain  kinds  are  found  only  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
sea. 

In  its  present  restricted  form  the  genus  contains 
upwards  of  200  species,  only  six  or  seven  of  which 
occur  in  Britain.  The  most  common  throughout 
the  northern  parts  of  Europe  is  C.  campestris,  one 
of  the  most  beautiful  of  our  indigenous  insects.  It 
is  of  a  fine  green  colour,  glossed  with  coppery-red, 
and  having  five  yellowish  spots  on  the  margin  of 
each  elytron,  and  another  towards  the  middle.  It 
is  distributed  over  the  whole  island,  but  is  rather 
local  in  Scotland. 

A  beautiful  species  representing  this  genus  is  the 


.  /7/7/////Y//  auruLe*tita>.      3 .  Procerus*  Tauricu,?. 

. ,/////////  ,•/<•/.'('//////•• ///i/sj,.  4.  Ctu^abus  hisp'Uiii 


COLEOPTEROUS 


«? 

OF    THE  r 

UNIVERSITY 


CICINDELA 

PLATE  I.  FIG.  1. 

Fabricius,  Syst.  Eleuth.  p.  239,  No.  38  —  Dejean,  Spec.  Ge> 
7ier.  vol.  i.  p.  46. 

The  ordinary  length  of  this  insect  is  about  seven 
lines  and  a  half.  The  upper  lip,  which  projects  ver^ 
little,  is  yellow,  somewhat  dusky  at  the  base  ana 
sides.  The  mandibles  are  deep  black,  and  marked 
with  a  yellowish  spot  at  the  base.  The  palpi  and 
four  lowest  joints  of  the  antennae  are  greenish 
bronze,  occasionally  changing  into  blue  ;  the  re- 
maining joints  of  the  latter  are  dull  black.  The 
head  is  striated  between  the  eyes,  that  is,  marked 
with  slightly  impressed  longitudinal  lines,  and  of  a 
fine  green  colour  variegated  with  blue.  The  thorax 
is  narrow,  greenish  blue,  with  two  large  patches  of 
golden  green.  The  elytra  are  duller  than  the  other 
parts  of  the  body,  the  colour  bluish  green,  glossed 
with  golden  yellow  at  the  base  and  margins,  and 
each  marked  with  four  spots  of  yellowish  white,  of 
which  that  next  the  shoulder  is  very  minute,  and  the 
third  somewhat  crescent-shaped.  The  under  side  of 
the  body  and  legs  are  variegated  with  blue  and  green, 
and  of  a  very  brilliant  lustre.  This  species  inhabit? 
Java,  and  other  Asiatic  islands.  It  likewise  occurs 
in  China  ;  and  the  individual  figured  was  found  so 
far  to  the  west  as  the  British  possessions  in  India- 


118  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

The  tribe  which  next  ^resents  itself  to  our  notice 
is  of  very  great  extent,  including  a  vast  assemblage 
of  species  which  differ  considerably  from  each  other 
in  appearance  and  habit.  They  are  named  CARABICI 
by  modern  authors, — a  term  which  corresponds  to 
the  old  and  comprehensive  genus  Carabus  of  Linne. 
They  are  readily  distinguished  from  the  preceding 
tribe  by  the  structure  of  the  lower  jaws,  which  ter- 
minate simply  in  a  hook  without  any  articulation. 
The  form  of  the  typical  or  characteristic  kinds  is 
handsome ;  and  although  the  prevailing  hue  is  ob- 
scure, not  a  few  of  them  are  ornamented  with 
colours  of  great  brilliancy.  The  head  is  usually 
somewhat  triangular,  and  borne  horizontally  or  slight- 
ly inclined ;  the  thorax  more  or  less  heart-shaped 
and  truncated,  with  a  longitudinal  impressed  line  in 
the  middle ;  and  the  abdomen  is  long  and  oval,  hav- 
ing a  considerable  degree  of  convexity  both  above 
and  below.  The  legs  are  generally  long  and  power- 
ful, and  most  of  the  species  run  with  great  rapidity ; 
but  few  of  them  fly  well,  and  no  inconsiderable  num- 
ber are  entirely  destitute  of  wings.  The  organs  of 
the  mouth  are  very  fully  developed,  demonstrating 
a  decidedly  carnivorous  disposition ;  but  the  mandi- 
bles are  never  furnished  with  such  prominent  teeth 
as  those  of  the  Tiger-beetles. 

Many  of  these  insects  are  characterized  by  having 
the  hinder  extremity  of  the  elytra  truncated  or  cut 
across ;  and  they  seldom  completely  cover  the  ab- 
domen, but  leave  a  small  portion  of  its  apex  exposed. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  119 

Such  as  exhibit  a  formation  of  this  kind  constitute 
the  section  TRUNCATIPENNES.  Some  of  the  species 
have  attracted  much  attention  in  consequence  of  a 
very  singular  means  they  employ  to  repel  the  at- 
tacks of  their  assailants.  The  majority  of  carabide- 
ous  insects  secrete  an  acrid  and  caustic  fluid,  which, 
when  irritated,  they  discharge  with  considerable 
force.  But  in  the  kinds  alluded  to  (belonging 
chiefly  to  the  genus  Brachinus),  the  fluid  is  so  vo- 
latile, that  when  it  is  propelled  by  the  insect  it  im- 
mediately evaporates  with  a  detonating  sound,  so 
that  the  discharge  seems  to  consist  of  blue  smoke, 
which  is  of  a  peculiarly  disagreeable  and  penetrat- 
ing odour.  These  bombardiers,  as  they  are  named 
by  the  French,  can  fire  a  considerable  number  of 
volleys  before  their  ammunition  is  exhausted.  The 
largest  kinds  inhabit  tropical  and  other  warm  coun- 
tries ;  but  a  few  extend  pretty  far  to  the  north,  there 
being  several  indigenous  to  France  and  the  south 
of  England. 

To  the  section  with  truncated  elytra  belongs  also 
the  genus  ANTHIA  (a  name  originally  applied  by 
Aristotle  to  a  kind  of  fish),  which,  however,  does 
not  well  exemplify  the  distinctive  feature  of  this 
subdivision,  as  the  elytra  are  sinuated  rather  than 
truncated  at  the  extremity.  It  is  known  by  having 
the  terminal  joint  of  the  external  palpi  somewhat 
cylindrical  and  truncated,  or  in  the  shape  of  a  re- 
versed cone ;  by  the  want  of  a  tooth  in  the  notch 
of  the  mentum  ;  and  by  the  elongate-ovate  form  of 


120  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

the  elytra.  The  species  are  confined  to  certain  dis- 
tricts of  Asia,  and  the  African  continent.  Even 
the  southern  shores  of  Europe,  of  which  the  vege- 
table and  animal  productions  become  strongly  assi- 
milated to  those  of  Africa,  have  not  hitherto  afford- 
ed any  examples.  They  delight  in  an  arid  and 
sandy  soil,  in  which  they  form  shallow  excavations, 
and  lie  in  wait  for  their  prey.  In  manners,  and 
even  in  the  figure  of  their  bodies,  they  bear  a  greater 
resemblance  to  the  beetle  named  Broscus  cephalotes, 
found  abundantly  on  the  sandy  shores  of  the  sea  in 
many  places  both  in  England  and  Scotland,  than 
to  any  other  British  insect.  They  partake  of  the 
form  which  prevails  among  beetles  accustomed  to 
burrow  in  the  soil,  and  which  is  best  exemplified  in 
the  Scarites  and  Clivinae,  or  mole-beetles,  as  they 
are  sometimes  called,  which  live  chiefly  beneath  the 
ground.  The  head  is  very  thick  and  strong,  fitted 
to  make  its  way  through  a  resisting  medium,  and 
the  thorax  is  attached  to  the  abdomen  by  a  narrow 
neck-like  portion,  which  admits  of  the  anterior  part 
of  the  body  being  easily  turned  in  a  lateral  direc- 
tion, and  therefore  answers  the  same  purposes  as 
the  flexibility  of  the  vertebral  column  in  moles  and 
other  burrowing  quadrupeds.  The  hinder  part  of 
the  body  is  considerably  wider  than  the  anterior,  a 
circumstance  never  observed  in  burrowing  beetles 
properly  so  called,  as  it  would  materially  impede  the 
insect's  progress  through  its  cylindrical  excavations. 
The  species  figured  is 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  121 

ANTHIA  DECEMGUTTATA. 
PLATE  I.  FIG.  2. 

)  Sytf.  Eleuth.  p.  221 — Carabus  decemguttatus, 
Oliv.  iii.  35,  pi.  23,  No.  16. 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  dull  black. 
The  eyes  are  brown,  and  the  antennae  incline  to  the 
same  colour,  but  the  four  lowest  joints  are  more  or 
less  thickly  covered  with  whitish  down  on  the  under 
side.  On  each  side  of  the  thorax  anteriorly  there 
is  a  small  white  spot.  The  elytra  are  marked  with 
a  few  deep  grooves,  which  are  pretty  densely  clothed 
with  whitish  down ;  this,  however,  is  frequently 
rubbed  off,  and  in  the  bottom  of  each  groove  there 
appear  two  rows  of  small  impressed  points,  and  a 
longitudinal  ridge  between  them.  Each  elytron  has 
five  spots  of  white  down,  but  some  of  these  are  often 
obliterated  (as  in  the  example  figured).  The  un- 
der side  of  the  body  and  legs  are  of  a  more  shining 
black  than  the  other  parts,  and  the  thighs  are  some- 
times brown. 

This  insect  varies  greatly  in  size,  colour,  and  even 
in  the  relative  proportion  of  its  parts,  and  it  has  in 
consequence  been  described  under  several  different 
names.  It  is  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  where  it  appears  to  be  very  common. 

The  genus  CARABUS  properly  so  called  is  distin- 
guished by  having  the  upper  lip  simply  notched  or 


122  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

bilobed,  by  the  tooth  in  the  middle  of  the  mentum 
being  entire  at  its  apex,  and  by  the  joints  of  the 
anterior  tarsi  being  dilated  in  the  males.  The  an- 
tennae are  nearly  filiform,  or  become  gradually  some- 
what more  slender  towards  the  outer  extremity. 
The  external  palpi  terminate  in  a  joint  considerably 
wider  than  the  others,  and  forming  a  kind  of  trian- 
gle. The  thorax  is  heart-shaped  and  truncated, 
the  mandibles  have  a  single  tooth  at  their  base,  and 
the  wings  are  not  adapted  for  flight.  In  a  few  very 
large  and  remarkable  European  species  the  anterior 
tarsi  have  been  found  to  present  no  appreciable  dif- 
ference in  the  two  sexes,  and  these  have  accordingly 
been  formed  into  a  distinct  genus  under  the  name 
of  PROCERUS.  The  latter  are  among  the  largest 
carabideous  insects  with  which  we  are  acquainted. 
They  are  of  a  uniform  black  colour  on  the  under 
parts  of  the  body,  but  tinged  with  green  or  blue 
above.  They  seem  chiefly  to  inhabit  the  moun- 
tainous districts  of  the  eastern  and  southern  parts 
of  Europe,  the  Caucasus,  and  Asia  Minor.  The 
species  represented  is 

PROCERUS  TAURICUS. 
PLATE  I.  FIG.  3. 

Carabus   Tauricus,    Pallas — Carabus   scabrosus,    Fisher 
Entomographie  de  la  Rustic. 

This  fine  insect  is  little  short  of  two  inches  in 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  123 

length.  The  colour  of  the  upper  surface  is  a  fine 
olue,  inclining  sometimes  to  green.  The  thorax  is 
nearly  twice  the  width  of  the  head,  truncated  be- 
fore and  behind,  and  somewhat  heart-shaped ;  the 
surface  rough  and  granular.  The  elytra  are  oval 
and  convex,  covered  with  large  tubercular  points, 
which  are  arranged  nearly  in  straight  lines.  The 
under  side  of  the  thorax  and  the  sides  of  the  abdo- 
men are  tinged  with  greenish  blue  ;  the  other  parts, 
as  well  as  the  legs,  are  black. 

The  insects  to  which  the  generic  appellation  of 
CARABUS  is  now  restricted  is  of  very  considerable 
extent,  including  about  170  well-ascertained  species. 
They  are  generally  of  considerable  size,  and  most 
frequently  of  a  dark  colour,  glossed  with  blue  or 
purple.  Many  of  them,  however,  are  of  the  bright- 
est metallic  hues,  and  deserving  of  being  ranked 
among  the  most  ornamental  of  European  beetles. 
Such  are  C.  rutilans,  an  inhabitant  of  the  Pyrenees, 
and  our  own  C.  nitens,  found  in  heathy  districts, 
where  the  soil  is  formed  of  peat,  in  many  parts  of 
Scotland  and  the  north  of  England,  which  scarcely 
yields  to  any  exotic  insect  in  the  brilliancy  of  its 
lustre.  The  principal  seat  of  the  Carabi  is  within 
the  temperate  zones ;  they  become  rare  in  very 
warm  countries,  and  seem  to  disappear  altogether 
within  the  tropics.  They  are  most  abundant  in 
the  old  world,  but  a  few  have  likewise  been  observ- 
ed in  the  northern  and  southern  extremities  of  Ame- 
rica. Britain  possesses  about  sixteen  species,  and 


124  NATURAL    HISTORY   OP 

half  that  number  has  been  ascertained  to  inhabit 
Scotland. 

CARABUS  HISPANUS. 
PLATE  I.  FIG.  4. 

Fabricius,  Syst.  Ehuth.  p.  171 — Olivier,  iii.  35,  p.  22,  No. 
14,  pi.  1,  fig.  9. 

This  species  varies  in  length  from  ten  to  fifteen 
lines.  The  surface  of  the  head  is  of  a  fine  blue  in- 
clining to  violet,  with  the  anterior  part  black  ;  it  is 
ather  deeply  punctured,  and  marked  with  irregular 
wrinkles.  The  antennae  are  black,  and  the  eyes 
brown.  The  thorax  is  nearly  heart-shaped,  a  good 
deal  contracted  behind,  similar  in  colour  to  the 
head,  and  likewise  rough  with  punctures  and  wrin- 
kles :  there  is  also  an  impressed  line  down  the  centre. 
The  scutellum  is  black.  The  elytra  are  of  an  elon- 
gate-oval form,  covered  with  impressed  points  which 
have  a  tendency  to  run  into  lines,  three  of  which 
are  pretty  distinctly  formed :  they  are  of  a  bright 
copper-colour,  glossed  on  the  exterior  edges  with 
violet,  and  having  a  very  high  degree  of  lustre. 
The  under  parts  of  the  body  and  the  legs  are  glossy 
black. 

This  splendid  insect  occurs  in  mountainous  dis- 
tricts in  the  south  of  France,  usually  frequenting 
the  banks  of  small  rivulets  which  flow  down  the  sides 
of  hills. 


PLATE   2. 


J 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.^ — — ^     125 


CARABUS  AURATUS> 
PLATE  II.  FIG.  1. 


>sx^V. 

Fabricius,  Syst.  Eleuth.  p.  175 — Olivier,  iii.  35,  p.  3^S 
30,  pi.  51,  fig.  5,  a,  fc,  c — Dejean,  Spec.  Ginir.  p.  111. 


The  colour  of  the  upper  side  is  green,  glossed 
with  golden  yellow.  The  head  is  faintly  punctured, 
and  there  are  two  longitudinal  impressions  between 
the  antennae*  The  organs  of  the  mouth,  and  the 
four  lowest  joints  of  the  antennae,  are  reddish.  The 
thorax  is  marked  like  the  head,  and  has  a  longitu- 
dinal line  down  the  middle,  and  a  transverse  im- 
pression on  each  side  near  the  posterior  angles. 
The  elytra  are  oval  and  convex,  each  of  them  with 
three  elevated  ridges,  the  spaces  between  which 
are  covered  with  small  raised  points,  making  them 
appear  somewhat  granulated.  The  under  parts  of 
the  body  are  black,  the  anterior  part  slightly  tinged 
with  green.  The  legs  are  rust-red,  and  the  tarsi 
brown.  The  ordinary  length  is  about  an  inch. 

This  is  a  very  common  insect  throughout  France, 
where  it  is  known  by  the  name  of  le  Jardinier ;  but 
it  becomes  rare  as  we  advance  northward,  occurring 
very  seldom  in  Germany  and  Sweden,  A  few  in- 
stances are  recorded  of  its  having  been  taken  in 
Britain,  but  it  must  be  ranked  among  the  rarest  of 
our  indigenous  beetles. 


126  NATUEAL   HISTOBY   OF 

CARABUS  CLATHRATUS. 
PLATE  II.  FIG.  2. 

Fiibriciua — Olivier. — Gyllenhal,  Insec.  Suecica,  p.  67. — Dc- 
jean.  Spec.  Gener.  p.  108. 

This  species  is  about  an  inch  in  length.  It  is  of 
an  oblong-ovate  form,  and  wider  in  proportion  to 
its  length  than  most  other  species  of  the  genus. 
The  colour  is  dark  brassy,  varying  considerably  in 
shade  in  different  individuals.  The  head  and  thorax 
are  very  faintly  punctured,  and  the  latter  has  the 
hinder  angles  very  little  produced.  Each  elytron 
has  three  elevated  lines,  and  a  triple  series  of  rather 
deep  excavations,  which  are  of  a  golden-yellow  or 
copper  colour,  united  by  an  oblong  tubercle  rather 
indistinctly  formed.  The  outer  edge  of  the  ely- 
tra is  slightly  sinuated  at  the  apex  in  both  sexes. 
The  under  side  of  the  body  and  the  legs  are  black. 
This  was  esteemed  till  lately  one  of  the  rarest  kinds 
of  the  British  Carabi.  Although  very  scarce  in 
England,  it  is  now  however  ascertained  to  be  pretty 
copiously  distributed  over  the  Western  and  Northern 
Highlands  of  Scotland.  Throughout  the  southern 
division  of  the  country,  the  most  common  species 
of  the  genus  are  C.  catenulatus^  C.  hortensis,  and 
C.  violaceus ;  but  as  we  advance  northwards  the 
two  latter  gradually  become  scarce,  and  their  place 
is  supplied  by  C.  glabratus  and  C.  clathratus.  Of 


COLEOPTEBOUS   INSECTS.  127 

these  two,  the  former  is  the  most  abundant  in  the 
northern  counties  of  Scotland,  and  the  elevation  at 
which  it  is  found  on  the  mountains  shows  it  not  to 
be  abhorrent  even  of  a  more  northern  climate.  The 
latter  occurs  in  considerable  numbers  in  the  north- 
west district  of  Sutherlandshire,  and,  next  to  C.  gla- 
bratus,  is  the  most  common  species,  C.  catenulatus 
becoming  scarce,  and  the  specimens  small  and 
dwarfish,  which  may  be  assumed  as  an  indication 
of  its  having  nearly  reached  the  natural  limit  of  its 
extension  in  a  northern  direction.* 

The  genus  TEFFLUS,  which  was  first  constituted 
by  Dr  Leach,  differs  from  the  two  preceding  genera 
in  having  the  labrum  or  upper  lip  entire  or  with- 
out any  notch.  It  includes  only  a  single  species, 
which  has  been  named  after  a  celebrated  naturalist 
of  Vienna. 

TEFFLUS  MEGERLEI. 
PLATE  II.  FIG.  3. 

Carabus  Megerlei,  Fabricius,  Syst.  Ehuth.  p.  1C9  __  De- 
Spec.  Gcn'r.  ii.  p.  21. 


This  insect  is  seldom  much  short  of  two  inches 
in  length.  It  is  entirely  of  a  uniform  glossy  black 

*  In  a  recent  expedition  to  explore  the  natural  pro- 
ductions  of  Sutherlandshire,  upwards  of  forty  specimens 
of  C.  clathratus  were  procured,  and  C.  glabratus  might 
have  been  obtained  almost  in  any  number. 


128  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

colour,  except  the  eyes,  which  are  yellowish.  The 
outline  of  the  thorax  approaches  to  a  hexagonal 
form  ;  the  surface  is  thickly  covered  with  deep 
punctures,  which  run  together  and  render  it  very 
rough ;  the  margins  are  slightly  elevated,  and  there 
is  a  faint  line  down  the  centre.  The  elytra  are 
elongate-oval  and  very  convex,  each  of  them  having 
seven  longitudinal  ridges,  which  unite  at  the  extre- 
mity :  in  the  bottom  of  the  furrows  between  these 
ridges  there  is  a  row  of  small  tubercles.  It  inhabits 
Senegal  and  the  coast  of  Guinea. 

The  genus  Calosoma  is  chiefly  distinguished  from 
the  true  Carabi,  to  which  it  is  very  closely  allied, 
by  possessing  wings  ;  by  the  third  joint  of  the  an- 
tennae, which  is  considerably  longer  than  the  others, 
and  somewhat  sharp  on  its  outer  edge  ;  by  the  man- 
dibles being  destitute  of  teeth  ;  and  by  the  form  of 
the  thorax,  which  is  somewhat  transverse,  that  is, 
wider  than  long,  and  equally  rounded  on  the  sides. 
The  form  of  the  elytra  likewise  differs,  as  they  ap- 
proach more  to  a  square  shape  than  is  usual  among 
the  carabideous  tribes.  Both  as  larvae  and  in  their 
perfect  form,  these  insects  prey  upon  other  species 
of  their  own  class.  The  grubs,  which  resemble  a 
small  black  worm,  take  up  their  abode  in  the  nests 
generally  of  the  processionary  moth  (Lasiocampa 
Processioned)^  and  devour  the  caterpillars  in  great 
numbers.  When  in  a  state  of  repletion  and  inac- 
tivity from  excessive  gluttony,  they  are  sometimes 
attacked  and  devoured  by  the  smaller  individuals  of 


PLATE  3. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  129 

their  own  fraternity.  Although  this  genus  ii  not 
extensive,  the  species  are  very  widely  distributed. 
In  Europe  they  range  from  Sweden  to  the  shores 
of  the  Mediterranean  ;  several  occur  in  Senegal  and 
at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope ;  and  a  considerable 
number  inhabit  America  and  the  eastern  regions  of 
Asia.  The  only  kinds  known  as  British  are  C.  inqui- 
sitor and  that  which  we  have  figured  :  the  latter  is 

CALOSOMA  SYCOPHANTA. 
PLATE  III.  FIG.  1. 

Fabricitif,  Syst.  Ekuth.  p.  212 — Carabus  svcophanta,  O/k 
vier,  iii.  35,  p.  42,  No.  43,  t.  3,  fig.  31. 

it  does  not  exceed  ten  or  eleven  lines  in  length, 
the  ligure  on  the  plate  being  somewhat  enlarged. 
The  colour  of  all  parts  of  the  body  except  the  ely- 
tra is  violet-black,  sometimes  slightly  glossed  with 
green.  The  head  and  thorax  are  covered  with 
minute  punctures  and  irregular  transverse  wrinkles ; 
the  former  having  two  deep  longitudinal  impressions 
between  the  antennae,  and  the  latter  a  faint  line 
down  the  centre.  The  scutellum  is  black,  and 
nearly  smooth.  The  elytra  are  of  a  rich  green, 
glossed  with  golden  yellow  ;  in  shape  somewhat 
like  a  shield,  and  marked  with  closely  placed  striae, 
which  have  small  punctures  in  the  bottom,  and  a 
row  of  rather  large  and  remote  punctures  on  the 
fourth,  eighth,  and  twelfth  interstices. 


130  NATURAL   HISTORY   OP 

This  insect  is  of  frequent  occunence  ai  all  tnfc 
middle  and  southern  countries  of  Europe,  but  it  be- 
comes scarce  in  the  north.  Few  instances  are  re- 
corded of  its  having  been  observed  in  Britain,  and 
an  indigenous  specimen  is  consequently  regarded 
as  a  valuable  acquisition  by  collectors.  Mr  Kirby 
mentions  that  one  was  taken  at  Aldborough  in  Suf- 
folk, by  Dr  Crabbe,  the  celebrated  poet ;  another 
Ly  a  young  lady  at  Southwold,  which  is  now  in  the 
cabinet  of  W.  J.  Hooker,  Esq. ;  and  a  third  by  a 
boy  at  Norwich,  crawling  up  a  wall,  which  was  pur- 
chased of  him  by  S.  Wilkin,  Esq. 

ELAPHRUS  RIPARIUS. 
PLATE  III.  FIG.  2. 

Clcindela  riparia,  Linn. — Donovan'*  British  Insects,  vol.  £x» 
p.  301. 

The  above  figure  represents  this  beautiful  insect 
as  it  appears  under  a  very  high  magnifier.  The 
colour  of  the  body  is  brassy  green,  with  coppery  re- 
flections. The  head  and  thorax  are  very  thickly 
punctured,  and  the  latter  has  a  short  deep  groove 
in  the  middle.  The  elytra  are  very  thickly  covered 
with  minute  punctures,  and  each  is  ornamented  with 
four  rows  of  rounded  spots,  rather  faintly  marked, 
wnich  are  purple  in  the  centre,  and  surrounded  with 
a  ring  of  a  metallic  lustre.  The  spaces  between  these 
oceliated  spots  are  very  little  elevated,  except  one 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  131 

near  the  middle  of  the  interior  row.  which  is  large, 
somewhat  square,  and  very  highly  pofisned.  The 
under  side  of  the  body  arid  legs  &i  e  bronzed  green, 
except  the  base  of  the  thighs  and  greater  part  of 
the  tibiae,  which  are  pale  reddish  yellow. 

This  insect  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in  most 
parts  of  Britain.  The  genus  derives  its  name  fiom 
a  Greek  word,  referring  either  to  the  nature  of  the 
place  which  the  species  frequent,  or  to  the  activity 
of  their  motions.*  It  is  distinguished  by  the  an- 
tennae gradually  becoming  a  little  thicker  towards 
the  extremity  ;  by  the  thorax  being  at  least  as  long 
as  broad,  and  nearly  of  the  same  width  as  the  head  ; 
by  the  large  and  very  prominent  eyes  ;  and  by  hav- 
ing the  four  first  joints  of  the  anterior  tarsi  slightly 
dilated  in  the  males.  It  contains  only  a  few  species, 
some  of  which  bear  such  a  strong  resemblance  to 
each  other,  as  to  countenance  the  conjecture  that 
they  may  be  mere  varieties.  They  frequent  marshy 
places,  and  the  margins  of  lakes  and  ponds,  running 
about  with  remarkable  celerity  during  the  heat  of 
the  day.  They  are  most  prevalent  in  the  northern 
parts  of  Europe,  the  more  common  kinds  becoming 
scarce  in  the  south,  and  two  or  three  not  extending 
further  than  the  northern  extremity  of  Germany. 
There  is  one  species  found  in  America. 

*  K>.*f,  a  marfh*  or  i/,a<p^?,  light*  active. 


132  NATURAL  BISTORT  or 

MORMOLYCE  PHYLLODES. 
PLATE  III.  FIG.  3. 

Ifagenoach,  Novum  Coleop.  Genus — Dejean,  Spec.  Gen.  t.  v. 
Dart  ii.  p.  714 — Latreille,  Regne  Anim.  t.  iv.  p.  400. 

This  insect  is  so  peculiar  in  its  form  and  structure, 
that  it  is  difficult  to  determine  what  place  it  ought 
to  occupy  in  a  systematic  arrangement.  It  posses- 
ses little  in  common  with  the  genera  associated  with 
it  by  the  continental  naturalists,  except  the  elon- 
gation of  the  third  joint  of  the  antennae.  In  its  flat 
and  dilated  elytra,  it  bears  considerable  resemblance 
to  certain  neuropterous  species  of  the  genus  mantis, 
which  are  remarkable  for  their  likeness  to  the  with- 
ered leaves  of  trees.  It  is  this  circumstance  that 
has  suggested  the  above  specific  name,  which  is  ex- 
pressive of  resemblance  to  a  leaf.  The  head  and 
thorax  are  narrow  and  elongated,  and  the  latter  has 
a  dilated  portion  on  each  side  which  is  scolloped  on 
tne  outer  edge.  The  abdomen  is  likewise  rather 
narrow,  and  the  portion  of  the  elytra  which  covers 
iv  is  somewhat  convex,  reticulated,  and  marked 
\\  itn  a  double  series  of  rather  large  impressions  ; 
the  portion  of  the  elytra  projecting  beyond  the  ab- 
domen is  very  broad  and  flat,  and  is  somewhat 
waved  on  tne  surface.  The  tibiae  are  crooked,  and 
the  anterior  pair  have  a  deep  notch  near  the  apex. 
The  general  colour  of  the  insect  is  blackish  brown, 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  133 

and  it  is  somewhat  shining.  It  is  liable  to  great 
variation  in  size,  some  of  the  specimens  which  we 
have  seen,  among  an  extensive  series  in  the  posses- 
sion of  James  Wilson,  Esq.  measuring  three  and  a 
fourth  inches  in  length,  and  an  inch  and  a  half  across 
the  elytra,  while  others  do  not  exceed  two  inches 
in  length  and  one  in  breadth.  It  is  a  native  of 
Java,  and  seems  to  occur  in  considerable  plenty  in 
some  parts  of  the  country. 

DYTISCID^. 

A  numerous  group  of  carnivorous  beetles,  belong* 
ing  to  the  present  section,  inhabit  the  waters  of 
lakes  and  ponds,  both  as  larvae  and  in  their  perfect 
condition.  Although  frequenting  an  element  so 
different  in  its  nature  from  that  in  which  other  in- 
sects live,  there  is  no  very  marked  difference  in 
their  structure,  a  slight  modification  of  certain  parts 
sufficing  to  adapt  them  to  their  new  abodes.  Their 
motions  are  effected  by  means  of  the  hinder  pair  of 
legs,  which  are  rather  long  and  flat,  and  have  the 
tibiae  and  tarsi  densely  fringed  with  long  stiff  hairs, 
presenting  a  pretty  broad  surface  to  the  water. 
Their  respiratory  apparatus  in  no  respect  differs 
from  that  of  other  insects  ;.  but,  in  order  to  bring  the 
stigmatic  openings  in  contact  with  the  air,  they  are 
ojbliged  from  time  to  time  to  repair  to  the  surface. 
This  is  speedily  effected  merely  by  stopping  the 
movements  of  the  legs ;  for  as  the  body  is  specifically 


134  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

lighter  than  water,  it  obeys  the  tendency  to  float 
upwards  as  soon  as  the  counteracting  force  ceases 
to  be  applied.  When  resting  on  the  surface  the 
head  is  turned  downwards,  and  the  legs  extended 
at  right  angles  with  the  body,  of  which  the  only 
portion  that  appears  above  the  water  is  the  extre- 
mity of  the  abdomen,  where  the  air  is  admitted  by 
the  tips  of  the  elytra  being  slightly  raised;  and 
when  the  insect  descends,  it  carries  along  with  it 
a  bubble  of  air  resembling  a  globule  of  quick- 
silver. If  they  wish  to  remain  below  the  surface 
with  their  legs  unemployed,  they  can  do  so  only 
by  adhering  to  the  roots  or  stem  of  some  aquatic 
plant. 

They  are  strictly  an  amphibious  family ;  for,  al- 
though water  is  their  favourite  element,  they  sur- 
vive for  a  long  time  on  moist  land,  and  usually  fly 
about  in  the  evening  twilight,  or  even  during  the 
darkness  of  the  night.  Their  flight  is  rapid  and 
sustained,  and  may  be  assisted  in  certain  species 
of  Dytiscus  by  a  kind  of  winglet,  similar  to  that 
found  in  the  majority  of  two-winged  flies,  which  is 
placed  under  the  base  of  the  elytra.  All  the  spe- 
cies are  extremely  voracious,  as  might  be  inferred 
from  the  structure  of  the  masticatory  and  other  or- 
gans, which  are  very  fully  developed.  Their  usual 
prey  are  the  larvae  of  gnats,  ephemerae,  and  dragon- 
flies  ;  and  the  more  powerful  kinds  are  said  to  at- 
tack with  success  animals  considerably  exceeding 
themselves  in  size.  By  far  the  most  conspicuous 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  135 

genus  in  the  family,  is  that. first  established   by 
Linne  under  the  name  of 


DYTISCUS, 

a  term  derived  from  $urij£,  which  signifies  a  diver. 
In  its  present  restricted  form,  it  is  distinguished  by 
having  the  antennae  setaceous,  that  is,  tapering  slight- 
ly from  the  base  to  the  apex  ;  by  the  truncated  ter- 
minal joint  of  the  labial  palpi ;  and  by  having  the 
anterior  tarsi  dilated  in  the  males  into  a  rounded 
plate.  The  three  basal  joints  of  the  tarsi  are  di- 
lated in  the  middle  pair  of  legs — a  circumstance 
which  chiefly  discriminates  the  Dytisci  proper  from 
the  genus  Acilius  of  Dr  Leach — and  the  elytra  of 
the  female  are  usually  furrowed. 

The  larvae  are  narrow  and  elongate,  composed  of 
twelve  segments,  including  the  head,  which  is  large 
and  strong,  bearing  short  antennae,  and  armed  with 
two  powerful  jaws.  The  last  named  organs,  which  are 
long  and  incurved,  are  perforated  at  the  tip,  so  that 
they  not  only  serve  to  seize  and  lacerate  the  prey, 
but  also  form  a  tube  through  which  its  juices  are 
absorbed.  The  anal  segment  is  slender  and  co- 
nical, and  is  furnished  with  two  projecting  appen- 
dages, by  means  of  which  the  animal  is  enabled 
to  push  itself  forwards  in  the  water,  and  rise  to 
the  surface  for  a  supply  of  fresh  air.  The  three 
segments  behind  the  head  are  each  provided  with 
a  pair  of  legs,  which  are  more  or  less  fringed  with 


136  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

hairs,  and  no  doubt  assist  materially  in  swimming. 
The  food  of  the  larvae  is  similar  to  that  of  the  per- 
fect insect,  and  they  are  perhaps  even  more  vora- 
cious in  their  early  condition  than  after  they  have 
undergone  their  final  change.  The  following  cut 
represents  the  larva  of  Dytiscus  marginalis,  the 
most  common  species  throughout  the  southern  parts 
of  Britain. 


The  largest  species  of  Dytiscus  with  which  we 
are  acquainted  is  D.  latissimus,  which  is  found  in 
Germany  and  the  north  of  Europe.  About  eight 
or  nine  different  kinds  inhabit  Britain,  some  of 
which  are  common  in  England ;  but  they  become 
scarcer  in  the  more  northern  parts  of  the  island. 
The  species  represented,  for  which  we  are  indebted 
to  Mr  Curtis'  beautiful  figure,  is 


PLATE   4. 


J .  Dyfi.viws  dimidiatus.  ~. 
Zuarffo 


ttvw 

QF    THE 

UNIVERSITY 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  137 

DYTISCUS  DIMIDIATUS. 
PLATE  IV    F;s.  r.. 

Bergstraesser  Nomcnclatitr,  pi.  7,  fig-  !• — Curtis'  Brit.  Ent. 
iii.  pi.  09. 

The  colour  is  brownish  black  tinged  with  oiiva 
green.  The  antennae  and  upper  lip  are  yellow,  and 
there  is  a  triangular  or  crescent-shaped  spot  of  rust 
red  on  the  forehead  between  the  eyes.  The  thorax 
is  widely  margined  on  each  side  with  yellow,  and  a 
broad  stripe  of  the  same  colour  runs  along  the  wrhole 
of  the  external  margin  of  the  elytra :  the  surface  of 
the  latter  is  very  smooth  in  the  males,  and  each  is 
marked  with  three  rows  of  punctures.  The  under 
side  of  the  body,  and  the  legs,  are  yellowish,  with 
the  sutures  of  the  breast  black.  The  lobes  of  the 
sternum,  which  afford  very  distinctive  characters  in 
this  group,  are  obtuse  in  the  present  species. 

It  has  occurred  at  Cambridge,  and  in  some  other 
parts  of  England. 

There  is  another  group  of  aquatic  beetles,  the 
species  of  which,  although  much  inferior  in  size  to 
those  just  described,  are  still  more  fitted  to  attract 
attention  by  their  numbers,  brilliant  appearance,  and 
interesting  manners.  These  insects  constitute  the 
genus 


138  NATURAL    HISTORY   OF 


GYRINUS, 

a  word  sometimes  used  by  Aristotle  and  other  Greek 
writers,  and  which  13  devi/ed  from  a  verb  signifying 
to  move  in  a  circle.  They  afford  a  few  well-marked 
characters,  by  which  they  are  readily  distinguished 
from  all  their  aquatic  associates.  The  antennae  are 
ah:>rt  and  thick,  and  are  attached  to  the  head  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  resemble  ears.  They  consist 
of  a  clavate  mass  formed  of  seven  closely  joined 
rings,  which  is  attached  by  a  slender  peduncle  to 
the  upper  and  internal  edge  of  a  large  radical  joint 
furnished  with  an  auricle  on  its  outer  side,  which, 
like  the  lid  of  a  box,  shuts  in  the  antennae  when 
unemployed,  and  protects  them  from  the  water.* 
The  anterior  legs  are  long,  and  formed  for  walking, 
or  to  act  as  instruments  of  prehension ;  the  four 
hinder  ones  are  very  short,  compressed  and  ciliated 
externally,  bearing  a  strong  resemblance  to  the 
paddle  of  an  oar.  The  head  is  sunk  in  the  thorax 
as  far  as  the  eyes,  and  the  latter  are  divided  by  a 
process  from  the  anterior  part  of  the  head,  in  such 
a  manner  that  there  appear  to  be  two  eyes  above 
and  two  below — a  mode  of  structure  admirably 
adapted  to  the  wants  of  the  insect,  which  requires, 
at  the  same  time,  to  observe  objects  both  in  the  air 
and  water. 

*  Kirby  and  Spence's  Introd.  to  Entom.  iii.  516. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  139 

Throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  year  there  is 
scarcely  a  sheltered  pool  without  a  group  of  these 
agile  little  creatures,  pursuing  their  avocations  with 
the  most  sportive  alacrity.  Their  chief  occupation 
is  swimming  rapidly  along  the  surface  in  concentric 
circles,  or  darting  about  in  irregular  gyrations,  an 
exercise  which  they  keep  up  during  the  whole  day, 
without  any  apparent  object  but  the  love  of  motion. 
Their  bodies  are  so  highly  polished,  that  they  shine 
like  a  piece  of  burnished  metal,  and  not  a  particle 
of  water  can  adhere  to  them.  When  approached 
or  otherwise  interrupted,  they  speedily  scatter  or 
dive  under  the  water,  but  soon  re-appear  and  resume 
their  sports.  Their  circular  movements  are  no  doubt 
produced  by  the  natatory  legs  on  the  one  side  being 
more  rapidly  moved  than  on  the  other,  as  a  boat  is 
turned  when  the  rowers  on  one  side  cease  to  ply. 
In  collecting  into  parties,  and  leading  up  their  mazy 
dance  together  in  the  sunshine,  we  may  suppose 
these  little  creatures  to  be  actuated  by  the  same 
social  feeling  which  Mr  Wordsworth  has  ascribed 
to  the  gnat-like  flies  (TipulidcB\  which  assemble  in 
choirs,  and  may  be  seen  in  sheltered  situations 
even  in  the  middle  of  winter,  alternately  rising  and 
falling  with  a  rapid  undulatory  motion. 

Nor  wanting  here  to  entertain  the  thought, 
Creatures  that  in  communities  exist, 
Less,  as  might  seem,  for  general  guardianship, 
Or  through  dependence  upon  mutual  aid, 
Than  by  participation  of  delight, 


140  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

And  a  strict  love  of  fellowship  combined. 
What  other  spirit  can  it  he  that  prompts 
The  gilded  summer  flies  to  mix  and  weave 
Their  sports  together  in  the  solar  beam, 
Or  in  the  gloom  and  twilight  hum  their  joy  ? 

These  insects  are  not  numerous  in  Britain,  the 
registered  species  not  exceeding  eight,  and  it  is 
probable  that  at  least  two  of  these  are  merely  va- 
rieties. The  most  common  in  this  country,  as  well 
as  throughout  the  middle  and  northern  parts  of 
P^urope,  is 


GYRINUS  NATATOR. 

PLATE  IV.  FIG.  2. 
Linn. — Fabriciits — De  Geer,  Insect,  iv,  xiii.  4,  19. 

This  species,  of  which  we  have  given  a  greatly 
enlarged  representation  to  show  the  form  of  the 
legs,  is  nearly  three  lines  long,  of  an  ovate  form, 
blue  black,  with  a  metallic  lustre,  and  highly  re- 
splendent. The  thorax  is  marked  with  three  trans- 
verse lines  on  each  side,  of  which  the  anterior  one 
is  punctured  and  runs  parallel  with  the  margin,  the 
second  is  continued  across  the  disk,  and  the  poste- 
rior one  abbreviated  and  bent  forward.  The  scu- 
tellum  is  triangular,  narrow,  and  elongate.  The 
elytra  are  rather  convex,  the  margin  turned  in  at 
the  sides  and  of  a  yellowish  colour  beneath,  and  the 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  141 

surface  of  each  marked  with  eleven  striae  or  longi- 
tudinal lines  composed  of  minute  punctures.  The 
breast  is  pitch  red,  and  the  terminal  segment  of  the 
abdomen,  together  with  the  legs,  is  of  a  ferruginous 
hue. 

The  following  lively  account  of  the  manners  of 
this  species  is  given  by  a  popular  writer.  "  Water, 
quiet,  still  water,  affords  a  place  of  action  to  a  very 
amusing  little  fellow,  which,  about  the  middle  of 
April,  if  the  weather  be  tolerably  mild,  we  see  gam- 
boling upon  the  surface  of  the  sheltered  pool ;  and 
every  schoolboy,  who  has  angled  for  minnows  in  the 
brook,  is  well  acquainted  with  this  merry  swimmer 
in  his  shining  black  jacket.  Retiring  in  the  autumn, 
and  reposing  all  the  winter  in  the  mud  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  pond,  it  awakens  in  the  spring,  rises  to 
the  surface,  and  commences  its  summer  sports. 
They  associate  in  small  parties  of  ten  or  a  dozen, 
near  the  bank,  where  some  little  projection  forms  a 
bay,  or  renders  the  water  particularly  tranquil ;  and 
here  they  will  circle  round  each  other  without  con- 
tention, each  in  his  sphere,  and  with  no  apparent 
object,  from  morning  until  night,  with  great  spright- 
liness  and  animation ;  and  so  lightly  do  they  move  on 
the  fluid,  as  to  form  only  some  faint  and  transient 
circles  on  its  surface.  Very  fond  of  society,  we 
seldom  see  them  alone,  or,  if  parted  by  accident, 
they  soon  rejoin  their  busy  companions.  One  pool 
commonly  affords  space  for  the  amusement  of  seve- 
ral parties ;  yet  they  do  not  unite  or  contend,  but 


142  NATUEAL   HISTOEY   OF 

perform  their  cheerful  circlings  in  separate  family 
associations.  If  we  interfere  with  their  merriment 
they  seem  greatly  alarmed,  disperse,  or  dive  to  the 
bottom,  when  their  fears  shortly  subside,  as  we  soon 
again  see  our  little  merry  friends  gamboling  as  be- 
fore. This  plain,  tiny,  gliding  water-rlea  seems  a 
very  unlikely  creature  to  arrest  our  young  atten- 
tions ;  but  the  boy  with  his  angle  has  not  often 
much  to  engage  his  notice,  and  the  social  active 
parties  of  this  nimble  swimmer,  presenting  them- 
selves at  these  periods  of  vacancy,  become  insensibly 
familiar  to  his  sight,  and  by  many  of  us  are  not  ob- 
served in  after  life  without  recalling  former  hours, 
scenes  of,  perhaps,  less  anxious  days ;  for  trifles  like 
these,  by  reason  of  some  association,  are  often  re- 
membered, when  things  of  greater  moment  pass  off 
and  leave  no  trace  uoon  the  mind."* 

CYCLOUS  VITTATUS. 
PLATE  IV.  FIG.  5. 

This  insect  exemplifies  an  exotic  group,  very 
closely  related  to  the  Gyrini,  but  offering  so  many 
minute  modifications  of  structure  as  to  warrant  their 
separation  into  a  distinct  genus.  The  most  obvious 
difference  is  the  want  of  an  apparent  scutellum  in 
Cyclous,  the  great  size  of  the  body,  and  the  length 

*  Journal  of  a  Naturalist. 


COLEOPTEKOUS    INSECTS.  143 

of  the  anterior  legs.  The  species  figured  is  about 
nine  lines  long  and  five  broad.  The  colour  is  blu- 
ish black,  slightly  glossed  with  purple,  and  having 
faint  coppery  reflections  ;  the  whole  surface  highly 
polished  and  resplendent.  During  life  the  purpie 
and  blue  form  pretty  distinct  bands  on  the  elytra, 
especially  towards  the  sides.  The  under  side  of  tnc 
body  is  pitch  brown,  the  natatory  legs  paler :  tue 
fore-legs  are  very  long,  and  of  a  brownish-black  co- 
lour. It  was  received  from  Java. 

Three  principal  or  typical  forms  prevail  among 
beetles  of  strictly  aquatic  habits,  to  one  or  other  of 
which  nearly  all  of  them  may  be  regarded  as  refer- 
rible.  Two  of  these  have  just  been  described  as 
characterising  the  families  Dytiscidce  and  Gyrinidce, 
and  we  shall  now  proceed  to  point  out  the  distin- 
guishing marks  of  the  third.  Many  of  the  species 
of  which  it  is  composed  formed  a  part  of  the  great 
Linnaean  genus  Dytiscus,  but  they  differ  so  essenti- 
ally from  the  insects  to  which  that  term  is  now  ap- 
plied, that  Latreille,  in  his  systematic  arrangement, 
has  removed  them  to  a  great  distance  from  their 
former  associates.  Most  other  naturalists,  however, 
have  to  a  certain  extent  preserved  the  connection, 
owing  to  the  affinity  that  arises  from  their  inhabit- 
ing the  same  element,  and  presenting  some  points 
of  resemblance  in  structure.  The  most  striking 
character  is  the  great  length  of  the  maxillary  palpi, 
which  are  often  considerably  longer  than  the  an- 
tennae— a  circumstance  which  has  led  the  group  to 


]  44  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

he  distinguished  by  the  name  of  PALPICORNES.  The 
antennae  usually  consist  of  nine  joints,  which  become 
larger  towards  the  upper  extremity,  and  are  con- 
nected by  a  filament,  which  has  the  appearance  of 
nassing  through  them.  The  genus  most  deserving 
of  notice,  is  that  first  established  by  Dr  Leach  under 
tbe  name  of  Hydrous.  It  is  known  by  having  the 
Jabrum  entire,  the  posterior  claws  bifid,  the  elytra 
narrowing  gradually  behind,  and  the  great  size  of 
flie  teeth  on  the  internal  edge  of  the  mandibles. 

HYDROUS  PICEUS. 
PLATE  IV.  FIG.  4. 

Dytiscus  piceus,  Linn Hydrophilus  piceus,  Fab. — Hyd. 

piceus,  Curtis'  Brit.  Ent.  v.  pi.  239  (from  which  the  ac- 
companying figure  is  taken). 

The  ground  colour  is  black,  inclining  to  olive, 
and  the  margins  of  the  elytra  are  faintly  tinged  with 
green  and  purple.  The  antennae  and  organs  of  the 
mouth  are  reddish.  Each  wing-case  is  marked  with 
eight  dotted  lines,  and  the  alternate  interstices  with 
an  irregular  series  of  dots.  The  breast  is  clothed  with 
yellowish  hair,  and  there  are  several  yellow  spots  on 
each  side  of  the  abdomen.  The  legs  are  of  a  pitchy 
colour,  with  the  extremity  of  the  tarsi,  and  the  hairs 
with  which  they  are  fringed,  reddish  brown. 

This  is  the  largest  aquatic  beetle  inhabiting  Bri- 
tain, and,  indeed,  with  the  exception  of  the  Stag- 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  145 

Beetle,  it  may  be  considered  the  most  bulky  of  our 
indigenous  Coleoptera.  It  is  common  in  the  south- 
ern parts  of  England,  but  becomes  .rare  in  the  north, 
and  has  not  been  observed  in  any  part  of  Scotland. 
In  its  perfect  state  it  is  by  no  means  so  rapacious  as 
the  Dytisci,  sometimes  even  feeding  on  vegetable 
substances ;  but  the  larva  is  of  such  destructive  and 
blood-thirsty  propensities  that  it  is  known  in  France 
by  the  name  of  ver-assassin.  In  that  early  condition 
it  resembles  a  large  soft  worm,  of  a  somewhat  coni- 
cal form,  provided  with  six  feet,  and  having  its  large 
scaly  head  armed  with  two  formidable  jaws.  The 
head  moves  with  such  freedom  in  all  directions, 
that  it  can  readily  seize  small  shell-fish  and  other 
molluscae  floating  on  the  surface,  without  altering  the 
horizontal  position  of  the  body  maintained  in  swim- 
ming ;  and  it  is  even  bent  backwards,  and  devours 
its  prey  more  conveniently  by  using  the  back  as  a 
kind  of  support.  These  larvae  swim  with  facility,  and 
have  two  fleshy  appendages  at  the  tail,  by  means  of 
which  they  suspend  themselves  at  the  surface  with 
their  head  downwards  when  they  have  occasion  to 
respire.*  The  female  beetle  spins  a  silken  bag  for 
the  reception  of  her  eggs,  similar  to  that  which  may 
at  any  time  be  seen  attached  to  a  dark-coloured  spi- 
der (LyCosa  saccata\  of  common  occurrence  under 
stones,  and  interesting  for  the  maternal  solicitude 
she  shows  in  protecting  her  embryo  progeny.  Ir 

*  Cuvier,  Regne  Animal,  h%  623. 
K. 


M6  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

this  receptacle  they  are  left  to  swim  about  till  they 
are  hatched. 


BRACHELYTRA. 

The  insects  belonging  to  the  second  great  family 
of  the  Coleoptera  with  five  joints  in  each  foot,  form 
a  well-defined  group,  readily  distinguishable  from 
their  associates  by  their  peculiar  aspect.  The  body 
is  narrow  and  elongated,  and  in  its  general  form 
bears  considerable  resemblance  to  that  of  the  Ear- 
wig. The  elytra  are  so  short  that  they  seldom 
cover  more  than  the  base  of  the  abdomen ;  a  cha- 
racter which  has  caused  the  family  to  be  distinguished 
by  the  name  BRACHELYTRA.*  This  peculiarity  in 
the  form  of  the  wing-cases  is  obviously  designed  to 
render  the  body  more  flexible,  by  removing  every 
obstacle  to  the  motions  of  the  abdomen.  That  part  ac- 
cordingly possesses  a  great  degree  of  suppleness,  and 
is  capable  of  being  inflected  in  almost  every  direc- 
tion. When  the  animal  is  alarmed,  or  repelling  the 
attack  of  an  assailant,  it  bends  the  abdomen  forwards 
over  its  back,  and  protrudes  two  conical  vesicles 
from  the  extremity,  which  in  certain  species  emit  a 
strong  scent  of  sulphuric  ether.  While  in  this  at- 
titude, the  jaws  are  usually  kept  extended  to  their 
utmost  stretch,  by  which  the  appearance  of  the 
.iarger  kinds  is  rendered  sufficiently  formidable  to 

*  From  fyK%vf   short>  and  sXr/rgav,  a  wing-case. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  14? 

avert  the  attack,  not  only  of  other  insects,  but  of 
much  more  powerful  foes.  Notwithstanding  the 
small  size  of  the  wing-cases,  they  suffice  for  the 
protection  of  the  wings,  which,  when  in'  a  state  of 
inaction,  are  folded  up  with  great  nicety,  in  order 
to  bring  them  within  a  narrow  compass ;  this  opera- 
tion is  assisted  by  the  extremity  of  the  abdomen, 
which  can  be  reverted  sufficiently  to  push  the  wings 
under  their  cases. 

These  insects  live  for  the  most  part  under  stones, 
in  excrementitious  substances,  decaying  wood,  and 
mushrooms ;  many  of  the  kinds  inhabiting  America 
are  observed  most  frequently  flying  about  trees,  in 
search  of  caterpillars  and  minute  insects.  They  are 
extremely  voracious,  and  the  larger  kinds  devour  in- 
discriminately whatever  other  species  they  can  sub- 
due. The  larvae  are  very  similar  to  the  perfect  in- 
sect, but  of  a  softer  substance  and  a  more  conical 
form.  In  the  latter  the  last  segment  of  the  abdomen 
is  lengthened  in  the  shape  of  a  tube,  and  furnished 
with  two  hairy  appendages. 

Tne  amount  of  known  species  does  not  fall  much 
short  of  a  tnousand,  and  nearly  eight  hundred  nave 
been  found  in  Britain.  They  were  all  included  by 
Linnaeus  in  his  comprehensive  genus  Staphylinus, 
but  are  now  arranged  in  a  multitude  of  subordinate 
genera.  The  term  Staphylinus  is  now  restricted  to 
such  as  have  all  the  palpi  filiform,  and  the  antennae 
inserted  above  the  labrum  and  mandibles,  between 
the  eyes.  The  general  appearance  of  the  insects 


148  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

of  this  genus  is  exemplified  in  the  conspicuous  spe- 
cies represented. 


STAPHYLINUS  ERYTHRURUS. 
PLATE  V.  FIG.  1. 

It  is  about  an  inch  and  a  half  in  length,  of  a  black 
colour,  rather  smooth  and  glossy,  with  the  two  last 
segments  of  the  abdomen  rust  red.  The  mandibles 
are  very  large,  and  armed  with  strong  teeth  on  their 
internal  edge.  The  head,  which  is  large  and  square, 
having  the  surface  thinly  punctured,  is  united  to 
the  thorax  by  a  short  neck.  The  thorax  is  nearly 
half  an  oval,  and  considerably  narrower  than  the 
head  and  elytra.  The  latter  are  rather  thickly 
punctured,  and  have  a  narrow  longitudinal  ridge  on 
each  side  of  the  sutural  line.  The  abdomen  is  black, 
with  the  two  apical  segments  deep  red,  and  fringed 
on  the  sides  with  hair.  The  under  side  of  the  body, 
and  the  legs,  are  black.  ' 

The  individual  from  which  the  above  figure  is 
taken  was  obtained  from  North  America. 


PL  ATI-    5. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  1-19 

XANTHOLINUS  FULGIDUS. 

PLATE  V.  FIG.  2. 

Staph.  fulgidus,  PaykulL — Othius  fulgidus,  Leach*  Stephen*. 
— Olivier,  iii.  No.  42,  pi.  4,  fig.  34,  0,  6,  c. 

This  genus  includes  such  brachelytrous  insects  as 
are  of  a  linear  shape,  with  the  head  and  thorax  in 
the  form  of  an  elongated  square,  the  antennae  placed 
near  each  other  at  the  base,  and  in  general  suddenly 
bent,  or  geniculated,  as  it  is  called,  and  having  the 
greater  number  of  the  joints  somewhat  granular  or 
cup-shaped.  The  legs  are  rather  short  and  strong, 
and  the  anterior  tarsi  very  slightly  or  not  at  all  di- 
lated. The  species,  of  which  we  have  given  a  mag- 
nified figure,  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in  most  parts 
of  Britain  and  the  north  of  France.  The  head  is 
oblong-ovate,  of  a  glossy  black  colour,  punctured  on 
each  side,  and  having  a  transverse  series  of  three  or 
four  remote  punctures  between  the  eyes.  The  tho- 
rax is  nearly  of  the  same  colour  as  the  head,  with  a 
few  small  punctures  on  each  side,  among  which  three 
larger  ones  are  observable.  The  elytra  are  of  a  deep 
red,  shining,  punctured,  and  clothed  with  short  hairs. 
The  abdomen  is  black,  the  terminal  segment,  as  well 
as  the  under  side  of  the  body,  pitch-red.  The  legs, 
antennae,  and  the  organs  of  the  mouth,  are  light-red. 


J5Q  *<ATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

BOLITOBIUS  ATHICAPILLUS. 
PLATE  V.  FIG.  3. 

Stauhylinus  atricapillus,  Fabricius,  Olivier,  iii.  No.  42,  pL 
4,  fig.  39,  a,  b — Tachinus  atricapillus,  Gravenhorst,  Mo- 
n&g.  Microp. 

This  generic  group  was  first  separated  by  I)r 
Leach  from  the  genus  Tachinus  of  Gravenhorst. 
It  includes  about  twenty  small  species,  which  appear 
to  be  found  only  in  Europe  and  North  America. 
They  are  known  by  having  the  body  narrowed  at 
both  ends,  the  thorax  nearly  as  long  as  wide,  the 
anterior  part  of  the  head  rather  produced,  and  the 
four  posterior  tarsi  considerably  lengthened.  They 
are  ornamented  with  strongly  contrasted  marks  of 
red,  pale  yellow,  and  blue  black ;  and  the  surface  is 
remarkable  for  its  high  polish.  All  the  species  feed 
on  mushrooms,  boleti,  &c.,  and  seem  most  partial 
to  them  when  in  a  putrescent  state.  B.  atricapillus, 
of  which  we  have  given  a  magnified  figure  from 
Olivier's  Entomologie,  inhabits  Britain,  France,  and 
most  of  the  northern  and  middle  countries  of  Europe. 
It  varies  from  three  to  four  lines  in  length,  and  is  of 
a  glossy  black  on  the  head,  with  the  mouth  and  palpi 
reddish.  The  thorax  is  glossy  red,  without  punc- 
tures, except  on  the  sides :  the  elytra  bright  bluish 
black,  with  a  pale  crescent-shaped  mark  at  the  base 
of  each,  and  three  faint  punctured  lines  along  the 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  151 

disk ;  the  abdomen  shining  red,  with  the  two  last 
segments  black.  The  legs  and  four  lowest  joints  of 
the  antennae  are  pale  red,  the  six  following  joints  of 
the  latter  black,  and  the  terminal  one  pale  red. 

The  only  other  genus  of  this  family  now  to  be 
illustrated  has  been  named  ZIROPHORUS.  Its  dis- 
tinctive characters  are,  the  depressed  body,  the  teeth 
on  the  outer  edge  of  the  anterior  tibiae,  the  trans- 
verse head  (i.  e.  wider  than  long),  square  thorax, 
attached  to  the  abdomen  by  a  kind  of  narrow  pe- 
duncle, and  the  size  of  the  mandibles,  which  rather 
exceed  the  length  of  the  head,  and  are  deeply  den- 
tate at  the  extremity.  All  the  species,  not  exceed- 
ing seven  in  number,  are  natives  of  America  and 
the  great  islands  on  the  east  of  Asia.  They  inva- 
riably live  under  bark  in  a  state  of  decomposition,  a 
process  which  they  greatly  hasten  by  perforating  it 
with  numerous  holes,  and  making  it  pervious  to  air 
and  moisture.  The  most  common  species  is  Z.  sco- 
riaceus  ;*  that  which  we  have  represented  bears  con- 
siderable resemblance  to  it,  and  is  named 

*  Fisrured  in  Griffith's  Translation  of  Cuvier's  R£gne 
Animal,  iv.  pi.  32. 


152  NATURAL  HISTORY  oj* 

ZIROPHORUS  EXAftATUS. 

PLATE  V.  FIG.  4. 
£iroph.  exaratus.  Dejcau* 

The  length  is  about  nine  lines.  It  is  of  a  uniform 
black  colour,  very  smooth  and  shining,  the  tarsi  alone 
and  the  hairs  on  the  antennae  and  legs,  being  brown. 
The  mandibles  are  slightly  curved  upwards  at  the 
tip,  and  furnished  with  two  or  three  large  angular 
projections  or  teeth.  The  head,  which  is  very  short 
and  wide,  has  a  deeply  impressed  line  down  the 
middle,  meeting  at  right  angles  a  transverse  one 
behind  the  Lead.  The  thorax  and  elytra  are  nearly 
of  equal  width,  the  surface  flat,  very  smooth  and 
shining,  and  the  former  having  a  line  down  the 
middle.  The  abdomen  is  very  narrow,  and  fringed 
with  brown  hairs,  the  terminal  segment  conical. 
The  under  parts  of  the  body  and  legs  are  black  and 
shining ;  the  anterior  tibiae  armed  with  small  teeth 
on  the  outer  edge.  The  tarsi  are  brown  or  pitch- 
red.  Inhabits  Brazil,  occurring  not  unfrequently. 

SERRICORNES. 

The  next  division  of  the  pentamerous  Coleoptera 
which  presents  itself  to  our  notice,  includes  an  ex- 
tensive variety  of  species,  in  which  the  antennae  are 
more  or  less  obviously  serrated  or  pectinated,  on 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  153 

which  account  they  have  received  the  above  name. 
Many  of  these  insects  are  distinguished  by  a  pecu- 
liar conformation  of  the  middle  portion  of  the  breast, 
which  lies  between  the  two  anterior  legs,  and  is  pro- 
perly called  the  prosternum.  It  is  defined  on  each 
side  by  a  longitudinal  groove,  which  sometimes  re- 
ceives the  antennae ;  the  anterior  part  is  dilated  and 
advanced  close  upon  the  mouth,  while  the  opposite 
extremity  is  prolonged  into  a  point  which  is  ad- 
mitted into  a  cavity  placed  in  the  hinder  part 
of  the  breast,  a  little  before  the  insertion  of  the 
middle  pair  of  legs.  Such  as  exhibit  a  structure  of 
this  kind  constitute  the  section  Sternoxes,  a  term 
which  bears  reference  to  the  acute  process  of  the 
breast  just  alluded  to.  In  other  instances  the  pro- 
sternum  is  not  dilated  below  the  head,  and  scarcely 
ever  produced  into  a  spine  behind ;  and  the  body, 
instead  of  being  firm  and  rigid,  as  in  the  species  of 
the  former  section,  is  usually  of  a  soft  and  flexible 
consistence.  The  latter  circumstance  has  suggest- 
ed the  name  of  Malacodermes  for  this  section,  a 
term  composed  of  two  Greek  words  signifying  a 
soft  skin.  Both  of  these  sections  comprehend  in- 
sects of  considerable  interest,  both  for  their  beauty 
and  singular  economy,  and  which  require  therefore 
to  have  some  space  devoted  to  their  history. 

The  Sternoxes  are  divisible  into  two  well-marked 
families,  corresponding  to  the  genera  Buprestis  and 
Elater  of  Linnaeus.  The  Buprestidae  are  most  rea- 
dily distinguished  by  not  having  the  posterior  angles 


154  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

of  the  thorax  prolonged  into  an  acute  spine,  and  by 
being  incapable  of  leaping.  The  name  Buprestis* 
was  applied  by  the  ancients  to  certain  insects,  of 
what  particular  kind  cannot  now  be  easily  deter- 
mined, which  were  supposed  to  be  possessed  of  qua- 
lities which  rendered  them  noxious  to  cattle.  Geof- 
froy  transferred  the  term  to  another  group,  under 
the  idea  that  such  an  application  of  it  was  more  in 
accordance  with  its  original  usage,  and  distinguished 
the  present  one  by  the  generic  name  of  Cucujus. 
It  now  designates  a  numerous  and  well-defined  fa- 
mily, including  nearly  200  known  species,  many  of 
which  are  the  most  beautiful  and  richly  ornamented 
of  the  coleopterous  tribes.  They  are  adorned  with 
the  most  brilliant  green  and  golden  colours,  often 
glossed  with  purple  and  blue,  arid  variegated  with 
bands  and  markings  of  the  highest  metallic  lustre. 
A  few  species  inhabit  this  country,  but  several  of 
the  larger  kinds  included  in  the  British  Fauna  have 
been  introduced  without  sufficient  authority.  Their 
proper  geographical  position  is  within  the  tropics, 
where  they  may  be  seen  flying  about  in  great  num- 
bers in  the  open  parts  of  the  forests  and  on  the 
margin  of  rivers,  or  reposing  on  the  trunks  and 
leaves  of  trees,  as  if  enjoying  the  heat  of  the  meri- 
dian sun,  which  is  reflected  with  great  brilliancy 
from  their  polished  surfaces. 

*  From  $vv$i  an  ox*  and  <ror,Su^  I  inflame. 


PLATE    6. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  155 

BUPRESTIS  CH11YSIS. 
PLATE  VI.  FIG.  1. 

Buprestis  chrysis,  Oliv.  32,  pi.  2,  fig.  8,  a,  d,  e — Bup.  ster. 
nicornis,  De  Geer. — Bup.  sternicornis,  Far.  Linn.. — Ster-» 
nocera  chrysis,  Esch.  Dejean. 

The  body  of  this  species  is  very  stout  and  con- 
vex anteriorly,  and  the  elytra  taper  towards  the 
hinder  extremity.  The  antennae  are  of  a  blackish 
colour,  and  rather  shorter  than  the  thorax.  The 
head  and  thorax  are  of  a  brilliant  golden  green, 
and  the  latter  is  sculptured  with  numerous  exca- 
vated dots,  rather  of  large  size,  which  have  ash- 
coloured  hairs  in  the  bottom.  Each  elytron  bears 
three  small  teeth  at  the  hinder  extremity ;  the  sur- 
face, although  thickly  covered  with  minute  punc- 
tures, is  smooth  and  glossy,  and  of  a  uniform  deep 
chestnut  colour,  occasionally  with  a  greenish  gloss 
towards  the  base.  The  under  side  is  of  a  brassy 
green,  very  highly  polished,  and  the  terminal  seg- 
ment is  usually  margined  with  chestnut  colour ; 
the  legs  are  of  the  latter  hue.  The  sternum  has 
a  strong  conical  projection  directed  downwards. 

This  insect  was  once  regarded  as  a  variety  of  the 
following  species,  from  which  it  differs  in  several 
important  characters.  It  is  a  native  of  the  East 
Indies,  in  some  parts  of  which  it  appears  to  be  rather 
common. 


156  NATURAL    HISTORY   Off 

BUP11ESTIS  STERNICORNIS. 
PLATE  VI.  FIG.  2. 

Oliv*  32,  pi.  6,  fig.  52,  a. — Sternocera  sternicornis,  Esch> 
Dejean. 

This  fine  species  is  rather  of  smaller  size  than 
the  preceding,  but  very  similar  to  it  in  form  and 
sculpture.  The  colour  of  the  whole  body  is  bright 
green  with  copper-colour  and  golden  reflections, 
the  antennae  and  tarsi  alone  being  blackish.  The 
thorax  is  very  convex,  and  has  its  hinder  margin 
produced  in  the  centre  in  the  form  of  a  triangle ; 
the  surface  is  thickly  covered  with  large  and  deeply 
impressed  punctures.  The  elytra  are  pretty  thickly 
marked  with  minute  punctures,  and  numerous  round- 
ed impressions,  variable  in  size,  which  are  filled  with 
ash-coloured  scales  ;  one  of  these  placed  at  the  base 
of  each  elytron  is  larger  than  the  rest.  At  the  apex 
of  each  elytron  there  are  two  small  teeth,  and  another 
on  the  external  edge  at  a  small  distance  from  them. 
The  sternum  is  produced  into  a  strong  spine,  and 
is  bent  downwards.  Likewise  an  inhabitant  of  the 
East  Indies. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  157 

BUPRESTIS  BICOLOR. 

PLATE  VI.  FIG.  3. 
Buprestis  tricolor,  Fal — Catoxantha  bicolor,  Dejean. 

This  is  the  largest  and  one  of  the  most  beautiful  spe- 
cies of  the  splendid  tribe  to  which  it  belongs.  It  seems 
to  have  been  very  little  known  to  Entomologists  of 
the  old  school,  since  it  is  not  figured,  and  seldom 
alluded  to,  in  any  of  their  works.  The  specific  name 
bicolor  has  no  doubt  been  applied  to  it  on  account 
of  the  striking  contrast  between  the  colour  of  the 
upper  and  under  side.  The  former  is  deep  brassy 
green,  very  smooth  and  glossy ;  the  latter  is  light 
brownish  yellow.  The  head  has  a  deep  groove 
down  the  middle,  and  the  greater  part  of  it  is  oc- 
cupied by  the  eyes,  which  are  of  a  deep  chestnut 
colour.  The  thorax  is  small  and  depressed,  thinly 
covered  with  minute  punctures,  and  having  a  cal- 
osity  at  each  of  the  hinder  angles,  marked  with  a 
pretty  large  triangular  spot  similar  in  colour  to  the 
under  side  of  the  body.  The  elytra  are  very  long, 
and  rather  convex,  punctured  anteriorly,  each  of 
them  having  four  slightly  elevated  lines  running 
along  their  whole  length,  and  a  short  oblique  one 
near  the  suture  at  the  base :  the  colour  is  brilliant 
brassy  green,  with  faint  coppery  reflections  towards 
the  sides,  and  a  large  transverse  spot  of  yellowish 
white  on  each,  placed  a  little  behind  the  middle. 


158  NATURAL   HISTORY    OP 

The  wings  are  of  a  deep  smoke  brown,  finely  gloss- 
ed with  blue.  The  under  parts  of  the  body  are  yel- 
lowish brown,  and  very  glossy  ;  some  of  the  inci- 
sures,  and  a  large  spot  between  the  middle  and 
hinder  legs,  are  nearly  black.  The  legs  are  shining 
green,  and  have  a  very  fine  pubescence,  which  is 
likewise  observable  on  the  sides  of  the  breast.  It 
is  a  native  of  Java,  but  by  no  means  common. 

BUPRESTIS  AMCENA. 

PLATE  VI.  FIG.  4. 
JTir&t/,  Linn.  Trant.  xii.  381. 


This  species  is  of  the  most  brilliant  blue,  inclin- 
ing to  green  when  seen  in  certain  directions,  and 
having  a  yellow  band  across  the  elytra  towards  the 
apex.  The  thorax  has  no  groove  in  the  centre.  The 
elytra  are  somewhat  furrowed  ;  the  outer  edge  is  ser- 
rated, two  of  the  serratures  forming  acute  teeth  on 
each  side  of  the  suture  at  the  hinder  extremity.  Both 
the  upper  and  under  side  of  the  abdomen  are  bril- 
liant blue.  It  is  a  native  of  Brazil  and  other  tropi- 
cal countries  of  America. 

The  second  division  of  the  Sternoxes  forms  the 
family  of  the  ELATERID.E.  The  latter  bear  a  con- 
siderable resemblance  to  the  insects  of  the  former 
family,  but  are  much  less  convex  in  their  general 
form,  narrower  and  more  elongate,  and  have  the 
hinder  angles  of  tfie  thorax  prolonged  into  a  strong 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS,  159 

triangular  point  like  a  spine.  They  are  likewise 
distinguished  by  possessing  the  power  of  leaping  to 
some  height  into  th.e  air  when  they  happen  to  fall 
on  their  back — a  provision  not  required  by  the  Bu- 
prestidae,  probably  because  the  more  rounded  form 
of  their  bodies  enables  them  without  difficulty  to 
regain  their  natural  position.  The  legs  of  the  Ela- 
teridae  are  so  short  and  slender,  that  without  some 
property  of  this  kind  they  would  be  as  unable  to 
recover  their  standing  as  a  reversed  tortoise.  The 
spring  is  produced  by  bending  the  head  and  tho- 
rax backwards,  and  suddenly  forcing  the  projecting 
point  into  the  hole  designed  to  receive  it, — while 
the  action  is  assisted  by  the  pressure  of  the  elastic 
elytra  and  other  parts  of  the  body  against  the  plain 
of  position.  This  operation  is  attended  with  a  sharp 
snapping  noise,  which  has  caused  these  insects  to  be 
termed  click-beetles,  in  addition  to  the  names  of 
skipjacks  and  spring-beetles,  by  which  they  are  like- 
wise known  in  England. 

We  are  but  imperfectly  acquainted  with  the  me- 
tamorphoses of  these  insects,  and  the  larvae  of  most 
of  them  appear  to  be  unknown.  The  individual 
described  by  De  Geer  (E.  undulatus)  is  long  and 
cylindrical,  provided  with  short  antennae,  palpi,  and 
six  feet.  Its  body  consists  of  twelve  scaly  segments, 
of  which  the  posterior  forms  a  circular  plate,  fur 
nished  with  two  blunt  points  curving  inwards :  un- 
derneath there  is  a  large  fleshy  protuberance,  which 
seems  to  serve  the  office  of  a  foot.  The  grub  so 


160  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

well  known  in  this  country  by  the  name  of  wire- 
worm  is  the  larva  of  a  kind  of  Eluter  (E.  obscurus). 
It  is  of  a  very  slender  form  (as  will 
be  seen  by  the  accompanying  figure), 
but  so  tough  and  horny  that  it  can  re- 
sist a  considerable  degree  of  pressure 
without  injury.  It  is  said  to  continue 
five  years  in  the  larva  state,  and  during 
that  time  it  lives  in  the  earth,  devour- 
ing the  roots  of  various  kinds  of  corn 
and  vegetables.  The  damage  it  occa- 
sions in  this  way  is  so  considerable,  that  sometimes 
entire  fields  of  corn  are  destroyed  by  it.  The  larva 
of  the  fire-fly,  we  are  informed  by  Humboldt,  feeds 
on  the  roots  of  the  sugar-cane,  and  often  proves  very 
destructive  to  that  plant  in  the  West  Indian  islands. 
Several  insects  of  this  family  are  remarkably  distin- 
guished by  the  power  of  emitting  a  bright  phospho- 
ric light,  which  renders  them  exceedingly  beautiful 
and  conspicuous  objects  among  the  dark  foliage  of 
tropical  woods,  and  when  the  shades  of  night  have 
fallen  upon  the  forests.  This  luminous  property, 
which  has  procured  for  them  the  name  of  fire-flies, 
they  possess  in  common  with  several  other  coleop- 
terous species,  named  glow-worms,  which  belong  to 
a  different  section,  and  therefore  fall  to  be  consider- 
ed in  a  subsequent  part  of  the  volume.  Besides 
these  two  groups,  there  is  another,  still  more  re- 
markable, known  under  the  English  generic  appel- 
lation of  Lantern-flies.  In  these  insects  the  seat  of 


I.  Z /,-//<"/•  7ioc/r/ut  v/.v 
percatus 
3.  lineatus 


COLEOPTEROVS    INSECTS  161 

the  luminous  matter  is  an  elongated  projection  from 
the  head,  in  the  form  of  a  rostrum  or  snout,  which 
is  dilated  in  one  of  the  species  (Fulgora  lanterna- 
rid)  into  a  figure  not  unlike  a  mitre,  and  in  others 
is  fantastically  adorned  with  knobs  and  spines; 
through  this  organ  the  light  is  suffused  in  a  lambent 
effulgence  of  considerable  brilliancy.  These  insects 
however,  belong  to  the  order  Hemiptera,  and  then 
history  does  not  fall  within  the  scope  of  the  present 
notice. 

The  species  of  fire-fly  that  affords  the  finest  exhi- 
bition of  this  interesting  phenomenon,  is  named 

ELATER  NOCTILUCUS. 

PLATE  VII.  FIG    1. 
Pyroporus  noctiluca,  Dejean. 

It  is  upwards  of  an  inch  long,  and  one  third  of  an 
inch  broad.  The  colour  is  a  uniform  obscure  blackish 
brown,  and  the  body  is  everywhere  covered  with 
a  short  light-brown  pubescence.  The  thorax  is 
pretty  convex,  and  there  are  two  small  depression* 
(at  least  in  one  of  the  sexes)  on  the  surface  before 
the  middle ;  the  hinder  angles  are  produced  into  a 
strong  conical  spine,  and  between  the  hinder  angle 
and  the  middle  there  is  placed  on  each  side  a  smooth 
convex  round  spot  of  a  yellow  colour.  The  elytra 
are  indistinctly  marked  with  rows  of  small  punctures, 
which  are  most  obvious  at  the  base.  The  under 


162  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

parts  of  the  body,  as  well  as  the  legs,  are  brownish 
black,  and  covered  with  pubescence  of  a  somewhat 
lighter  hue. 

This  insect  is  pretty  widely  distributed  over  the 
intertropical  countries  of  South  America,  and  the 
West  Indian  islands.  When  it  walks  or  is  at  rest, 
the  principal  light  which  it  emits  issues  from  the 
two  yellow  tubercles  placed  at  the  lateral  margins 
of  the  thorax ;  but  when  the  wings  and  elytra  are 
expanded  in  the  act  of  flight,  another  luminous 
spot  is  disclosed  in  the  hinder  part  of  the  thorax. 
This  luminosity  is  so  considerable,  that  it  is  often 
employed  in  the  countries  where  it  prevails  as  a 
substitute  for  artificial  lights.  A  single  insect  is 
sufficient  to  enable  a  person  to  decipher  the 
smallest  written  character,  and  when  several  are 
brought  together,  their  light  is  said  to  suffice  for  all 
the  ordinary  evening  occupations  of  an  Indian's 
dwelling.  They  are  employed  for  many  useful  pur- 
poses ;  the  Indians  are  said  to  have  formerly  used 
them  instead  of  flambeaux  in  their  hunting  and  fish- 
ing expeditions,  and  when  travelling  in  the  night 
they  were  accustomed  to  fasten  them  to  their  feet 
and  hands.  Another  important  service  is  rendered 
by  these  insects  in  destroying  the  gnats  and  mus- 
quitoes,  which  abound  in  tropical  countries  to  the 
incessant  annoyance  of  the  inhabitants.  Like  most 
'other  animals  of  nocturnal  habits,  the  fire-flies  are 
attracted  by  strong  light,  and  the  Indians  avail 
themselves  of  this  circumstance  to  obtain  them  for 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  103 

the  purposes  above  mentioned.  The  mode  in  which 
they  are  taken,  and  several  curious  particulars  re 
specting  their  appearance  and  uses,  are  thus  quaintly 
described  by  an  old  author:  —  "Whoso  wanteth 
cucuij,"  says  Pietro  Martire,  in  his  Decades  of  the 
New  World,  "  goeth  out  of  the  house  in  the  first 
twilight  of  the  night,  carrying  a  burning  fire-brande 
in  his  hande,  and  ascendeth  the  next  hillock,  that 
the  cucuij  may  see  it,  and  hee  swingeth  the  fire 
brande  about,  calling  cucuius  aloud,  and  beateth  the 
ayre  with  often  calling  and  crying  out  cucuie,  cu- 
cuie.  Many  simple  people  suppose  that  the  cucuij, 
delighted  with  that  noise,  come  flying  and  flocking 
together  to  the  bellowing  sound  of  him  that  calleth 
them,  for  they  come  with  a  speedy  and  headlong 
course ;  but  I  rather  thinke  that  the  cucuij  make 
haste  to  thfc  brightness  of  the  fire-brande,  because 
swarmes  of  gnattes  fly  into  every  light,  which  the 
cucuij  eat  in  the  very  ayre,  as  the  martlets  and 
swallowes  doe.  Some  cucuius  sometimes  followeth 
the  fire-brande,  and  lighteth  on  the  grounde ;  then 
is  he  easily  taken,  as  travellers  may  take  a  beetle  if 
they  have  need  thereof  walking  with  his  wings  shut. 
In  sport  and  merriment,  or  to  the  intent  to  terrify 
such  as  are  afrayed  of  every  shadow,  they  say  that 
many  wanton  wild  fellowes  sometimes  rubbed  their 
faces  by  night  with  the  fleshe  of  a  cucuius,  being 
killed,  with  purpose  to  meet  their  neighbours  with 
a  flaming  countenance,  as  with  us  wanton  young 
men,  putting  a  gaping  vizard  over  their  face,  en- 


1G4 


NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 


deavour  to  terrify  children,  or  women  who  are  easily 
frighted,"  &c. 

During  the  splendour  of  a  tropical  sunshine — 

the  long,  sunny  lapse  of  a  summer  day's  light 

Shining  on,  shining  on— 

the  sombre  hues  of  the  fire-flies  attract  but  little  at- 
tention amidst  the  infinite  variety  of  living  beings 
of  more  imposing  form  and  attractive  manners  that 
people  to  overflowing  these  prolific  lands,  while 
every  lesser  light  is  lost  in  the  effulgency  of  "  re- 
dundant day."  But  no  sooner  do  the  lofty  and 
umbrageous  trees  begin  to  throw  their  shadows 
across  the  landscape,  than  occasional  specks  of  light 
are  seen  to  flit  amidst  the  growing  obscurity.  As 
the  darkness  increases,  these  become  more  nume- 
rous; they  mount  into  the  air  and  shoot  athwart  the 
gloom  like  igneous  meteors,  and  when  the  underwood 
is  disturbed  they  rise  in  such  numbers  that  they  span- 
gle the  air  as  with  a  thousand  stars.  The  brilliancy 
of  this  spectacle,  so  far  transcending  any  similar  ap- 
pearance witnessed  in  temperate  climates,  seldom 
fails  to  excite  the  admiration  of  an  European  tra- 
veller. Its  effect  on  some  British  visitors  has  been 
thus  described : 

,- Sorrowing,  we  beheld 

The  night  come  on ;  but  soon  did  night  display 
More  wonders  than  it  veiled  ;  innumerous  tribes 
From  the  wood-cover  swarmed,  and  darkness  made 
Their  beauties  visible ;  one  while  they  streamed 
A  bright  blue  radiance  upon  flowers  that  closed 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  1C5 

Their  gorgeous  colours  from  the  eye  of  day  ; 
Now  motionless  and  dark,  eluded  search, 
Self-shrouded  ;  and  anon,  starring  the  sky, 
Rose  like  a  shower  of  fire.* 

An  appearance  alike  remarkable  for  its  singularity 
and  beauty,  is  well  fitted  to  afford  imagery  to  the 
poetry  and  figurative  oratory  of  the  natives  of  the 
countries  where  it  prevails ;  and  if  a  learned  Greek 
could  suppose  the  hum  of  an  obscure  beetle  to  be 
the  voice  of  the  gods  speaking  to  mankind,  f  it  need 
less  excite  our  wonder  that  some  savage  nations, 
unacquainted  with  the  causes  of  natural  phenome- 
na, and  so  prone  to  consider  "  holy  light"  as  a  di- 
vine effulgence,  should  have  regarded  even  the  more 
obscure  manifestations  of  a  supposed  celestial  princi- 
ple with  superstitious  veneration,  and  imagined  these 
illuminated  beings  to  be  the  appointed  vehicles  for 
conveying  the  souls  of  the  departed  to  their  final 
resting  place. 

The  following  extract  contains  an  account  of  the 
introduction  of  a  few  fire-flies  into  Britain : — "Mr 
Lees  having  been  struck  with  the  beauty  of  the 
fire-fly  on  his  arrival  in  the  West  Indies,  and  be- 
coming desirous  to  keep  them  alive,  made  several 
attempts  during  his  residence  at  the  Bahamas ;  but 

*  Southey's  Madoc. 

f  Dum  volant,  tanto  stridore  vel  murmure  et  gemitu 
potius  aerem  replent,  ut  per  eos  Deorum  cum  hominibur 
fieri  colloquia  Laertius  scriberet — Mouf.  Theat.  134. 


166  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

was  unable  to  succeed  in  his  object,  until  he  learned 
from  a  lady,  that  the  cage  containing  the  insects 
should  be  daily  immersed  in  cold  water.  This  is 
rendered  necessary  from  their  natural  habitation 
being  in  swampy  meadows,  where,  during  the  day, 
they  probably  lie  concealed  in  the  wet  herbage. 
Perhaps  the  introduction  of  damp  moss  into  the  cage 
(which  ought  to  be  made  of  wood,  and  not  glued 
together)  might  be  more  natural  and  salutary  to  the 
insects.  The  Elaters  feed  upon  the  sugar-cane,  and 
should  the  larvae  do  so  likewise,  which  is  more  than 
probable,  from  their  being  xylophagous,  they  must 
do  incredible  mischief  to  the  planters,  as  they  are 
produced  in  abundance  in  the  West  Indian  islands, 
and  are  very  generally  distributed  over  them.  Mr 
Lees  having  taken  some  sugar-cane  to  sea  with  him 
to  feed  the  beetles  upon,  he  observed  that  they 
readily  broke  the  wood  away  with  their  mandibles 
to  obtain  the  saccharine  matter  on  which  they  fed ; 
and  after  his  stock  was  consumed,  he  gave  them 
brown  sugar,  by  which  means  they  were  kept  alive 
the  whole  of  their  voyage,  from  June  to  the  middle 
of  September. 

"  The  insect,  when  roused  and  in  perfect  vigour, 
seems  to  be  completely  saturated  with  the  luminous 
secretion,  since  the  back,  when  the  elytra  and  wings 
are  expanded,  has  a  phosphoric  appearance ;  and 
there  is  a  strong  light  at  the  base  of  the  abdomen, 
where  the  posterior  coxae  are  attached,  which  being 
apparent  only  in  some,  I  thought  might  be  peculiar 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  167 

to  one  sex,  but  its  absence  was  more  probably  caused 
by  a  languid  state  of  the  animal.  The  light  is  far 
more  beautiful  in  colour,  and  greater  in  power,  than 
the  mild  secretion  of  the  glow-worm ;  and  the  sub- 
stance, if  removed  from  the  beetle  immediately  after 
death,  will  remain  luminous  like  phosphorus,  on  the 
objects  on  which  it  is  placed. 

"  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  others  will  be  induced  to 
bring  these  insects  over  alive  earlier  in  the  season ; 
for  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  they  would  live 
through  a  warm  summer  in  this  climate.  I  do  not 
despair  therefore  of  seeing  our  fair  countrywomen 
at  home,  as  well  as  abroad,  employing  these  living 
gems  to  add  to  the  splendour  of  their  attire.  At 
the  Havannah  they  are  collected  and  sold  for  orna- 
menting the  ladies'  head-dresses  at  evening  parties, 
when  they  are,  I  understand,  generally  confined 
under  gauze  which  covers  the  head,  and  from  among 
the  ringlets  of  hair  these  terrestrial  stars  shine  forth 
with  all  their  beauty."* 

ELATER  PORCATUS. 
PLATE  VII.  FIG.  2. 

FMcius — Olivier,  ii.  No.  31,  pi.  7,  fig-  74 — Chalcolepi- 
dius  porcatus,  Esch — Dcjean. 

The  body  of  this  insect  is  of  a  shining  black,  but 
it  derives  its  superficial  colour  from  a  coating  of 
*  Zoological  Journal,  vol.  iii.  p.  379. 


1^8  NATURAL    HISTORI    OF 

scales,  which  are  either  white  or  green.  The  head 
and  central  portion  of  the  thorax  are  more  or  less 
green.,  but  the  scales  are  usually  abraded,  when  they 
appear  shining  black ;  the  sides  of  the  latter  are 
whitish.  The  elytra  are  marked  with  deep  furrows, 
which  approximate  in  pairs,  and  are  more  or  less 
filled  with  white  scales,  making  the  surface  appear 
as  if  lined  with  white.  The  under  parts  of  the  body, 
and  the  legs,  are  green,  except  where  the  black  sur- 
face is  exposed  by  the  scales  being  rubbed  off. 

Found  in  considerable  abundance  in  Brazil,  Cay- 
enne, and  other  parts  of  tropical  America.  It  is 
almost  always  found  on  the  trunks  of  trees,  and  falls 
to  the  ground  when  the  hand  is  extended  to  seize 
it. 

KLATER  LINEATUS. 
PLATE  VII.  FIG.  3. 

Fdbriclus. — Olivier -,  ii.  No.  31,  pi.  6,  fig.  63. — Hemirhipus 
lineatus,  Latreille,  Dejean. 

The  prevailing  hue  of  this  large  and  conspicuous 
insect  is  black,  and  the  surface  is  covered  with  a 
fine  pubescence,  which  gives  it  a  silky  gloss.  The 
body  is  elongate,  and  rather  obtuse  at  the  two  ex- 
tremities. The  antennae  are  black.  The  head, 
outer  margin  of  the  thorax,  and  a  line  down  the 
middle,  are  covered  with  silky  pubescence  of  a  red- 
dish colour.  The  elytra  are  striated,  black,  with  a 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  I  09 

longitudinal  elevated  line  of  red  down  the  middle  of 
each,  which  is  turned  backwards  at  tne  base.  The 
under  side  of  the  body,  and  the  legs,  are  black. 

An  inhabitant  of  the  same  countries  as  the  pre- 
ceding species,  and  often  found  in  company  with  it. 

ELATER  SUTURALIS. 
PLATE  VII.  FIG    4. 

Falricius.— Olivier,  ii.  No.  31,  pi.  1,  fig.  3,  a,  6,  c,  d. — Ela-. 
ter  angulatus,  Drury's  Illustrations,  iii.  pi.  47,  fig.  5. 

This  species  is  liable  to  considerable  variation 
both  in  size  and  markings.  The  head  and  antennae 
are  black,  and  the  former  has  an  angular  projection 
on  each  side  anteriorly.  The  thorax  is  rather  long 
and  narrow,  and  is  produced  on  each  side  before  the 
middle  into  an  acute  angle:  the  colour  is  yellow, 
with  a  broad  streak  of  black  down  the  centre ;  and 
occasionally  there  is  a  rounded  spot  of  black  placed 
between  the  dorsal  line  and  the  lateral  projections. 
The  scutellum  is  black.  The  elytra  are  reddish 
yellow,  with  a  broad  band  of  black  on  each  side,  and 
another  along  the  suture,  which  meet  at  the  apex, 
and  gradually  become  narrower  at  the  opposite  ex- 
tremity, scarcely  extending  to  the  base.  The  legs 
and  under  side  of  the  abdomen  are  reddish  yellow, 
the  latter  with  two  longitudinal  streaks  of  black. 

Likewise  a  native  of  South  America,  where  it  ap- 
pears to  be  pretty  common. 


170  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

ELATER  DISTINCTUS. 
PLATE  VII.  FIG.  5. 

Prricalus  distinctus,  Herbst. — Pericalus  acuminatus,  Dc» 
jean.  Cat. 

This  handsome  species  is  of  a  reddish  chestnut 
colour,  very  glossy,  and  almost  free  from  pubescence. 
The  head,  which  is  excavated  in  the  middle,  and 
the  two  lower  joints  of  the  antennae,  are  reddish,  the 
remaining  joints  of  the  latter  dusky.  The  thorax 
is  deeply  punctured,  especially  towards  the  sides 
and  has  a  black  streak  down  the  middle.  The  ely- 
tra are  rather  convex,  and  taper  to  the  hinder  ex- 
tremity, where  they  are  produced  into  a  kind  of 
spine ;  the  surface  marked  with  straight  punctured 
lines,  a  dark-brown  band  along  the  middle  of  each 
elytron,  and  another  on  each  side  of  the  sutural  line. 
The  under  side  and  legs  are  chestnut  red. 

Found  in  South  America,  and  often  observed, 
according  to  M.*  Lacordaire,  along  with  several  of 
the  species  already  described,  resting  on  the  stems 
of  trees. 


PLATE  8. 


fLlg^s 

Of    THE  r 


UNIVERSITY 


COLEOPTEROUS 


ELATER  MELANOCEPHALUS. 
PLATE  VIII.  FIG.  1. 

Fabricitts  —  Olivier,  ii.  No.  31,  pi.  4,  fig.  36,  0,  J  __  Melan- 
oxanthns  melanocephalus,  Esch.  Dejean. 

This  insect,  of  which  we  have  given  a  greatly  en- 
larged figure  from  Olivier,  bears  some  resemblance 
to  the  indigenous  species  E.  balteatus.  The  anten- 
nae and  head  are  black.  The  thorax  is  reddish,  very 
smooth  and  shining,  and  there  is  an  oblong  spot  of 
black  extending  from  the  head  rather  beyond  the 
middle.  The  elytra  are  reddish,  with  the  hinder 
extremity  black,  the  surface  marked  with  punctured 
lines.  The  under  side  and  legs  are  red,  the  extre- 
mity of  the  abdomen  being  more  or  less  suffused 
with  dusky  black.  It  is  a  native  of  the  East  Indies. 

The  section  of  the  SERRICORNES,  formed  by  spe- 
cies with  a  somewhat  flexible  integument,  compre- 
hends the  interesting  family  of  glow-worms,  or  Lam- 
pyridce.  It  corresponds  to  the  undivided  genus  Lam- 
pyris  as  constituted  by  Linnaeus.  The  species  may 
be  known  by  having  antennae  approximating  at  the 
base,  the  head  small  and  nearly  concealed  by  the 
projecting  edge  of  the  thorax,  and  the  body  de- 
pressed or  very  slightly  convex.  In  the  male  the 
eyes  are  so  large  as  to  occupy  almost  the  whole 
head.  The  penultimate  joint  of  the  tarsi  is  always 
divided  into  two  lobes,  and  the  claws  are  simple  ; 


1/2  NATURAL   HISTORY   OP 

that  is,  without  teetn  or  other  appendage.  But 
these  insects  are  best  known  by  the  remarkable 
property  which  many  of  them  possess  of  diffusing 
a  phosphoric  light,  a  peculiarity  which  has  suggest- 
ed a  name  for  them  in  every  country  where  they 
occur.  Only  one  species,  L.  noctiluca,  is  to  be 
found  in  Britain.  It  is  abundant  in  some  of  the 
southern  counties  of  England,  but  occurs  very  sel- 
dom in  Scotland,  although  it  has  been  noticed  in 
several  places  in  the  southern  division  of  that  coun- 
try. One  of  the  most  interesting  of  those  indige- 
nous to  Europe,  is  named 

LAMPYRIS  ITALICA. 
PLATE  VIII.  FIG.  2. 

I/ampyris  Italica,  Linn — Olivier,  Entom.  ii.  No.  28,  p.  18, 
pi.  2,  fig.  12,  a,  6,  c,  d — Lampyris  australis,  Fab — Co- 
liphotia  Italica,  Dejean. 

This  is  one  of  the  smallest  luminous  insects  with 
which  we  are  acquainted,  the  ordinary  length  not 
exceeding  three  lines  and  a  half.  The  prevailing 
hue  is  blackish  brown.  The  thorax  and  scutellum 
are  reddish  yellow,  pretty  deeply  punctured  and  pu- 
bescent, and  the  former  has  sometimes  a  dusky  spot 
in  the  centre.  The  elytra  are  somewhat  rough  with 
numerous  and  rather  deeply  impressed  punctures 
The  breast  and  legs  (with  the  exception  of  the 
tarsi)  are  yellow,  and  the  abdomen  dusky  black, 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  173 

svith   the   two  terminal   segments  white,   slightly 
tinged  with  yellow. 

This  species  is  very  abundant  throughout  the 
southern   parts  of  Europe,    particularly  in    Italy, 
where  it  is  named  Lucciola.     Contrary  to  what  is 
observed  in  the  British  Glow-worm,  both  sexes  are 
provided  with   wings.      When    the   insect   either 
perches  or  creeps  little  light  is  therefore  perceptible, 
but  it  becomes  obvious  as  soon  as  the  wing-cases 
are  opened  for  flight.     It  is  not  however  constant, 
but  has  a  kind  of  scintillating  appearance,  recur- 
ring at  every  other  instant,  as  if  disclosed  by  the 
opening  of  the  wings  at  each  successive  expansion. 
When  the  insect  is  laid  upon  its  back,  a  position 
from  which  it  cannot  easily  recover  itself,  the  light 
is  steady  and  unvarying.     It  is  of  considerable  in- 
tensity in  a  single  insect,  and  when  three  or  four 
are  brought  together,  it  is  sufficient  to  render  the 
smallest  objects  around  quite  visible.     It  is  appa- 
rent in  the  twilight,  but  is  not  fully  displayed  till  the 
darkness  is  confirmed.     It  then  becomes  a  pheno- 
menon of  some  interest  and  beauty,  as  the  insects 
are  so  numerous  and  active  that  their  luminous 
tracks  through  the  air  can  be  traced  in  all  direc- 
tions, 

Upward  and  downward,  thwarting  and  convolved  ; 

and  they  spangle  the  shrubs  and  herbage  with 
Innumerable  radiant  points.  Their  appearance  and 
effect  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Genoa,  is  thus  de- 
scribed by  Sir  J.  E.  Smith :— «  On  the  eve  of  St  John 


174  NATURAL   HISTORY    OF 

Baptist,  the  great  festival  of  Genoa,  the  town  was 
brilliantly  illuminated ;  while  along  the  purple  coast 
to  the  west,  the  last  rays  of  the  setting  sun  still 
trembled  on  the  hills,  and  the  moon  arose  in  the 
east.  To  these  three  contrasted  lights  was  added  the 
singular  effect  of  the  innumerable  flying  glow-worms, 
darting  their  momentary  splendour  through  all  the 
streets,  gardens,  and  rooms.  We  used  frequently 
to  catch  these  little  insects,  and  entangle  them  in 
the  ladies'  hair  and  head-dresses,  a  decoration  the 
women  in  some  countries  adopt  themselves.  A 
lady  of  Genoa  told  me  a  singular  anecdote  of  some 
Moorish  women  of  rank,  taken  prisoners  by  the 
Genoese,  and  detained  for  a  ransom.  They  wrere 
lodged  in  a  villa  out  of  the  town,  and  visited,  dur- 
ing their  stay,  by  several  families.  A  party  going 
to  see  them  one  summer's  evening  after  a  hot  day, 
were  surprised  to  find  all  their  doors  and  windows 
close  shut,  and  themselves  in  the  utmost  terror  and 
distress.  They  had  conceived  an  idea  that  these 
luminous  flies  were  the  disturbed  souls  of  their  re- 
lativeSi  The  common  people  of  Genoa  too  suppose 
them  to  be  of  a  spiritual  nature,  and  to  come  out  of 
the  graves — of  course  they  are  beheld  with  abhor- 
rence."* 

•  Sketch  of  a  Tour  on  the  Continent,  vol.  Hi.  p.  84. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  I  /5 

LAMPYRIS  LATREILLII. 
PLATE  VIII.  FJG.  3. 

Kirby,  Linn.  Trans,  vol.  xii.  387,  pi-  21,  fig.  4 — Selas 
Latreillii,  Dejean. 

This  insect  may  be  regarded  as  representing  a 
pretty  numerous  group  of  glow-worms  confined  to 
the  tropical  parts  of  America,  and  differing  consi- 
derably in  structure  from  the  European  species. 
Some  of  them  are  the  largest  of  their  tribe,  and 
they  contribute  more  than  any  other  to  embellish 
the  nights  of  the  torrid  zone,  as.  the  light  which 
they  emit  is  of  considerable  splendour,  and  their 
flight  higher  in  the  air  and  longer  sustained  than 
in  the  other  kinds.  They  pass  the  day  in  a  state  of 
inactivity,  and  are  usually  found  on  the  trunks  of 
trees,  clinging  to  the  bark  or  concealed  in  its  fis- 
sures. 

The  species  represented,  which  Mr  Kirby  has  de- 
dicated to  Latreille,  Entomologorum  facile  princeps, 
is  about  twelve  to  thirteen  lines  in  length.  The 
body  is  ovate,  and  of  a  dull  black  colour.  The  an- 
tennae of  the  male  consist  of  ten  joints,  all  of  which, 
except  the  radical  and  terminal  ones,  emit  a  long, 
compressed,  flexible  branchlet  from  each  side :  in 
the  female  the  antennae  are  eleven  jointed,  and 
deeply  serrated  on  both  sides.  The  thorax  is  of  a 
pale  brownish  yellow,  marked  with  three  blackish 


176  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

spots,  of  which  the  central  one  is  longest  and  some- 
what triangular.  The  elytra  are  very  thickly  co- 
vered with  minute  punctures ;  the  colour  blackish, 
except  the  outer  margin,  the  suture,  and  a  broad 
streak  extending  from  each  shoulder  rather  beyond 
the  middle,  which  are  of  a  light  yellowish  brown. 
The  wings  are  black.  It  is  found  in  Brazil  and 
other  inter  tropical  countries  of  South  America. 

The  genus  Lycus  is  distinguished  by  having  the 
snout  longer  than  the  hinder  part  of  the  head,  and 
the  antennae  serrated.  The  elytra  are  often  remark- 
ably dilated  at  the  sides,  and  usually  reticulated  on 
the  surface.  They  are  likewise  enlarged  at  the  hin- 
der extremity,  and  rounded,  particularly  in  the  fe- 
males. 

LYCUS  FESTIVUS. 

PLATE  VIII.  FIG.  4. 

Lampyris  festiva,  Donovan's  Brit.  Ins.  xvi.  pi.  544. 

The  length  of  this  insect  is  about  three  lines  and 
a  half  The  colour  is  a  tawny  orange,  with  the  apex 
of  the  elytra,  a  spot  on  the  middle  of  the  thorax,  and 
the  under  side  of  the  body  and  legs,  brownish  black. 
Each  elytron  has  four  elevated  lines,  the  spaces  be- 
tween which  are  deeply  punctured.  It  is  said  by 
Donovan  to  have  been  found  in  England,  but  is 
considered  a  doubtful  native. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  177 

MALACHIUS  MARGINELLUS. 

PLATE  VIII.  FIG.  5. 
Fabricms Olivier,  ii.  No.  27,  pi.  3,  fig.  18,  0,  b. 

This  insect  affords  an  example  of  the  family  Me- 
lyridce*,  which  is  characterised  by  short  and  filiform 
palpi,  mandibles  notched  at  the  point,  a  narrow 
elongated  body,  undivided  joints  in  the  tarsi,  and 
claws  furnished  with  a  single  tooth.  The  genus 
Malachius*  generally  has  the  joints  of  the  antennas 
a  little  produced  on  the  inner  side ;  the  thorax  is 
wider  than  the  head,  and  has  a  vesicle,  capable  of 
being  dilated  and  contracted,  beneath  each  of  the 
anterior  angles.  The  radical  joints  of  the  antennae 
are  often  irregular  in  the  male.  The  species  are 
numerous,  amounting  to  more  than  a  hundred,  but 
only  fifteen  of  these  occur  in  Britain.  They  are 
chiefly  European,  but  a  few  are  found  in  every 
quarter  of  the  world.  The  species  above  refer- 
red to  (which  is  represented  as  it  appears  under 
a  powerful  magnifier)  is  a  native  of  France  and 
England.  It  is  of  a  brassy-green  colour,  with  the 
sides  of  the  thorax  and  tips  of  the  elytra  of  a  blood 
red.  The  under  parts  of  the  body  and  legs  are  like- 
wise green,  and  the  antennae  black. 

Another  tribe  of  malacodermatous  insects  consti- 

•  From  pet*.**!*,  referring  to  the  softness  of  the  body. 
M 


178  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

tute  the  family  Tillidce  of  Dr  Leach.  Its  principal 
characters  are  found  in  the  beautiful  species  which 
we  have  selected  to  represent  it.  It  was  first  de- 
scribed by  Mr  Kirby,  under  the  name  of 

PRIOCERA  VARIEGATA. 

PLATE  VIII.  FIG.  6. 
Kirby,  Linncean  Trans,  xii.  p.  392,  pi.  21,  fig.  7. 

In  this  genus  the  upper  lip  is  emarginate,  the  ter- 
minal joint  of  the  maxillary  palpi  compressed  and 
oblong,  while  the  same  joint  in  the  labial  palpi  is 
hatchet  shaped ;  the  body  is  convex,  and  the  thorax 
much  contracted  behind.  The  colour  of  the  only 
species  known  is  brownish  black  on  the  body.  The 
head  and  thorax  are  deeply  punctured,  and  the  an- 
tennae are  somewhat  reddish.  The  elytra  are  of  a 
fine  red,  with  four  large  quadrate  yellow  spots,  one 
on  each  shoulder,  and  two  behind  the  middle  form- 
ing a  band,  with  several  small  yellow  spots  in  the 
space  between  :  behind  the  yellow  band  there  is 
another  of  a  brown  colour,  and  the  apex  is  unspotted. 
The  legs  are  dusky  black.  It  is  a  native  of  Brazil. 

CLAVICORNES. 

The  name  of  this  family,  like  most  of  those  that 
have  preceded  it,  refers  to  the  structure  of  the  an- 
tennae, which  become  thicker  at  the  extremity,  and 


COLEOPTE110US    INSECTS.  179 

often  form  a  nearly  solid  club  or  knob.  The  spe- 
cies are  provided  with  only  two  pair  of  palpi,  one  of 
them  affixed  to  the  maxillae,  the  other  to  the  under 
lip.  The  joints  of  the  tarsi  are  for  the  most  part 
undivided.  The  most  conspicuous  and  interesting 
genus  which  it  contains  is  named  NECROPHORUS, 
a  term  nearly  corresponding  in  meaning  to  the 
English  one  Bury  ing -beetle,  and  both  of  them  re- 
ferring to  a  remarkable  peculiarity  in  the  manners 
of  the  insects.  The  females  deposit  their  eggs  in 
the  decaying  carcasses  of  moles,  mice,  and  other 
small  animals,  which  they  previously  bury  for  this 
purpose.  To  effect  this  operation,  seemingly  sc 
disproportionate  to  their  size  and  strength,  two  or 
three  beetles  generally  unite  their  labours,  and  re- 
move the  earth  from  beneath  the  dead  body,  which 
gradually  sinks  into  the  excavation.  During  this 
process  they  may  be  seen  dragging  at  the  object 
from  below,  and  even  mounting  upon  it  as  if  to  tread 
it  into  the  grave.  They  labour  at  their  task  of  inhu- 
mation with  the  most  unwearied  industry.  According 
to  Mr  Gleditsh,  who  was  the  first  to  give  an  accurate 
account  of  the  proceedings  of  these  grave-diggers, 
four  beetles  were  observed  to  inter  in  a  very  small 
space  of  earth,  to  which  they  were  confined,  no 
fewer  than  twelve  carcasses,  few  of  which  were  in- 
ferior in  size  to  a  mole.  The  object  of  all  this  so- 
licitude is  the  security  and  comfort  of  their  young, 
as  the  carcass,  which  forms  a  nidus  for  the  eggs,  if 
left  exposed,  would  run  the  risk  of  being  devoured 


ISO  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

by  beasts  of  prey,  or  the  juices  would  be  speedily 
evaporated  by  the  heat  of  the  sun,  and  the  maggots 
thus  deprived  of  their  appropriate  nourishment. 
The  Necrophori  are  distinguished  by  the  form  of 
the  antennae,  which  are  very  little  longer  than  the 
head,  with  the  four  last  joints  forming  a  perfoliate 
club,  as  represented  in  the  following  figure.  The 
mandibles  are  without  teeth,  and 
the  elytra  are  of  an  oblong-quad- 
rate form,  leaving  three  or  four  of 
the  segments  of  the  abdomen  un- 
covered. The  species,  amounting 
to  near  thirty,  are  confined,  as  far 
as  is  yet  known,  to  Europe  and  the 
northern  parts  of  America.  They  are  almost  in- 
variably of  a  brownish-black  colour,  frequently  va- 
riegated with  spots  and  bands  of  orange  yellow. 
Seven  different  kinds  occur  in  Britain,  one  of  which 
is  represented  on  the  accompanying  plate. 

NECROPHORUS  HUMATOR. 
PLATE  IX.  FIG.  1. 

Silpha  Humator,   Olivier. — Marskam^s  Entom.   Brit. — Do- 
novan's  British  Insects,  ii.  pi.  537,  fig.  1. 

This  species  is  entirely  of  a  brownish-black  co- 
iour,  except  the  three  last  joints  of  the  antennae,  which 
are  orange  yellow.  The  head  and  thorax  are  very 
fjiintly  punctured,  and  the  surface  of  the  latter  is 


PLATE    9. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  181 

rattier  unequal.  The  elytra  are.  more  deeply  punc- 
tured ;  each  of  them  with  three  slightly  elevated 
lines,  and  a  tubercle  towards  the  hinder  extremity 
near  the  outer  angle.  The  breast  is  clothed  with 
yellow  hairs,  and  those  on  the  legs  are  of  the  same 
colour.  It  is  frequently  met  with  in  England  and  Scot- 
land, and  most  of  the  northern  countries  of  Europe. 

NECROBES  LITTORALIS. 
PLATE  IX.   FIG.  2. 

Silpha  littoralis,  Linn — Mar  sham.— Curtis'  Brit.  Ent.  vii. 
334. 

In  this  genus  the  antennae  are  considerably  longer 
than  the  head,  but  shorter  than  the  thorax,  thick- 
ening gradually  from  the  fifth  joint  to  the  apex. 
The  thorax  is  nearly  orbicular,  and  the  mandibles 
have  a  tooth  near  the  middle.  The  only  species 
found  in  Britain  is  that  referred  to  above.  It  is 
entirely  of  a  black  colour,  with  the  three  terminal 
joints  of  the  antennae  orange  yellow.  There  are 
three  elevated  lines  on  each  elytron,  the  spaces  be- 
tween which  are  very  thickly  punctured :  the  se- 
cond line  is  angulated  a  little  behind  the  middle, 
and  connected  with  the  third  by  a  tubercle.  The 
hinder  thighs  are  very  thick,  and  dentate  on  the 
under  side.  It  is  found  on  the  shores  of  the  sea 
and  the  banks  of  rivers,  under  sea-weed,  carrion, 
&c.  occurring  not  unfrequently. 


182  FATUEAL    HISTORY   OF 

SILPHA  QUADRIPUNCTATA. 
PLATE  IX.  FIG.  3. 

Linn — Donovan — Marsham — Silpha  4-maculata,  Samou- 
die's  Useful  Compend.  pi.  2,  fig.  7. 

This  genus,  as  originally  constituted  by  Linnaeus, 
was  of  great  extent,  and  included  both  the  preced- 
ing genera,  besides  several  others.  In  its  modern 
application  it  comprehends  such  insects  as  have  the 
antennae  slightly  compressed,  and  thickening  gradu- 
ally from  the  seventh  joint  to  the  apex.  The  body 
is  nearly  in  the  form  of  a  shield,  depressed  or  very 
slightly  convex,  and  the  thorax  is  semicircular,  with 
the  anterior  part  truncated  or  very  obtuse.  The 
species  feed  chiefly  on  decaying  animal  matter,  and 
are  of  great  service  in  freeing  the  surface  of  the 
earth  from  putrid  substances  which  might  otherwise 
infect  the  air.  Owing  to  the  reason  formerly  as- 
signed, few  or  none  of  these  creatures  are  found  in 
tropical  countries.*  They  are  chiefly  confined  to  the 
temperate  regions  of  America,  and  to  Europe.  Up- 
wards of  thirty  kinds  are  named  in  our  entomologi- 
cal catalogues,  and  about  a  dozen  of  these  inhabit 
Britain.  S.  quadripunctata,  one  of  the  most  orna- 
mental of  the  tribe,  is  not  unfrequent  in  France  and 
England  and  has  been  found  in  Scotland  as  far 

*  Page  96. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  183 

north  as  Sutherlandshire.  It  is  black  and  shining, 
with  the  sides  6f  the  thorax  and  elytra  pale  yellow, 
the  latter  with  two  rounded  spots  of  black  on  each. 
The  length  is  from  five  to  six  lines. 

ANTHRENUS  SCROPHULARI/E. 
PLATE  IX.  FJG.  4. 

Fdbriciut. — Byrrhus  scrophularise,  Linn. — Anth.  Scroph., 
Olivier -,  ii.  No.  14,  pi.  1,  fig.  5,  a,  &. 

This  insect  scarcely  exceeds  two  lines  in  length, 
the  accompanying  figure  is  therefore  magnified  to 
show  its  structure  and  markings  with  greater  dis- 
tinctness. The  head  is  black,  and  sometimes  has 
a  small  white  spot  on  the  forehead.  The  antennae 
are  reddish  near  the  base,  but  black  towards  the 
tip.  The  thorax  is  black,  with  the  sides  whitish, 
and  the  hinder  edge  frequently  of  a  deep-red  colour. 
The  elytra  are  black,  with  three  bands  of  white, 
which  are  interrupted  towards  the  suture:  the  latter 
is  deep  red.  The  under  side  is  clothed  with  white 
scales,  and  the  legs  are  brownish  black.  It  occurs 
in  Britain  and  almost  every  country  of  Europe.  The 
larvae  feed  on  dried  animal  substances,  and  are  some- 
times very  destructive  in  museums,  by  attacking  the 
skins  of  preserved  specimens.  The  perfect  insects 
frequent  flowers,  a  circumstance  to  which  the  gene- 
ric name  bears  reference 


184  NATURAL    HISTORY    OE 

HISTER  RENIFORM1S. 
PLATE  IX.   FIG.  5. 

This  genus  is  readily  recognised  by  the  peculiar 
form  of  the  body.  It  is  almost  square,  and  the  ely- 
tra are  short  and  truncated  at  the  extremity.  The 
legs  are  contractile,  that  is,  they  are  short  and  com- 
pressed, and  capable  of  being  drawn  close  to  the 
body.  The  lower  joint  of  the  antennae  is  very  long, 
and  forms  an  angle  with  the  upper  portion  which 
terminates  in  a  rounded  knob.  All  these  insects 
are  of  small  size,  and  find  their  nourishment  in  ca- 
daverous and  excrementitious  matters.  The  outer 
covering  is  very  rigid,  and  when  the  legs  are  con- 
tracted, they  can  bear  a  great  degree  of  pressure 
without  injury.  When  alarmed,  they  lie  perfectly 
still,  and  often  deceive  their  enemies  by  simulating- 
death  with  great  accuracy  and  perseverance.  About 
120  species  are  known  to  entomologists,  and  of  these 
upwards  of  30  inhabit  this  country.  The  species 
figured  as  an  example,  is  of  a  glossy  black  colour, 
with  two  spots  of  red  on  the  elytra.  The  latter  have 
two  or  three  longitudinal  ridges,  and  are  rather 
thickly  punctured  at  the  sides.  The  under  side  of 
the  body  and  legs  are  likewise  black,  the  latter  den- 
tate on  their  outer  edge.  It  is  found  in  various 
Darts  of  Europe. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS. 


LAMELLICORNES. 

This  important  section  of  the  pentamerous  bee- 
tles is  so  designated,  because  the  antennae  terminate 
in  a  club  or  large  knob,  composed  of  several  laminae 
or  thin  plates,  disposed  somewhat  like  the  leaves  of 
a  book,  and  which  the  insects  can  open  and  shut  at 
pleasure.  They  are  inserted  in  a  deep  excavation, 
under  the  lateral  edges  of  the  head,  and  usually  con- 
sist of  nine  or  ten  joints.  The  anterior  pair  of  legs 
are  somewhat  adapted  for  digging,  as  the  tibiae  are 
rather  broad,  and  armed  with  strong  spines  on  the 
terminal  angles  and  outer  sides.  As  many  of  these 
insects  feed  on  substances  in  a  state  of  decomposi- 
tion, which  scarcely  require  any  further  trituration 
to  fit  them  for  food,  the  mandibles  are  sometimes 
of  a  membranous  substance, — a  peculiarity  not  ob- 
servable in  any  other  Coleoptera. 

This  division  is  of  great  extent,  the  most  recent 
enumeration  of  its  species  making  them  amount  to 
upwards  of  2000.  Scarcely  more  than  1 20  occur  in 
Britain,  but  several  of  these  are  the  most  conspicu- 
ous and  best  knowrn  of  our  native  Coleoptera,  such, 
for  example,  as  the  Stag-beetle  and  the  Cockchafer. 
The  tropical  kinds  are  distinguished  by  their  mag- 
nitude, and  are  by  far  the  most  remarkable-looking 
of  their  tribe,  owing  to  the  variety  of  form  assumed 
by  the  head  and  thorax,  and  the  extraordinary  horn- 
like processes  with  which  these  parts  are  sometimes 
furnished.  Such  of  the  species  as  feed  on  flowers 


186  NATURAL    HISTORY   OF 

and  living  vegetation  are  frequently  adorned  with 
very  beautiful  and  brilliant  colours,  but  those  that 
derive  their  nourishment  from  decomposed  vegeta- 
bles are  usually  of  a  sombre  hue. 

The  larvae  of  these  insects  are  long,  soft,  semicy- 
lindrical  worms,  divided  into  thirteen  segments  in- 
cluding the  head,  which  is  of  a  scaly  texture,  and  pro- 
vided with  powerful  mandibles.  The  feet  are  six 
in  number,  and  placed  on  the  three  segments  im- 
mediately behind  the  head.  Nine  of  the  rings  or 
segments  have  a  conspicuous  stigmatic  opening,  or 
air  hole,  on  each  side.  The  hinder  portion  of  the 
body  is  much  thicker  than  the  other  parts,  and  is 
usually  curved  inwards  beneath  the  belly,  even  when 
the  insect  is  in  motion.  Its  movements  are  conse- 
quently slow  and  awkward,  and  the  short  scaly  feet 
proving  inadequate  to  support  the  equilibrium  of 
the  arched  back,  it  frequently  rolls  over,  or  falls  on 
one  side.  The  general 
appearance  of  these  grubs 
will  be  better  understood 
from  the  annexed  figure  of 
that  of  the  common  Cock- 
chafer. Many  of  them  live 
among  excrementitious 
substances,  or  decomposed 

vegetables  ;  others  consume  the  roots  of  plants,  and 
often  occasion  very  great  injury  to  agricultural  pro- 
duce. Before  undergoing  the  metamorphosis  by 
which  they  are  converted  into  perfect  beetles,  the 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  187 

iarva  forms  for  its  protection  an  oval  cocoon,  con- 
structed of  earth  and  the  gnawed  fragments  of  other 
materials,  agglutinated  by  a  viscous  secretion  which 
exudes  from  its  body. 

The  lamellicorn  insects  may  be  regarded  as  con- 
stituting two  great  groups  or  tribes,  corresponding 
to  the  two  comprehensive  genera  of  Linnaeus,  Sca- 
rabaeus  and  Lucanus.  In  the  former  the  antennae 
terminate  in  a  foliated  mass,  generally  capable  of 
being  alternately  closed  or  expanded  ;  but  it  is 
sometimes  composed  of  joints  that  fit  into  each  other, 
either  in  a  globular  form,  or  in  the  shape  of  a  re- 
versed cone  :  the  mandibles  are  nearly  alike  in  both 
sexes,  and  the  males  are  frequently  distinguished 
by  horns  or  prominences  on  the  head  and  thorax. 

The  first  generic  group  among  the  SCARAB^ID^E, 
which  requires  to  be  noticed,  has  been  named 

ATEUCHUS. 

The  term  is  probably  derived  from  the  Greek 
privative  a,  and  nu^«f,  a  weapon  or  implement  of 
war,  in  allusion  to  the  head  being  without  horns, 
contrary  to  what  is  observed  in  most  of  the  allied 
genera.  The  antennae  consist  of  nine  joints,  the 
three  next  the  apex  forming  a  foliaceous  knob.  The 
body  is  somewhat  rounded,  and  usually  rather  de- 
pressed, and  there  is  scarcely  any  appreciable  mark 
of  distinction  in  the  external  appearance  of  the  two 
sexes.  The  maxillae  terminate  in  a  membranous 


188  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

lobe,  which  is  dilated  considerably  at  the  tip,  and 
bent  inwards.  The  terminal  joint  of  the  labial  pal- 
pi is  longer  than  the  others,  and  nearly  cylindric, 
but  slightly  thickened  in  the  middle.  The  external 
margin  of  the  elytra  is  straight  without  any  sinuosity, 
a  character  which  distinguishes  the  true  Ateuchi  from 
the  species  that  constitute  the  genus  Gymnopleurus. 
There  is  no  perceptible  scutellum,  nor  any  opening 
at  the  base  of  the  sutural  line  indicating  its  place. 
The  four  hinder  legs  are  slender,  elongate,  and 
fringed  with  long  hairs ;  the  tibiae  are  scarcely  thick- 
ened at  the  tip,  where  they  are  truncated  obliquely, 
and  armed  with  a  strong  acute  spine.  The  dilated 
anterior  part  of  the  head  is  divided  into  six  teeth, 
and  an  elevated  process  of  the  cheek  (strictly  the 
cantlius)  runs  nearly  across  the  eye,  dividing  the 
upper  portion  from  the  lower. 

The  genus,  as  above  defined,  contains  about 
twenty-six  species.  They  are  confined  to  the  old 
world,  in  which  however  they  have  an  extensive 
range  of  distribution. 

ATEUCHUS  SACER.— SACRED  EGYPTIAN 
BEETLE. 

PLATE  X.  FJG.  1. 

Scarabseus  sacer,  Linn. — Fabrlcius — Olivier^  Entom.  pi.  8, 
fig.  59,  a,  k 

The  colour  is  entirely  black,  and  the  surface  ra- 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  189 

tlier  shining,  except  the  elytra,  which  are  somewhat 
obscure.  The  anterior  part  of  the  head  is  rough  with 
shallow  punctures,  and  there  are  two  small  approxi- 
mating tubercles  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  fore- 
head between  the  eyes.  The  thorax  is  somewhat 
convex,  marked  with  numerous  minute  points  ante- 
riorly, and  entirely  surrounded  by  a  narrow  margin, 
which  is  crenulated  behind.  The  elytra  are  usually 
more  obscure  than  the  other  parts  of  the  body,  and 
without  any  other  impressions  on  their  surface  than 
a  few  scattered  punctures.  The  anterior  tibiae  are 
armed  with  four  long  teeth  on  their  outer  edge,  and 
the  posterior  pair  are  slightly  bent  inwards.  All  of 
them  are  pretty  thickly  clothed  with  fine  hairs. 

This  species  is  very  common  in  all  the  southern 
countries  of  Europe,  especially  in  those  that  lie 
along  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean.  It  likewise 
occurs  in  the  east,  and  seems  to  be  diffused  over  all 
Africa,  from  Egypt  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

This  renowned  insect  has  been  singularly  exempt- 
ed from  the  obscurity  and  neglect  which  have  fallen 
to  the  lot  of  most  of  its  tribe.  It  was  one  of  those 
"creeping  things"  to  which  the  Egyptians  paid  di- 
vine honours,  and  appears  to  have  constituted  one 
of  the  favourite  deities  of  that  remarkable  people. 
If  it  enjoyed  an  inferior  degree  of  veneration  to  the 
snake-devouring  Ibis,  it  certainly  far  surpassed  in 
virtue  the  sacred  leeks  and  onions,  from  which  Ju- 
venal takes  occasion  to  congratulate  the  nation  on 
account  of  the  number  and  dignity  of  its  gods : 


190  NATURAL  HISTOEY  OF 

Porrum  et  csepe  nefas  violare,  et  frangere  morsu. 
O  sanctas  gentes,  quibus  hsec  nascuntur  in  hortis 
Numina ! 

It  was  consecrated  to  the  sun,  and  representations 
of  it  are  of  frequent  occurrence  in  their  hieroglyphi- 
cal  writings ;  it  was  likewise  sculptured  on  their  rings, 
bracelets,  necklaces,  and  other  ornaments,  and  even 
enclosed  in  their  coffins  along  with  the  embalmed 
bodies  of  the  dead.  As  typical  of  the  luminary 
which  is  the  fountain  of  light  and  heat,  and  the 
source  of  all  abundance,  it  came  likewise  to  be  re- 
garded as  the  emblem  of  fertility ;  and  we  are  in- 
formed by  Dr  Clarke  that  it  is  eaten  by  the  Egyp- 
tian women,  even  at  the  present  day,  under  the  idea 
that  it  is  of  efficacy  for  this  purpose.  As  natural 
objects  were  regarded  with  religious  veneration  in 
Egypt,  either  in  consequence  of  their  being  of  uti- 
lity to  the  inhabitants,*  or  because  they  were  con- 
ceived peculiarly  adapted  to  symbolize  some  higher 
nature,  and  bring  it  by  means  of  its  representative 
more  immediately  under  the  influence  of  the  senses, 
we  are  likely  to  find  in  one  of  these  causes  the  rea- 
son of  this  species  being  raised  to  such  distinguished 
honours. 

Many  of  the  Scarabaidce  or  larger  kinds  of  dung- 


*  Ipsi  qui  irridentur  Egyptii  nullam  belluam,  nisi  ob 
aliquam  utilitatem,  quam  ex  ea  caperent,consecraverunt; 
velut  Ibes  max  imam  vim  serpentium  conficiunt,  &c.  C»- 
cero  de  Nat,  Deorum. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  191 

chafers,  exhibit  some  very  remarkable  instincts  in 
forming  a  proper  nidus  or  receptacle  for  their  eggs, 
and  providing  for  the  welfare  of  their  progeny.  This 
is  witnessed  to  a  certain  extent  in  the  common  dor 
or  clock  (  Geotrupes  stercorarius) —  an  insect  whose 
"  drowsy  hum"  falls  so  often  on  our  ear  during  a 
walk  in  the  country  in  the  stillness  of  an  autumnal 
twilight — which  digs  a  cylindrical  hole  in  the  earth, 
often  of  considerable  depth,  and  conveys  a  small 
quantity  of  dung  to  the  bottom,  in  which  she  de- 
posits her  eggs.  But  the  habits  of  the  group  now 
under  consideration,  which  is  extensively  diffused 
over  Africa  and  the  south  of  Europe,  but  has  no 
representative  in  Britain,  are  greatly  more  fitted 
to  attract  attention.  These  insects,  like  our  own 
Geotrupidce,  or  earth-borers,  as  the  term  signi- 
fies, likewise  deposit  their  eggs  in  dung  ;  but  each 
egg  is  placed  in  the  centre  of  a  small  ball  or  pellet 
carefully  prepared  for  this  purpose.  When  the  pel- 
let is  dry,  it  has  generally  to  be  transported  to  a 
considerable  distance,  that  it  may  be  buried  in  a 
deep  hole  previously  dug  for  its  reception.  To  a 
creature  so  imperfectly  provided  with  members  that 
can  be  employed  as  instruments  of  prehension,  the 
conveyance  of  an  object  of  some  size  must  obvi- 
ously be  a  task  of  considerable  difficulty.  Unable 
to  raise  the  load  from  the  ground,  its  only  resource 
is  to  roll  it  along  the  surface ;  but  instead  of  using 
its  head  for  this  purpose,  as  some  birds  are  said  to 
do  when  obliged  to  remove  their  eggs  from  one 


192  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

place  to  another,*  the  beetle  has  recourse  to  its  op- 
posite extremity,  and  pushes  the  pellet  backwards 
with  the  tip  of  its  abdomen  and  hind  legs.  When 
the  surface  of  the  ground  is  unequal  the  labour  is 
greatly  increased;  both  the  beetle  and  its  charge 
sometimes  tumble  over  a  declivity,  or  it  may  be 
seen  struggling,  like  the  Sisyphus  of  heathen  my- 
thology, to  push  its  ball  to  the  summit  of  an  emi- 
nence that  obstructs  the  line  of  road.  But  when 
an  obstacle  of  this  kind  occurs  to  an  individual,  his 
associates  never  fail  to  hasten  to  his  aid,  and  their 
united  efforts  are  generally  successful. 

The  incessant  and  arduous  labour  which  these 
insects  undergo,  led  the  Egyptian  priests  to  regard 
them  as  symbolical  of  the  labours  of  Osiris  or  of  the 
Sun.  A  singular  account  of  them  is  given  by  some 
ancient  authors,  particularly  H.  Apollodorus  and 
P.  Valerianus.  All  these  Scarabaei,  according  to 
the  former  of  these  authors,  have  thirty  fingers, 
corresponding  to  the  number  of  days  which  the  sun 
takes  to  traverse  each  sign  of  the  zodiac.  There 
are  three  distinct  kinds  of  them  ;  the  first,  or  scara- 
baeus  properly  so  called,  presents  the  appearance  of 
rays,  and  has  on  that  account  been  consecrated  to 

*  We  have  been  assured  by  an  intelligent  gamekeeper 
in  the  south  of  Scotland,  that  he  has  seen  pheasants  re- 
move their  eggs  to  a  place  of  safety  by  rolling  them  along 
the  ground  by  means  of  their  head  and  bill.  The  same 
thing  has  been  observed  of  an  Emu  or  Cassowary  kept  in 
the  Zoological  Gardens  in  London. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS  IPS 

the  sun.  All  the  individuals  of  this  scarabaeus  are 
of  the  male  sex :  when  the  insect  wishes  to  pro- 
duce others,  it  seeks  for  the  dung  of  cattle,  and 
forms  it  into  a  ball — the  figure  of  the  world ;  this 
it  rolls  with  its  hind  feet,  going  backwards,  and 
in  the  direction  from  east  to  west,  as  the  world  is 
so  conveyed  by  its  movements.  The  scarabaeus 
buries  this  ball  in  the  earth,  where  it  remains  con- 
cealed for  twenty-eight  days,  a  period  equal  to  a 
lunar  revolution,  during  which  the  young  scarabaeus 
becomes  animated.  On  the  29th  day,  which  the 
msect  knows  to  be  that  of  the  conjunction  of  the 
moon  with  the  sun,  and  of  the  birth  of  the  world, 
it  opens  the  ball  and  throws  it  into  the  water.  The 
animals  which  then  issue  from  it  are  the  scarabaei. 
It  is  for  these  reasons  that  the  Egyptians,  when 
they  wish  to  designate  a  being  produced  by  itself, 
or  to  express  the  idea  of  a  birth,  a  father,  the  world, 
£c.  represent  a  scarabaeus. 

The  thirty  fingers  mentioned  in  the  above  ac- 
count are  no  doubt  the  joints  of  the  feet  or  tarsi, 
which  being  five  to  each  of  the  six  feet,  amount  ex- 
actly to  that  number.  The  rays  alluded  to  are  re- 
presented by  the  six  teeth  or  angular  projections  of 
the  head,  a  character  which  is  often  expressed  with 
great  accuracy  on  the  Egyptian  monuments  and  en- 
graved stones.  As  the  male  of  this  species,  con- 
trary to  what  is  observed  in  the  generality  of  co- 
prophagous  beetles,  scarcely  differs  in  external  ap- 
pearance from  the  female,  and  appears  to  share  with 

N 


104  NATUBAL    HISTORY    OF 

her  the  labours  requisite  for  the  preservation  of  their 
race,  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  Egyptians,  at  a 
period  when  such  erroneous  notions  prevailed  re- 
garding the  generation  of  the  lower  animals,  should 
have  imagined  that  there  was  only  one  sex,  and  that 
they  should  have  preferred  to  consider  it  as  the 
one  which  has  most  privileges  attached  to  it,  or, 
as  grammarians  call  it,  the  more  worthy  gender 
Admitting  the  doctrine  of  spontaneous  generation, 
it  was  necessary,  according  to  their  principles,  that 
the  insects  should  disinter  their  balls  and  bring  them 
into  contact  with  water,  as  that  element  was  conceiv- 
ed to  produce,  with  the  concurrence  of  heat,  all 
those  animals  that  were  without  living  progenitors.* 
In  more  recent  times  the  industrious  habits  of 
these  little  insects  appear  sometimes  to  have  ex- 
cited nearly  as  much  admiration  as  they  did  in 
Egypt.  In  the  earliest  entomological  work  pub- 
lished in  Britairi,f  remarkable  for  the  extent  of 
its  cumbrous  erudition,  the  species  of  which  we 
speak,  or  another  closely  allied  to  it,  forms  one  of 
an  extensive  series  of  figures,  a  few  of  which  bear 
some  resemblance  to  the  objects  they  are  designed 
to  represent,  and  several  folio  pages  are  devoted  to 

*  See  an  interesting  .memoir  by  Latreille,  in  the  Ann: 
du  Mut.  for  1819,  entitled  Des  Insectes  prints  ou  sculptes  sur 
hs  monuments  antiques  de  VEgypte. 

•f-  Moufeti  Insectorum  sive  minimomm  animalium 
Theatrum,  London,  1C34 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  19-") 

the  exposition  of  its  virtues  and  uses  both  to  our 
minds  and  bodies.  This  invaluable  beetle,  accord- 
ing to  the  author  of  that  work,  stimulates  us  to  the 
acquisition  of  every  good  quality ;  for  although  no- 
thing but  a  crust,  it  yet  surpasses  us  in  numerous 
virtues,  and  invites  us  to  modesty,  temperance,  la- 
bour, magnanimity,  justice,  and  prudence:  "etiamsi 
nihil  sit  nisi  crustum,  variis  tamen  virtutibus  nos 
vincit,  et  ad  modestiam,  temperantiam,  laborem, 
magnanimitatem,  justitiam,  prudentiamque  incitat 
atque  impellit."  It  teaches  us  humility  by  living 
contented  in  its  stercorareous  abodes,  and  delight- 
ing in  them  more  than  in  the  perfume  of  roses ! 
So  fortunate  is  it  in  renewing  its  youth  every  year, 
that  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  man  himself 
would  willingly  share  in  its  privileges !  It  is  guilty 
of  no  crime  in  using  the  dung  of  animals  for  its  own 
purposes,  since  agriculturists  and  others  do  the 
same,  and  probably  were  led  to  the  practice  by  ob- 
serving the  scarabseus !  We  greatly  err  if  we  despise 
the  animal  for  employing  this  material ;  for  so 
highly  was  it  esteemed  in  ancient  times,  that,  ac- 
cording to  the  testimony  of  Macro bius,  trie  term 
Sterculeus  was  given  to  Saturn  as  an  honorary  cog- 
nomen !  &c. — The  medical  virtues  of  this  admir* 
able  insect  are  eulogized  in  a  similar  strain,  and 
several  recipes  are  given,  which  are  said  to  have 
been  of  wonderful  efficacy. 

These  insects  are  frequently  alluded  to  by  ancient 
authors  under  the  various  names  of  Coprion,  Can- 


196  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

tharus,  and  Heliocantharus.  "  It  should  seem  from 
the  name,"  say  Messrs  Kirby  and  Spence,  "  derived 
from  a  word  signifying  an  ass,  that  the  Grecian 
beetle  made  its  pills  of  asses'  dung ;  and  this  is  con- 
firmed by  a  passage  in  one  of  the  plays  of  Aristo- 
phanes, the  Irene,  where  a  beetle  of  this  kind  is  in- 
troduced, on  which  one  of  the  characters  rides  to 
heaven  to  petition  Jupiter  for  peace.  The  play  be- 
gins with  one  domestic  desiring  another  to  feed  the 
cantharus  with  some  bread,  who  afterwards  orders 
his  companion  to  give  him  another  kind  of  bread, 
made  of  asses'  dung."* 

Various  insects  of  similar  habits  are  found  in  dif- 
ferent quarters  of  the  world,  and  they  form  a  fa- 
vourite subject  of  observation  with  travellers.  One 
of  these  abounds  in  America,  where  it  is  known  by 
the  name  of  the  Tumble-Dung  Beetle.  An  inte- 
resting account  of  its  proceedings  is  given  by  a  wri- 
ter on  Carolina.  "  I  have  attentively  admired  their  in- 
dustry," he  says,  "  and  mutual  assisting  of  each  other 
in  rolling  their  globular  balls  from  the  place  where 
they  made  them  to  that  of  their  interment,  which 
is  usually  the  distance  of  some  yards,  more  or  less. 
This  they  perform  breech  foremost,  by  raising  their 
hind  parts,  and  forcing  along  the  ball  with  their  hind 
feet.  Two  or  three  of  them  are  sometimes  engaged 
in  trundling  one  ball,  which,  from  meeting  with 
impediments  on  account  of  the  unevenness  of  the 

*  Intro,  to  Eni.  vol.  »•  255,  note. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  19/ 

ground,  is  sometimes  deserted  by  them.  It  is, 
however,  attempted  by  others  with  success,  unless 
it  happens  to  roll  into  some  deep  hollow  or  chink, 
where  they  are  constrained  to  leave  it ;  but  they 
continue  their  work  by  rolling  off  the  next  ball  in 
their  way.  None  of  them  seem  to  know  their  own 
balls,  but  an  equal  care  for  the  whole  appears  to 
affect  all  the  community.  They  form  these  pellets 
while  the  dung  remains  moist,  and  leave  them  to 
harden  in  the  sun  before  they  attempt  to  roll  them. 
In  their  moving  of  them  from  place  to  place,  both 
they  and  the  balls  may  frequently  be  seen  tumbling 
about  over  the  little  eminences  that  are  in  their 
way.  They  are  not,  however,  easily  discouraged ; 
and,  by  repeating  their  attempts,  usually  surmount 
the  difficulties. 

"  They  find  out  their  subsistence  by  the  excel- 
lency of  their  noses,  which  direct  them  in  their 
flight  to  newly  fallen  dung,  on  which  they  imme- 
diately go  to  work,  tempering  it  with  a  proper  mix- 
ture of  earth.  So  intent  are  they  always  on  their 
employment,  that,  though  handled  or  otherwise  in- 
terrupted, they  are  not  to  be  deterred,  but  imme- 
diately on  being  freed,  persist  in  their  work  with- 
out any  apprehension  of  danger.  They  are  said  to  be 
so  exceedingly  strong  and  active  as  to  move  about, 
with  the  greatest  ease,  things  that  are  many  times 
tb"ir  own  weight.  Dr  Birchell  was  supping  one 
evening  in  a  planter's  house  of  North  Carolina, 
when  two  of  them  were  conveyed,  without  his 


198  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

knowledge,  under  the  candlestick.  A  few  blows 
were  struck  on  the  table,  and,  to  his  great  surprise, 
the  candlesticks  began  to  move  about,  apparently 
without  any  agency ;  and  his  surprise  was  not 
much  lessened  when,  on  taking  one  of  them  up,  he 
discovered  that  it  was  only  a  chafer  that  moved."* 

"An  insect  of  the  size  of  a  May-bug,"  says 
another  writer,  evidently  in  relation  to  one  of  these 
beetles,  "  is  of  the  greatest  utility  in  so  hot  a  cli- 
mate ;  it  is  the  scavenger  and  dustman  of  the  whole 
country.  It  labours  with  indefatigable  industry  to 
collect  all  the  filth  that  might  infest  the  air,  and 
makes  small  balls  of  it,  which  it  hides  very  deep  in 
holes  which  it  has  dug  in  the  earth.  It  breeds  in 
sufficient  numbers  to  keep  the  town  and  the  villages 
clean."f 

The  next  genus  which  has  been  selected  to  illus- 
trate the  lamellicorn  tribe  of  beetles  is  named 


ONTHOPHAGUS, 

a  term  that  has  reference  to  their  habits,  being 
composed  of  the  two  Greek  words  ev0os,  dung,  and 
payof,  an  eater  or  consumer.  It  consists  of  a  con- 
siderable number  of  species,  which  are  inferior  in 
size  to  the  generality  of  their  dung-devouring 
confederates,  excepting  the  Aphodii,  which  form 

*  Catesby's  Carolina. 

f  Proyart's  History  of  Loango. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  100 

such  a  prominent  group  in  temperate  and  northern 
countries,  and  compensate  their  want  of  bulk  by 
the  extent  of  their  numbers.  The  males  of  seve- 
ral of  the  Onthophagi  are  strikingly  distinguished 
by  two  slender  horns  rising  from  the  hinder  part 
of  the  head.  One  of  the  most  remarkable  in 
this  respect  has  been  named  O.  Taurus,  from  the 
resemblance  these  appendages 
bear,  in  form  and  curvature,  to 
the  horns  of  a  bull.  This  will 
be  seen  from  the  annexed  figure, 
which  represents  a  front  view  of 
the  head. 

These  insects  are  common  both  to  the  new  and 
old  world,  and  extend  from  the  tropics  to  the  north- 
ern temperate  zone.  Several  kinds  likewise  inhabit 
New  Holland,  where,  however,  they  are  by  no  means 
of  frequent  occurrence,  although  they  form  the  prin- 
cipal coprophagous  group  found  in  that  country. 
The  rarity  of  these  insects  in  New  Holland,  as  Mr 
Macleay  observes,  may  be  regarded  as  the  natural 
consequence  of  that  great  peculiarity  of  the  Austra- 
lian continent,  namely,  the  want  of  all  large  herbi- 
vorous mammalia,  except  of  the  marsupial  kind. 
Ten  different  species  occur  in  Britain,  but  the 
southern  part  of  the  country  seems  to  be  nearly  the 
limit  of  their  extension  northwards,  as  they  become 
rare  in  the  northern  counties  of  England,  and  we 
have  heard  of  no  in  stance  of  their  occurrence  in  Scot- 
land.  Like  many  of  their  associates,  they  are  ver- 


200  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

nal  insects,  and  their  appearance  is  agreeable,  as  in- 
dicating  the  grateful  return  of  spring. 

The  Onthophagi  are  known  by  having  the  ter- 
minal joint  of  the  maxillary  palpus  attenuated  at 
each  end,  and  truncate — the  same  joint  in  the  labial 
pair  being  somewhat  kidney-shaped  and  truncate ; 
by  the  short  thick  body,  with  the  thorax  wider  than 
long,  and  nearly  orbicular,  with  a  wide  and  deep  notch 
in  its  anterior  margin  ;  and  by  having  the  contour  of 
the  head  entire  or  slightly  emarginate.  There  is 
no  perceptible  scutellum.  As  in  the  following  ge- 
nus, the  four  posterior  tibiae  are  always  dilated  at 
their  extremities,  and  nearly  in  the  form  of  an  elon- 
gate triangle.  The  sexes  are  distinguished  by  some 
horn-like  process  or  tubercles,  which  rise  from  the 
head  or  thorax  of  the  male. 

ONTHOPHA.GUS  DILLWYNII. 
PLATE  X.  FIG.  2. 

Onthoph.  Dillwynii,  Kirly — Stcph.  Illus.  of  British  En- 
tomology, vol.  iii.  174,  pi.  18,  fig.  6. 

This  insect  is  closely  allied  to  the  better  known 
species  named  O.  nuchicornis.  It  has  been  found 
near  Gravesend,  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Swan- 
sea, by  L.  W.  Dillwyn,  Esq.  after  whom  it  was 
named  by  Dr  Leach.  It  is  of  a  brassy-black  colour, 
and  more  or  less  covered  with  fine  short  hairs.  The 
thorax  is  thickly  covered  with  minute  granulations, 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  201 

and  there  are  two  tubercles  towards  the  middle,  and 
two  others,  one  on  each  side,  near  the  margin.  The 
elytra  are  of  a  dull  greyish  yellow  thickly  clouded 
with  black,  and  marked  with  longitudinal  lines  or 
striae.  The  under  parts  of  the  body  and  legs  are 
black,  slightly  tinged  with  a  metallic  lustre.  The 
male  has  an  elongate,  slightly  nutant,  horn  on  the 
hinder  part  of  the  head  ;  the  female  has  two  ele- 
vated cross  ridges,  which  are  somewhat  arched.  The 
length  of  the  insect  is  about  three  or  three  and  a 
half  lines. 

The  next  important  genus  that  presents  itself  to 
our  notice,  was  established  by  Mr  Macleay  in  his 
valuable  work  on  the  lamellicorn  Coleoptera,  and  is 
named 


It  is  distinguished  from  all  the  allied  genera,  ex- 
cept Onitis,  by  the  structure  of  the  antennae.  These 
organs  consist  of  nine  joints,  the  three  last  forming 
a  mass  of  which  the  basal  joint  (or  the  seventh  of 
the  whole)  is  excavated  and  receives  the  following 
one  within  it,  which  is  partly  concealed  and  nearly 
of  the  figure  of  a  horse  shoe  ;  the  terminal  one  is 
small  and  in  the  form  of  a  reversed  cup.  The  ra- 
dical joint  of  the  labial  palpi  is  larger  than  the  others, 
and  dilated  on  its  inner  side.  There  is  no  apparent 
scutellum,  but  a  small  opening  is  perceptible  at  the 
base  of  the  sutural  line,  indicating  its  place.  The 


202  NATURAL  'HISTORY    OF 

thorax  is  very  large,  and,  like  the  head,  usually  pre- 
sents some  sexual  differences  in  the  form  of  its  ap- 
pendages. 

The  genus  comprehends  about  fifty  large  and 
finely  coloured  species,  which  belong  exclusively  to 
the  tropical  regions  of  the  new  world.  They  dig 
holes  in  the  earth  in  a  diagonal  direction,  sometimes 
to  the  depth  of  two  or  three  feet.  They  frequent 
the  dung  of  quadrupeds,  and  are  often  observed  to  fly 
about  in  the  evening,  producing  a  rather  loud  noise. 
The  fine  species  figured  is  found  in  Cayenne,  and 
is  named 

PHAN^US  LANCIFER. 
PLATE  X.  FIG.  3. 

Scarabaeus  lancifer,  Fab. — Linn. — Olivier,  Entom.  vol.  i 
No.  3,  pi.  4,  fig.  32. 

This  conspicuous  insect  is  about  an  inch  and  a 
half  long,  and  upwards  of  an  inch  broad.  The 
body  is  very  thick  and  massive,  and  the  half  of  it  at 
least  is  occupied  by  the  thorax.  The  head  is  black, 
and  armed  with  a  long,  recurved,  angular  horn ; 
the  clypeus  or  anterior  portion  is  furnished  with 
two  distinct  projecting  teeth.  The  colour  of  all  the 
upper  side,  except  the  head,  is  a  fine  violet,  with 
greenish  reflections  in  certain  lights,  especially  on 
the  elytra.  The  thorax  is  deeply  excavated  or  con- 
cave, and  dilated  at  the  sides  anteriorly  ;  the  hinder 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  203 

part  rises  into  a  broad  quadrate  prominence,  which 
has  its  sides  reflexed,  and  a  pretty  deep  notch  cut 
out  of  the  middle  of  its  anterior  edge,  as  if  to  re- 
ceive the  occipital  horn  when  bent  backwards.  The 
elytra  are  rather  deeply  furrowed,  and  rough  with 
transverse  elevations  and  tubercles.  The  under 
parts  are  shining  black,  slightly  tinted  with  violet, 
and  fringed  with  short  hairs.  The  anterior  tibiae 
have  four  strong  teeth  on  their  outer  edge. 

PHAN^US  CARNIFEX. 
PLATE  X.  FIG.  4. 

Scarabaeus  carnifex,  Fab — Drury's  Illus.  of  Insects^  i.  pi. 
35,  fig.  3,  4,  5 — Olivier,  i,  p.  135,  pi.  6,  fig.  46,  a,  b. 

In  this  finely  coloured  species  the  head  is  of  a 
golden  green,  and  armed  with  a  long  slender  black 
horn  which  is  curved  backwards.  The  thorax 
is  large,  flattened  above,  and  terminates  on  each 
side  behind  in  an  acute  angle ;  the  sides  golden  green, 
the  disk  bright  copper-colour,  and  rather  rough. 
There  is  a  small  impressed  mark  on  each  side,  rather 
before  the  middle.  The  elytra  are  of  a  beautiful 
green,  sometimes  glossed  with  blue ;  the  surface 
rather  rough,  and  marked  with  several  raised  lines. 
The  under  side  and  thighs  are  brilliant  bronzed 
green  ;  the  other  parts  of  the  leg  black.  Found 
in  various  countries  of  North  America,  in  consider- 
able plenty. 


204  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

The  genus  GEOTRUPES*  has  antennae  with  the 
three  last  joints  dilated  and  transverse,  forming  a 
lamellate  club,  as  in  the  following  figure.  The 
mandibles  stand  out  from  the  head, 
and  are  notched  at  the  apex.  The 
eyes  are  divided  by  the  margin  of 
the  head,  and  touch  the  thorax.  The 
latter  is  as  broad  as  the  elytra,  and 
very  convex.  The  elytra  are  short 
and  oval.  Ten  different  kinds  are 
met  with  in  Britain.  That  repre- 
sented is  the  most  common  in  the  northern  parts  of 
this  country  ;  it  is  named 

GEOTRUPES  STERCORARIUS. 

PLATE  X.  FIG.  5. 
Scarabaeus  stercorarius,  Linn. 

It  is  entirely  black  above,  tinted  on  the  margins 
with  violet  or  brassy :  the  thorax  is  without  punc- 
tures on  the  disk,  but  has  a  few  impressed  points 
towards  the  sides,  and  a  short  line  in  the  middle 
behind.  The  elytra  are  marked  with  deep  striae, 
the  spaces  between  which  are  smooth  and  somewhat 
convex.  The  under  side  and  legs  are  steel  blue, 
glossed  with  purple  or  green  in  a  very  beautiful 
manner. 

*  Derived  from  y»»,  the  earth,  and  <rgu<rouiv,  to  lore. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  205 

The  extensive  and  very  remarkable  genus  SCA- 
RABJEUS  is  distinguished  by  having  ten  joints  in  the 
antennae,  the  three  last  forming  a  foliaceous  mass, 
of  which  the  middle  joint  is  never  entirely  concealed 
by  the  two  others — by  possessing  a  distinct  scutel- 
lum — by  the  legs  being  inserted  at  equal  distances 
— by  the  upper  lip  being  almost  entirely  concealed 
— and  by  having  the  mandibles  of  a  hard  or  horny 
consistence,  and  sinuated  or  dentated  on  their  outer 
side.  The  body  is  usually  thick  and  convex,  and 
often  of  large  size.  None  of  these  insects  are  na- 
tives of  Britain,  and  only  two  appear  to  inhabit  Eu- 
rope. By  far  the  largest  proportion  occur  in  Ame- 
rica, particularly  in  the  southern  division  of  that 
continent,  and  in  the  adjacent  islands ;  indeed  so  nu- 
merous are  they  in  these  countries,  and  so  remark- 
able for  their  size  and  appearance,  that  they  may  be 
regarded  as  constituting  one  of  the  most  distinctive 
and  characteristic  features  in  the  entomology  of  the 
new  continent.  The  largest  kinds  are  found  chiefly 
in  Guiana  and  the  Antilles ;  a  considerable  number 
occur  in  the  vicinity  of  Rio  Janeiro  ;  and  they  ex- 
tend in  some  plenty  as  far  as  the  28°  of  south  lati- 
tude. Those  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Mon- 
te-Video, Buenos- Ayres,  and  Tucuman,  are  gene- 
rally of  inferior  size. 

According  to  M.  Lacordaire,  who  has  had  many  op- 
portunities of  observing  these  insects  in  their  native 
haunts,  the  habits  of  all  the  species  are  very  much 
alike.  During  the  day  they  conceal  themselves  in 


206  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

noles  dug  in  the  earth  or  in  the  decomposed  trunks 
of  trees,  or  they  are  observed  running  along  the 
pathways  in  the  woods.  On  the  approach  of  night 
they  issue  from  their  retreats,  and  fly  around  the 
trees  at  a  considerable  height  above  the  ground, 
producing  at  the  same  time  a  loud  noise.  It  is  then 
that  they  seem  to  procure  their  food ;  and  they  are 
sometimes  found  in  the  morning  under  the  leaves 
or  clinging  to  the  branches  of  trees.  Although  their 
flight  is  dull,  it  is  rather  rapid,  and  can  be  prolonged 
for  a  considerable  time.  They  all  produce  a  shrill 
noise  by  rubbing  the  elytra  against  the  abdomen. 
The  females  are  in  general  more  common  than  the 
males,  and  are  almost  always  without  horns.  Among 
the  few  exceptions  to  this  rule  may  be  mentioned 
S.  Pan,  the  most  common  species  in  Brazil,  the  fe- 
male of  which  has  a  horn  of  some  size  on  the  head, 
and  an  excavation  on  the  thorax.  The  latter  sex  is 
common,  while  the  male  is  rare. 

The  first  species  selected  to  illustrate  this  genus 
is  the  largest,  and  in  some  respects  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  that  it  contains.  It  is  named  the  Her- 
cules Beetle  * — 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  207 

SCARAB.EUS  HERCULES. 

PLATE  XI. 

Olivier,  1.  pi.  1,  fig.  1,  a,  6,  male ;  pi.  23,  fig.  I,  c,  female — 
Drunfs  1 1  lug. 

The  head  and  thorax  of  the  male  are  deep  black, 
highly  polished,  and  shining ;  the  former  with  a  long 
thick  horn  armed  with  two  or  three  strong  teeth, 
the  latter  produced  into  a  very  long  horn,  which  is 
bent  downwards  near  the  outer  extremity :  it  bears 
a  strong  triangular  tooth  on  each  side  rather  behind 
the  middle,  and  is  densely  clothed  with  reddish- 
brown  pile.  The  elytra  are  somewhat  glaucous,  01 
of  a  sea-green  colour,  but  inclining  to  ash-grey,  and 
marked  with  scattered  spots  of  black :  they  are  stri- 
ated and  wrinkled  across.  The  under  parts  of  the 
body  and  the  legs  are  black ;  the  anterior  tibiae 
armed  with  three  strong  spines  externally. 

Found  in  greatest  plenty  in  the  Antilles  and 
Guiana ;  it  extends  as  far  as  Rio  Janeiro,  but  be- 
comes very  rare  in  that  neighbourhood.  It  likewise 
occurs  in  the  American  islands. 


208  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 


SCARAB.EUS  TIT Y US. 

PLATE  XII. 

Linn-  $y*t.  Nat.  p.  542 — Olivier,  i.  No.  3,  p.  9,  pi.  4,  fig. 
31,  and  pi.  10,  fig.  31,  ft,  c — Say's  American  Entom.  i. 

This  insect  is  about  two  inches  in  length :  the 
prevailing  colour  glaucous,  inclining  to  grey.  The 
head  is  black,  and  armed  with  a  strong  horn  which 
•  is  curved  backwards.  The  thorax  is  variegated 
with  black  and  grey,  and  has  three  horns  projecting 
from  its  anterior  part,  one  in  the  centre  slightly 
curved  downwards  and  hairy  on  the  under  side,  and 
two  lateral  ones  which  are  short  and  acute.  Elytra 
glaucous-grey,  with  numerous  large  spots  of  black. 
The  under  side  of  the  body,  and  legs,  are  wholly 
black. 

The  female  is  without  horns,  and  differs  from  the 
other  sex  in  the  colour  of  the  elytra. 

Inhabits  Carolina,  Virginia,  and  other  North 
American  states.  "  It  is  so  extremely  rare  in 
Pennsylvania,"  says  Mr  Say,  from  whose  handsome 
work  on  American  Entomology  the  accompanying 
figures  have  been  taken,  "  that  the  late  Rev.  F.  V. 
Melsheimer,  the  parent  of  Entomology  in  this  coun- 
try, and  a  very  industrious  collector,  found  but  two 
individuals  in  eighteen  years.  An  instance  has 
however  occurred,  in  which  the  appearance  of  a 
considerable  number  of  then?  occasioned  no  little 


PLATE  12. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  209 

surprise  in  the  neighbourhood  where  they  were  dis- 
covered. A  mile  or  two  south  of  Philadelphia,  and 
near  the  river  Delaware,  an  old  cherry-tree  was 
blown  down  by  a  violent  current  of  wind,  and  my 
informant  saw  the  remains  of  numerous  individuals, 
in  and  about  the  cavity  of  the  tree  laid  open  by  the 
shock  of  its  fall.  That  there  might  be  no  mistake, 
he  exhibited  the  thorax  of  a  male  he  had  chosen 
from  the  mutilated  fragments.  I  think  it  highly 
probable  that  the  Tityus  is  more  especially  a  native 
of  the  southern  states,  as  my  friend  Mr  J.  WilHams 
presented  me  with  several  specimens  in  high  pre- 
servation, collected  by  himself  in  Maryland,  and 
from  them  the  drawings  for  the  annexed  plate  were 
made/' 


SCARAB.EUS  ATLAS. 
PLATE  XIII. 


Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  p.  542 — Fabricii  Syst.  Entom.  7,8 Sea- 

rabaeus  Hector  ?  Dejcan. 

This  very  singular  and  conspicuous  inseo*  is  en- 
tirely of  a  black  colour,  tinted  with  greenish  bronze, 
especially  on  the  elytra,  the  whole  surface  being 
smooth  and  glossy.  The  head  is  armed  with  a  very 
long  acute  horn,  which  is  slightly  recurved,  and  has 
a  double  row  of  serratures  on  its  inner  side.  Two 
similar  horns  project,  one  from  each  side  of  the  tho- 
rax, which  are  without  teeth,  acute  at  the  tip,  and 

0 


210  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

slightly  curved  towards  eacn  otner.  from  the  a»  - 
terior  part  of  the  thorax,  immediately  over  the  head, 
there  issues  a  short  triangular  horn,  which  is  direct- 
ed forwards.  The  scutellum  is  very  large  and  tri- 
angular ;  the  elytra  are  smooth  and  shining ;  and  the 
under  side  of  the  body,  and  legs,  black.  The  ant'erior 
tibiae  have  three  acute  teeth  on  their  outer  edge  to- 
wards the  apex. 

It  is  a  native  of  Java,  where  it  is  considered  rare, 
although  we  have  seen  six  or  eight  specimens  in  a 
single  collection  of  insects  from  that  country.  It 
likewise  occurs,  but  much  less  frequently,  on  the 
continent  of  Asia,  the  individual  figured  having 
been  taken  at  Rangoon  in  India. 

SCARAB^EUS  MACROPUS. 
PLATE  xiv.  FIG.  i. 

Kanguroo  beetle,  Shaw's  Naturalist's  Miscellany,  ccclxxx.  4. 

This  very  remarkable-looking  insect  was  first  made 
known  to  the  public  by  Mr  Francillon,  who  is  sup- 
posed to  have  received  it  from  South  America. 
The  individual  which  he  described  appears  to  be 
the  only  one  that  has  occurred,  and  it  is  now  said 
to  be  preserved  in  the  rich  cabinet  of  Mr  Macleay. 
Until  the  discovery  of  the  insect  next  to  be  de- 
scribed, there  was  no  lamellicorn  beetle  that  bore 
much  resemblance  to  it ;  but  that  species  partakes 
in  some  measure  of  its  peculiar  characters.  Of 


PLATE    14. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  211 

these,  the  most  singular  are  the  length  of  the  hinder 
legs,  and  the  extraordinary  thickness  of  the  thighs, 
which  exceeds  any  thing  that  is  observed  in  such  as 
exhibit  a  structure  of  this  kind.  The  whole  of  the 
upper  surface  is  smooth,  and  of  a  bright  green 
colour,  and  the  under  side  is  golden  yellow  and 
copper  coloured.  The  antennae  and  tarsi  are  brown- 
ish black. 

CHRYSOPHORA  CHRYSOCHLORA. 
PLATE  XIV.  FIG.  2. 

Melolontha  chrysochlora,  Latr — Voy.  de  MM.  Humk.  et 
Bonpl.  ii.  15,  I  fern.  2  male. 

Latreille  assigns  as  the  distinguishing  marks  of 
this  genus,  which  was  first  proposed  by  Count  De- 
jean,  the  great  size  of  the  hinder  legs,  the  thicken- 
ed hinder  thighs,  and  the  curved  tibiae,  which  ter- 
minate in  a  strong  projecting  point  at  the  internal 
angle.  It  contains  only  two  or  three  species,  of  which 
that  above  referred  to  is  the  most  remarkable.  It 
was  discovered  by  MM.  Humboldt  and  Bonpland 
in  Peru.  It  is  of  a  brilliant  green  on  the  upper 
side,  but  on  the  under  parts  of  the  body  coppery  red 
is  the  prevailing  hue.  The  thighs  and  posterior 
tibiae  are  of  the  latter  colour ;  and  the  tarsi,  which 
have  the  joint  that  bears  the  claws  very  large  and 
club-shaped,  are  brownish.  The  elytra  are  thickly 
covered  with  large  excavated  points,  but  the  head 


212  NATUEAL   HISTORY    OF 

and  thorax  are  comparatively  smooth.  The  female 
is  much  smaller,  and  the  hinder  thighs  are  not  so 
thick  as  in  the  male.  Like  the  common  Cockcha- 
fer, this  species  lives  in  society,  and  was  sometimes 
observed  in  great  numbers  by  the  distinguished  tra- 
vellers who  first  brought  it  to  Europe. 

RUTELA  PULCHELLA. 

PLATE  XV.  FIG.  I. 
Kirby,  Linn.  Trans,  xii.  p.  405,  pi.  21,  fig.  10. 

This  genus  includes  such  insects  as  have  the  hin- 
der thighs  scarcely  differing  in  the  two  sexes ;  the 
scutellum  rather  small,  and  the  pointed  process  of 
the  sternum  short,  and  not  reaching  to  the  insertion 
of  the  forelegs.  The  terminal  joint  of  the  maxillary 
palpus  is  large  and  ovate.  The  body  is  of  an  oval 
form.  The  species  given  as  an  illustration  of  this 
generic  group  is  a  native  of  Brazil.  It  is  about 
eight  lines  and  a  half  in  length,  of  a  fine  yellow  co- 
lour inclining  to  green.  The  thorax  is  green  in  the 
middle,  and  yellow  on  the  sides  and  anterior  edge. 
The  elytra  are  thickly  covered  with  small  punctures, 
which  have  a  tendency  to  form  lines  :  the  colour  is 
yellow,  with  the  region  of  the  scutellum,  and  a  curv- 
ed band  behind  the  middle,  green. 


'LATE   15. 


\ 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  213 

MACRASPIS  FUCATA. 

PLATE  XV.  FIG.  2. 
C«tonia  fucata,  Fabr  —  -Cetonia  quadrivittata,  Olivier. 

The  most  obvious  character  in  this  genus  is  that 
which  has  suggested  the  name,*  viz.  the  great  size 
of  the  scutellum,  which  equals  at  least  a  third  of 
that  of  the  elytra.  The  projecting  point  -of  the 
sternum  reaches  to  the  insertion  of  the  anterior 
legs,  and  in  many  instances  extends  beyond  that 
point.  The  form  of  the  body  is  in  general  shorter 
and  more  rounded  than  in  Rutela.  The  species 
amount  to  near  thirty,  and  they  are  confined  to  the 
tropical  regions  of  the  New  World.  The  most  com- 
mon in  the  interior  of  Brazil  is  M.  clavata,  which 
is  often  observed  in  the  morning,  suspended  in 
great  numbers  to  the  leaves  of  trees,  around  which 
they  fly  during  the  day,  and  consume  the  flowers. 
The  species  figured  has  the  same  habits,  but  it  is 
much  rarer,  and  appears  later  in  the  year.  It  is 
about  ten  lines  in  length,  of  a  deep  black  colour, 
very  highly  polished  on  the  surface,  and  thickly  co- 
vered with  very  minute  punctures.  The  thorax  is 
margined  with  deep  yellow,  and  there  are  two  broad 
stripes  of  the  same  colour  on  each  wing-case,  which 
unite  behind. 


From  fixKgos,  long,  and  a<rr/;,  a 


214  KATUEAL    HISTORY   OF 

MELOLONTHA  FULLO. 

PLATE  XV.  FIG.  3  and  4. 
Scarabaeus  Fullo,  Linn — Donovan'*  Brit.  Iniectt,\v  p 

The  genus  Melolontha,*  of  which  the  common 
Cockchafer  affords  a  familiar  example,  has  anten- 
nae consisting  of  ten  joints,  with  five  or  seven  of  the 
uppermost  produced  into  thin  leaflets  in  the  male, 
while  in  the  females  only  four  (sometimes  six)  are 
a  little  produced.  All  the  claws  are  of  equal  size, 
and  terminate  in  a  simple  point,  with  a  small  tooth 
on  the  under  side  near  the  base.  As  constituted 
by  the  older  Entomologists,  it  formed  a  very  exten- 
sive genus ;  but  in  its  present  restricted  acceptation, 
it  scarcely  includes  more  than  a  dozen  species.  Of 
these,  by  far  the  most  common  is  M.  vulgaris  (com- 
mon Cockchafer),  which  occurs  abundantly  in  many 
parts  of  England,  Ireland,  and  the  Continent,  but  is 
comparatively  rare  in  Scotland.f  The  perfect  insect 

*  The  term  is  derived  from  ^Xia,  on  apple-tree,  and 
etv^ws,  a  flowering  or  inflorescence,  because  the  insects  it  an- 
ciently  denoted,  either  were  supposed  to  be  produced  from 
the  flowers  of  fruit-trees,  or  were  accustomed  to  resort  to 
them  for  food. 

•f-  The  common  cockchafer  sometimes  abounds  in  Dum- 
friesshire :  many  hundreds  of  the  grubs  were  turned  up 
while  digging  the  foundation  of  the  Mansion-house  of 
Jardine  Hall — ED. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  215 

subsists  on  the  leaves  of  trees,  out  in  the  state  of 
grub  it  consumes  the  roots  of  grass  and  other  her- 
baceous plants.  Its  ravages,  both  in  the  early  and 
final  stage  of  its  life,  have  often  been  described,  and 
are  unhappily  better  known  than  any  efficient  re- 
medy of  easy  application.  The  beautiful  species 
represented  (fig.  3,  male ;  fig.  4,  female)  is  either 
not  of  such  destructive  propensities,  or,  what  is 
more  probable,  too  limited  in  numbers  to  accomplish 
much  mischief.  In  this  country  especially,  it  is  of 
very  rare  occurrence,  and  as  the  few  examples  that 
have  occurred  were  generally  found  on  the  sea* 
shore,  it  has  been  questioned  whether  its  appear- 
ance ought  not  to  be  ascribed  to  accidental  causes, 
rather  than  to  its  being  strictly  a  native  of  this 
country.  It  is  nearly  an  inch  and  a  half  in  length, 
of  a  dark-brown  colour,  having  the  whole  upper 
surface  irregularly  marked  with  patches  and  spots 
of  white.  There  is  a  pretty  regular  line  of  white 
down  the  middle  of  the  thorax,  and  another,  less 
regular,  on  each  side  of  it.  The  antennae  and 
legs  are  reddish  brown.  It  is  found  occasionally 
in  France,  and  in  the  more  southern  countries  of 
Europe. 


216  TTATUKAL    HISTORY   OP 

GOLIATH  US  MAGNUS. 
PLATE  XVI. 

Cetonia  goliata,  Fair — Cetonia  Goliathus,  Olivier,  i.  N», 
6,  pi.  5,  fig.  33 — Drury's  Illustrations,  i.  pi.  31. 

This  genus,  which  was  established  by  Lamarck,  con- 
tains a  few  very  large  and  striking  species  belonging 
to  the  family  Cetonidae.  The  most  obvious  mark 
by  which  it  may  be  recognised  is  the  anterior  part 
of  the  head,  which  is  dilated  and  divided  into  two 
broad  divergent  lobes  in  front,  in  the  form  of  obtuse 
or  truncated  horns ;  and  there  are  two  smaller  late- 
ral ones  near  the  middle  of  the  head.  The  thorax 
approaches  to  orbicular,  but  is  somewhat  narrowed 
in  front.  Of  the  species  represented,  the  only  spe- 
cimen with  which  we  are  acquainted  is  that  pre- 
served in  the  Hunterian  Museum,  Glasgow.  It 
was  found  on  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  and  is  pro- 
bably the  same  from  which  Olivier  and  Drury  made 
their  drawings.  The  latter  states  that  the  insect 
which  he  figured  was  found  floating  dead  in  the 
river  Gaboon,  opposite  Prince's  Island,  near  the 
equinoctial  line.  The  antennae  and  head  are  nearly 
black,  but  the  surface  of  the  latter  is  thickly  cover- 
ed with  whitish  scales.  The  thorax  is  dark  brown, 
with  the  sides  dirty  white,  and  five  broad  waved 
lines  of  the  same  colour  along  the  disk,  the  two  la- 
teral ones  uniting  with  the  white  margin.  The  ely- 


PLATE   16. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  217 

*ra  are  reddish  brown,  with  a  streak  ot  white  acrosi 
*he  base:  the  scutellum  is  likewise  margined  with 
white,  and  has  a  narrow  patch  of  the  same  down 
the  middle.  The  under  side  and  thighs  are  black, 
with  a  mixture  of  green ;  the  other  parts  of  the  leg 
are  black. 

Many  of  the  most  ornamental  of  the  lamellicorn 
beetles  are  arranged  in  the  extensive  genus  Ceto- 
nia,  and  others  closely  allied,  which  have  recently 
been  separated  from  it.  The  true  Cetoniae  present 
the  following  characters : — body  nearly  ovate,  ra- 
ther obtuse  behind,  the  back  somewhat  depressed : 
thorax  gradually  widening  towards  the  hinder  mar- 
gin, which  forms  the  base  of  a  triangle  with  the 
apex  truncated :  scutellum  distinct :  mentum  never 
transverse,  and  more  or  less  emarginate  in  the  mid- 
dle of  its  upper  edge :  terminal  lobe  of  the  maxillae 
ending  in  a  tuft  of  fine  hair.  In  the  perfect  state, 
these  insects  feed  on  vegetable  juices  and  the  honey 
of  flowers.  Rosel  informs  us  that  he  kept  the  species 
known  in  this  country  by  the  name  of  Rosechafer 
alive  for  upwards  of  three  years,  by  feeding  it  with 
fruit  and  moistened  white  bread.  The  species  are  nu- 
merous, amounting  to  upwards  of  130,  and  in  many 
of  them,  as  Mr  Macleay  has  remarked,  nothing  can 
exceed  the  beauty  and  lustre  of  the  polish,  or  the 
admirable  variety  of  ornament,  with  which  their  ely- 
tra are  adorned.  They  occur  in  almost  every  coun- 
try, except  in  the  colder  parts  of  the  temperate 
zone,  and  the  regions  verging  towards  the  poles, 


218  NATURAL   HISTORY  OF 

Only  two  are  known  to  inhabit  Britain,  and  thest 
may  almost  be  said  to  be  confined  to  the  southern 
division  of  the  island ;  for  although  the  most  com- 
mon (  C.  aurata)  has  been  noticed  in  Scotland,  its 
occurrence  is  extremely  rare.  A  few  fine  species 
inhabit  the  south  of  France  and  the  eastern  coun- 
tries of  Europe,  and  a  considerable  number  are 
found  in  America,  particularly  in  Mexico.  They 
are  rather  scarce,  however,  in  Brazil,  and  such  as 
are  found  there  do  not  seem  to  multiply  to  the  same 
extent  as  they  do  in  most  other  places.  Java  and 
the  East  Indies  are  likewise  rich  in  these  insects, 
and  the  former  contains  a  generic  group  {Macro- 
nota,  Weid.)  very  nearly  related  to  the  true  Ceto- 
niae,  which  is  peculiar  to  the  country.  But  their 
metropolis,  or  characteristic  locality,  appears  to  be 
the  southern  parts  of  Africa,  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  New  Holland  also 
produces  several  beautifully  marked  species. 

CETONIA  FASCICULARIS. 
PLATE  XVII.  Fie.  1. 

Scarabseus  fascicularis,  Linn — Drury'*  lllus.  pi.  33,  fig.  2.— 
Olivier,  ii.  No.  6,  pi.  11,  fig.  108. 

The  head,  scutellum,  and  thorax  of  this  beautiful 
insect  are  deep  black  and  shining :  the  latter  with 
four  deeply  impressed  longitudinal  lines,  which  are 
filled  with  very  minute  white  scales.  The  elytra 


PLATE   17. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSEC.TS.  219 

are  of  a  fine  deep  green,  not  shining,  the  surface 
somewhat  rough  and  corrugated.  The  under  side 
of  the  body  is  thickly  clothed  with  tawny  hairs,  dis- 
posed in  tufts  round  the  sides  of  the  abdomen. 
The  legs  are  black.  It  is  a  native  of  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope. 

CETONIA  MACLEAYI. 

PLATE  XVII.  FIG.  2. 
JTirfy,  Linn.  Trans,  xii.  p.  408,  pi.  21,  fig.  11. 

This  insect  is  depressed,  very  smooth  and  shin- 
ing, of  a  golden  green,  approaching  to  emerald  green. 
The  head  and  antennae  are  black,  and  the  thorax 
has  a  large  discoidal  spot  of  the  same  colour,  which 
is  narrowed  in  front.  The  elytra  have  a  large 
quadrate  spot  of  black  on  each  side  of  the  scutel- 
lum,  and  there  are  two  others  towards  the  apex 
which  nearly  meet  and  form  a  broad  band.  The 
tibiae  and  tarsi  are  of  a  chestnut  colour,  and  the 
segments  of  the  abdomen  are  margined  with  black. 

u  This  beautiful  insect,"  says  Mr  Kirby,  in  the 
paper  above  referred  to,  which  has  supplied  us  with 
the  annexed  figure,  "  was  brought  from  Manilla  by 
Mr  Simon  Davidson,  Surgeon  in  the  Royal  Navy, 
who  purchased  several  of  them  in  a  shop,  where 
its  elytra,  and  those  of  some  splendid  I3uprestest 
were  sold  as  ornaments  for  ladies  head-dresses." 


NATURAL    HISTORY   OF 

CETONIA  DISCOIDEA. 
PLATE  XVII.  FIG.  3. 

Cetonia  velutina,  Olivier,  ii.  pi.  12,  fig.  114. 

The  length  of  this  species  is  between  seven  and 
eight  lines.  The  head,  thorax,  and  scutellum  are 
velvet  black,  and  unspotted.  The  elytra  are  like- 
wise velvet  black,  with  the  whole  of  the  base  red, 
except  the  region  of  the  scutellum  ;  the  outer  mar- 
gin is  of  the  latter  colour  from  the  shoulder  to  a 
little  beyond  the  middle,  where  there  is  a  broad 
band  of  red  interrupted  at  the  suture.  The  under 
parts  and  legs  are  shining  black.  It  is  found  at  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

CETONIA  AUSTRALASIA. 

PLATE  XVII.  FIG.  4. 
Schyzorhina  Australasia,  Kirby — Dejean's  Catal. 

This  curiously  marked  species  is  a  native  of  New 
Holland.  The  surface  is  depressed,  and  remark- 
ably smooth  and  glossy.  The  anterior  part  of  the 
head  is  yellow,  with  two  small  spots  of  black.  The 
head  from  before  the  eyes,  and  the  thorax,  are 
black ;  the  latter  having  a  stripe  of  yellow  running 
along  the  sides  and  front,  a  line  of  the  same  down 
the  middle,  and  an  arched  stripe  across  the  base, 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  221 

which  is  not  united  with  the  others :  there  is  a 
small  spot  of  black  in  the  yellow  margin  before  the 
middle.  The  scutellum  is  black,  with  an  oblong 
patch  of  yellow.  The  elytra  are  deep  chestnut-red, 
approaching  to  black  at  the  apex,  with  two  curved 
lines  of  yellow  down  the  middle  of  each,  which  are 
attenuated  behind,  and  generally  united  to  a?  cross 
stripe  of  the  same  colour,  from  the  suture :  there  is 
also  a  stripe  of  yellow  round  the  hinder  margin  of 
each  wing-case,  which  terminates  before  the  middle, 
where  it  is  dilated  into  a  triangular  spot  with  the 
apex  directed  inwards.  The  under  side  is  black, 
curiously  variegated  with  yellow.  The  legs  are 
chestnut-red,  the  hinder  thighs  striped  with  yellow. 

GYMNETIS  NERVOSA. 
PLATE  XVII.  FIG.  5. 

This  genus  is  easily  distinguished  from  Cetonia, 
by  having  the  thorax  produced  in  the  middle  behind 
into  an  angle  which  occupies  the  place  of  the  scu- 
tellum. About  fifty  different  kinds  are  known,  by 
far  the  greater  part  of  which  belong  to  tropical 
America.  The  species  named  nervosa  is  entirely  of 
a  reddish-brown  colour,  having  the  upper  surface 
variegated  with  linear  and  angular  patches  of  black. 
The  under  side  and  legs  are  black. 


222  NATURAL  HISTOEY  OP 

GYMNETIS  MARMOREA. 

PLATE  XVII.  FIG.  6. 
Cetonia  marmorea,  Olivier,  ii.  pi.  2,  fig.  110. 

The  prevailing  colour  is  fine  yellow,  the  surface 
polished  and  shining.  The  whole  body  is  variegated 
with  black  markings,  arranged  in  a  manner  some- 
what similar  to  those  in  the  preceding  species,  but 
having  a  greater  tendency  to  run  together  and  form 
patches.  The  under  parts  of  the  body,  and  the  legs, 
are  deep  black  and  very  glossy.  It  is  a  native  of 
Brazil. 

Having  now  illustrated  at  considerable  length  the 
first  tribe  or  principal  division  of  the  lamellicornes, 
we  shall  proceed  to  give  some  examples  of  the  se- 
cond, which  corresponds,  as  was  already  mentioned, 
to  the  genus  Lucanus  of  Linnaeus.  The  LUCANID^? 
have  ten-jointed  antennae,  the  club  or  thickehed 
portion  of  which  consists  of  long  teeth  or  leaflets 
arranged  on  an  axis  in  the  manner  of  a  comb  (Plate 
XVIII.  left-hand  Jig.).  The  mandibles  are  usually 
of  very  large  size  in  the  male,  and  furnished  with 
strong  teeth,  which  renders  their  appearance  rather 
more  formidable  than  that  of  most  other  beetles. 
The  tarsi  terminate  in  two  simple  claws,  having 
two  strong  bristles  placed  between  them. 


PLATE  18 


COLEOPTEROUS   IK  SECTS.  223 

CHIASOGNATHUS  CHILOENSIS. 
PLATE  XVIII.  FIG.  1. 

Tetrophthalma  chiloensis,  Lesson's  Jllus.  de  Zoologic,  pi.  24 
— Chiasognathus  Grantii?  Cambridge  Phil.  Trans,  iv. 
pi.  9  and  10. 

This  singular  genus  is  characterised  by  the  length 
of  the  mandibles,  which  equals  or  exceeds  that  of 
the  whole  body,  and  by  the  extraordinary  elonga- 
tion of  the  lowest  joint  of  the  antenna,  which  is 
ornamented  with  a  tuft  of  hairs  at  its  tip.  It  was 
established  by  Mr  Stephens  on  an  insect  received 
from  the  island  of  Chiloe,  and  its  characters  pub- 
lished in  the  Cambridge  Philosophical  Transactions 
for  1831.*  More  recently  M.  Lesson  has  figured 
an  insect  which  obviously  belongs  to  the  same  ge- 
nus, although  he  has  thought  proper  to  distinguish 
it  by  a  new  name.  Indeed  it  is  extremely  probable 
that  it  is  the  same  species  as  that  described  by  Mr 
Stephens ;  but  as  it  differs  in  a  few  minute  particu- 
lars, it  will  be  better  in  the  mean  time  to  retain  its 
distinctive  name.  Lesson's  insect  is  represented 
by  the  accompanying  figure.  The  mandibles  are 
bronzed  green ;  the  head  violet  blue ;  the  thorax 

*  The  generic  name  refers  to  the  form  of  the  mandibles, 
which  are  incurved  at  the  tip,  and  cross  over  each  other, 
being  derived  from  x<«?«,  to  lie  crosswise,  and  yvafas,  the 
jav. 


224  NATURAL    HISTOEY    OF 

green,  with  coppery  and  violet-blue  reflections  on 
the  sides ;  the  elytra  bright  chestnut  red  ;  the  legs 
green,  with  the  under  side  of  the  thighs  reddish. 
As  with  other  lucanideous  insects,  its  food  consists 
of  the  flowing  sap  of  trees,  and  it  is  said  to  frequent 
the  araucarias  and  other  green  trees  in  the  island 
of  Chiloe. 

LUCANUS  CERVUS,  OR  STAG  BEETLE. 
PLATE  XVIII.  FIG.  2. 

Donovan's  Brit.  Insects,  i.  pi.  13 — Lucanus  inermis,  Don. 
xii.  pi.  400 — Marxham's  Entom.  Brit. 

In  this  genus  the  four  terminal  joints  of  the  an- 
tennae are  produced  on  one  side ;  the  eyes  are  not 
divided  by  the  margin  of  the  head ;  the  latter  is  as 
wide  as  the  thorax,  and  in  some  instances  wider  ;  and 
the  maxillae  terminate  in  a  slender  lobe  without  cor- 
neous teeth.  The  species  figured  is  the  well-known 
Stag-beetle  of  this  country.  It  occurs  in  consider- 
able plenty  in  several  of  the  southern  counties,  but 
has  not  been  observed  in  the  north  of  England,  nor 
in  Scotland.  It  is  likewise  found  on  the  Continent, 
and  the  larva  is  considered  by  some  to  be  the  Cos- 
sits  of  the  ancient  Romans,  which  is  described  as  a 
white  worm  living  in  the  interior  of  oak  trees,  and 
which  was  much  coveted  as  a  delicious  food  by 
these  refined  epicures.  The  male  is  about  two 
inches  in  length,  including  the  mandibles.  It  is 


COLEOPTEROVS    INSECTS  225 

entirely  of  a  brownish -black  colour,  the  surface 
shining  and  thickly  covered  with  small  punctures. 
The  female  is  considerably  less,  the  mandibles  are 
quite  short,  and  the  head  is  proportionally  much 
smaller. 

"  I  believe  it  has  been  supposed  by  several  wri- 
ters," says  Mr  Waterhouse,  "  that  the  mandibles 
of  the  stag-beetle  are  designed  for  perforating  the 
bark  of  trees,  and  thus  causing  the  sap  to  flow,  on 
which  the  insect  is  said  to  feed ;  but  I  do  not  re- 
collect ever  seeing  this  confirmed  on  positive  au- 
thority. During  the  past  summer  I  kept  a  stag- 
beetle  alive  for  several  weeks:  I  allowed  him  to 
bite  my  finger  with  his  mandibles,  which  he  did 
with  great  strength  and  perseverance  for  some  se- 
conds ;  and  immediately,  on  relaxing  his  hold,  ap- 
plied alternately  one  of  his  antennae,  and  the  galea 
of  his  maxillae,  to  the  indentation,  as  if  to  ascertain 
whether  any  moisture  was  flowing  from  the  wound. 
The  stag-beetle  has  a  small  patch  of  golden  coloured 
hair  near  the  base  of  the  fore  leg,  the  use  of  which, 
I  believe,  has  never  been  pointed  out ; — it  is  evi- 
dently for  the  purpose  of  cleaning  the  antennae, 
which,  after  touching  saccharine  fluids,  become 
sticky.  The  insect  does  this  in  the  most  adroit 
manner,  bending  back  the  antenna  and  placing  it 
beneath  the  leg,  and  then  drawing  it  out  slowly. 
The  specimen  which  I  had  became  after  a  time 
tame  and  playful,  sometimes  amusing  himself  by 
tossing  about  a  ball  of  cotton  with  his  horns.  He 


226  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

was  very  fond  of  sugar  moistened,  and  the  juice  of 
raspberries."* 


The  second  primary  section  of  the  order  Cole- 
optera,  as  established  on  the  number  of  joints  in 
the  tarsi,  includes  all  the  kinds  which  have  five  ar- 
ticulations in  the  first  four  tarsi,  and  four  in  the 
hindmost  pair ;  it  is  named 

HETEROMERA.f 

As  an  example  of  this  section,  we  shall  first 
mention  the  genus  Horia,  of  which  the  characters 
are  so  distinct  that  it  forms  a  tribe  by  itself.  It 
is  easily  known  by  the  structure  of  the  claws,  which 
are  deeply  serrated  on  the  under  side,  and  each  of 
them  accompanied  by  a  long  narrow  ap- 
pendage, as  represented  by  the  adjoining 
)  figure.  The  mandibles  are  strong,  and 
stand  out  from  the  head.  The  palpi  are 
filiform,  and  the  thorax  is  square. 

*  Entomological  Magazine,  No.  C,  p.  59. 
•j*  From  trt^of,  different,  and  ^sgof,  a  joint. 


PLATE   1<). 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTs 


HORIA  MACULATA. 
PLATE  XIX.  FIG.  1. 

It  is  about  sixteen  lines  in  length,  of  a  uniform 
reddish-yellow  colour,  with  seven  spots  of  black  on 
each  wing-case,  six  of  which  are  arranged  in  pairs, 
and  the  seventh  occupies  the  apex.  The  mandibles 
and  antennae  are  shining  black,  and  the  legs  are  of 
the  same  colour,  except  the  base  of  the  thighs, 
which  is  the  same  as  the  body.  According  to  the 
observations  of  Lansdown  Guilding,  this  insect  de- 
posits its  eggs  in  the  nest  of  the  carpenter-bees 
(chiefly  in  that  of  Xylocopa  Teredo),  arid  when  the 
larvae  are  excluded,  they  consume  the  food  which 
the  bee  provides  for  its  proper  offspring.  It  is  not 
rare  in  the  vicinity  of  Rio  Janeiro  and  other  parts 
of  tropical  America,  and  is  usually  found  under  the 
bark  of  trees.  It  moves  but  slowly  both  when 
walking  and  flying,  and  when  handled  emits  a  yel- 
lowish liquid  from  its  mouth  of  a  peculiar  odour. 

MELOE  VARIEGATUS. 
PLATE  XIX.  FIG.  2,  FEMALE. 

Donovan,  ii.  pi.  67- — Linn.  Trans,  xi.  37,  pi.  6,  fig.  1,  2. — 
Meloe  scabrosus,  Marsham — M.  mayalis,  Olivier.  * 

This  and  the  following  genera  are  two  of  the  most 


228  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

conspicuous  in  the  tribe  of  CANTHARIDJE,  or  blis- 
tering beetles,  many  of  which  are  so  much  cele- 
brated for  their  vesicatory  properties.  The  group 
is  well  distinguished  by  the  hooks  of  the  tarsi,  which 
are  so  deeply  divided  that  they  appear  double.  The 
present  genus  is  destitute  of  wings,  and  the  elytra 
are  of  an  oval  or  triangular  form,  the  one  overlap- 
ping the  other  at  the  base,  and  they  diverge  widely 
from  each  other  at  the  tip.  They  leave  a  consider- 
able portion  of  the  abdomen  uncovered,  especially 
in  the  female,  which  has  that  part  of  the  body 
unusually  large.  The  most  singular  circumstance 
in  the  natural  history  of  these  insects,  is  the  sup- 
posed parasitical  nature  of  the  larvae,  which  are  said 
to  adhere  to  the  bodies  of  flies  and  bees,  and  to  live 
upon  their  juices,  which  they  extract  by  suction.  But 
the  observations  on  which  this  opinion  is  founded 
are  far  too  inconclusive  to  establish  its  truth.  They 
are  characteristic  of  European  countries,  the  greater 
number  occurring  in  Spain  and  Britain.  Among  the 
latter  is  the  species  figured,  which  is  of  a  brassy 
lustre,  variegated  with  tints  of  purple  and  violet. 
The  thorax  and  elytra  are  dark  copper  colour, 
glossed  on  the  sides  with  violet ;  the  former  covered 
with  punctures,  and  the  latter  with  small  tubercles 
which  often  run  together  and  make  the  surface 
rough.  The  abdomen  is  likewise  rough  ;  the  co- 
lour dark  green,  with  the  hinder  margin  of  the  seg- 
ments coppery  and  violescent.  The  under  side  is 
golden  colour  and  purple ;  the  legs  black,  inclining 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  229 

to  violet.  It  is  the  most  beautiful  of  the  genus, 
and  is  found  in  the  South  of  England,  but  not  fre- 
quently. The  most  common  species  is  M.  prosca- 
rabaeus. 


CANTHAIUS  VESICATORIA,  on  BLISTER 
BEETLE. 

PLATE  XIX.  FIG.  3. 
Meloe  vesicatorius,  Linn — Lytta  vesicatoria,  Fab. 

This  is  the  well-known  Blister-beetle,  or  Spanish 
fly.  It  is  entirely  of  a  golden  green,  with  the  an- 
tennae black.  The  head  has  a  deeply  impressed 
line  in  the  middle  behind,  and  the  surface  of  the 
thorax  is  rather  unequal.  The  elytra  are  corru- 
gated like  the  surface  of  a  piece  of  leather,  and  two 
or  three  raised  longitudinal  lines  are  observable  on 
each.  The  length  is  from  six  to  ten  lines.  Ac- 
cording to  Latreille,  they  appear  in  France  about 
the  period  of  the  summer  solstice,  and  are  found  in 
greatest  abundance  on  the  ash  and  lilac,  on  the 
leaves  of  which  they  feed.  In  Spain,  where  they 
are  rather  more  plentiful  than  in  other  parts  of  Eu- 
rope, they  are  usually  collected  for  commercial  pur- 
poses in  the  month  of  June,  when  they  assemble  in 
order  to  pair.  They  are  shaken  from  the  branches 
of  the  shrubs  which  they  frequent,  and  received  in 
sheets  spread  on  the  ground.  They  are  killed  by 
being  held  in  hair  sieves  over  the  fumes  of  vinegar, 


230  NATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

and  afterwards  dried,  either  by  exposure  to  the  sun, 
or  by  being  placed  on  hurdles  covered  with  cloth  or 
paper  in  a  well-ventilated  apartment.  The  blister- 
ing property  has  been  ascertained  to  reside  in  a  pe- 
culiar principle,  on  which  chemists  have  bestowed 
the  name  of  Cantkaradine. 


CANTHARIS  NUTTALLI. 

PLATE  XTX.  FIG.  4. 
Lytta  Nuttalli,  Say's  American  Entomology. 

Head  and  thorax  deep  green  tinted  with  golden 
yellow,  the  latter  with  unequal  scattered  punctures, 
a  longitudinal  line  in  the  middle,  and  another  across 
the  base.  The  elytra  are  deep  red  or  purple  with 
a  golden  gloss,  the  surface  rough  ;  having  two  slight- 
ly elevated  lines  along  the  disk  of  each,  and  another 
near  the  margin.  The  under  parts  of  the  body  are 
bright  green,  the  legs,  antennae,  and  palpi  nearly 
black. 

"  This  noble  species,"  says  the  American  Ento- 
mologist, to  whom  we  have  been  indebted  for  the 
accompanying  figure,  "  which  far  surpasses  the  far- 
famed  Vesicatoria,  has,  I  understand,  been  labelled 
in  a  British  cabinet  with  the  name  I  have  here 
adopted,  in  honour  of  Mr  Thomas  Nuttall,  who  dis- 
covered it.  It  seems  to  be  limited  to  the  western 
region.  In  company  with  Major  Long,  I  observed 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  231 

it,  for  the  first  time,  near  the  base  of  tne  Rocky 
Mountains.  A  very  numerous  flock  had  there  taken 
possession  of  the  few  diminutive  bushes  that  oc- 
curred within  the  space  of  a  hundred  yards,  every 
spray  of  which  was  burdened  with  their  numbers. 
After  passing  this  limited  district,  not  an  individual 
was  seen  during  the  remainder  of  the  journey.  On 
the  recent  expedition  of  the  same  officer  to  the 
river  St  Peter,  I  obtained  but  a  single  specimen, 
which  was  found  one  evening  at  an  encampment  in 
the  North- West  Territory." 


The  next  primary  division  of  this  order  contains 
all  beetles  which  have  four  joints  in  each  foot,  and 
is  accordingly  named 

TETRAMERA. 

An  extensive  family  of  this  division  have  the 
head  elongated  into  a  kind  of  snout  or  beak ;  these 
constituted  the  Linnaean  genus  Curculio,  and  in  this 
country  are  named  weevih.  They  are  very  nume- 
rous, amounting  to  nearly  three  thousand.  They 
invariably  feed  on  vegetable  substances,  and  many 
of  them  commit  much  injury  to  the  produce  of  our 
fields  and  gardens.  The  genus  APODERUS  is  distin- 
guished by  the  length  of  the  neck,  which  is  united 
to  the  thorax  by  a  kind  of  rotula.  The  rostrum  is 


232  NATUEAL    HISTORY    OF 

short  and  thick,  and  somewhat  widened  at  the  ex- 
tremity. The  species  are  generally  of  small  size, 
but  many  of  them  are  ornamented  with  agreeable 
colours. 


APODERUS  LONGICOLLIS. 
PLATE  XX.  FIG.  1. 

Olivier,  v.  No.  81,  pi.  1,  fig.  25 — Attelabus  longicollia, 
Fair.  Syst.  Elcuth. 

The  ordinary  length  is  between  four  and  five 
lines.  The  colour  of  the  upper  parts  of  the  body 
is  reddish  yellow,  the  under  side  of  a  paler  hue. 
The  neck  is  remarkably  long,  and  brownish  black. 
The  elytra  are  very  convex  behind,  marked  with 
punctured  lines,  and  numerous  impressed  points  of  a 
considerable  size.  It  is  found  in  the  East  Indies. 

APODERUS  GEMMATUS. 
PLATE  XX.  FIG.  2. 

O/tt/iffr,  v.  No.  81,  pi.  1,  fig.  16 — Attelabus  gemmatus. 
Fabr. 

The  figure  in  the  accompanying  plate  represents 
this  insect  considerably  enlarged,  its  natural  length 
seldom  exceeding  three  lines.  The  colour  is  rust- 
red  inclining  to  yellow,  the  antennae  black.  The 
thorax  and  elytra  are  pretty  thickly  covered  with 


PLATE   20 


. 

Of    Ti-f  r 

UNIVEES1 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  233 

black  tubercles,  of  which  several  of  those  on  the 
elytra  are  rounded,  and  arranged  in  rows.  The 
under  side  and  legs  are  pale  yellow.  It  occurs  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

APODERUS  RUFICOLLIS. 

PLATE  XX.   FIG.  3. 

Olivier,  v.   No.  81,   pi.   1,   fig.  15 — Attelabus  ruficollis, 
Fair,  Spec.  Insect. 

The  head  of  this  species,  which  is  said  to  be  a 
native  of  Siberia,  is  reddish  in  front  and  black  be- 
hind ;  the  antennae  are  of  the  latter  colour,  with  the 
base  red.  The  thorax  is  red  and  unspotted.  The 
elytra  are  smooth  and  shining,  of  a  fine  blue,  faintly 
marked  with  punctures  which  form  indistinct  lines. 
The  under  side  of  the  abdomen  is  black,  with  the 
margin  reddish.  The  legs  are  of  the  latter  colour. 
It  is  between  two  and  three  lines  long. 

In  the  genus  RHYNCHITES  the  head  is  inserted 
into  the  thorax  as  far  as  the  eyes,  and  the  rostrum 
is  a  little  enlarged  at  the  extremity.  The  abdomen 
is  nearly  square.  About  seventeen  different  kinds 
inhabit  Britain,  and  many  of  these  are  insects  of 
great  beauty,  especially  R.  Bacchus,  which  is  found 
chiefly  in  the  county  of  Kent. 


234  NATURAL    HISTOEY   OP 

RHYNCHITES  POPULI. 

PLATE  XX.  FIG.  4. 
Curculio  populi,  Linn.  Degeer. — Attelabus  populi,  Fabr. 

In  this  well-known  species  the  body  is  smooth 
and  shining,  of  a  golden-green  or  bluish  tint  on  the 
upper  side,  and  dark  violet  colour  beneath  ;  the  an- 
tennae and  tarsi  black.  The  elytra  are  rather  irre- 
gularly punctured.  In  one  of  the  sexes  there  is  an 
acute  spine  on  each  side  of  the  thorax,  projecting 
forwards.  The  ordinary  length  of  the  insect  is  nearly 
three  lines.  It  is  found  on  poplar  and  birch  trees, 
in  England  and  on  the  Continent  of  Europe. 

JIHYNCHITES  PUBESCENS. 

PLATE  XX.  FIG.  5. 
Attelabus  pubescens,  Fabr. 

The  body  is  rather  more  elongate  in  proportion 
to  its  breadth  than  in  the  preceding  species.  The 
whole  body  is  of  a  deep  violet  colour,  and  clothed 
with  rather  long  hairs.  The  snout  is  shorter  than 
the  thorax,  and,  together  with  the  antennae,  black. 
The  elytra  are  marked  with  regular  punctured  lines. 
The  legs  are  the  same  colour  as  the  body,  but  the 
tarsi  are  black.  Length  three  lines.  It  inhabits 
France.  Germany,  and  England. 


S^-Dommgo. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  235 

RHYNCHITES  COLLARIS. 

PLATE  XX.  FJG.  6. 
Antribus  collaris,  Fabr.  Syst.  Eleuth. 

The  body  of  this  small  insect  is  covered  with 
short  pubescence :  the  snout  is  rather  long,  de- 
pressed at  the  apex,  and  of  a  black  colour,  as  well 
as  the  antennae.  The  thorax  is  very  smooth,  and 
reddish :  the  elytra  deep  blue,  pretty  regularly  stri- 
ated :  the  under  side  and  legs  black.  Found  in 
Carolina. 

The  very  remarkable  genus  BRENTUS  has  filiform 
antennae,  occasionally  with  the  last  joint  thickened 
— the  rostrum  very  long  and  advanced — the  whole 
body  unusually  narrow,  and  the  penultimate  joint 
of  the  tarsi  bilobed. 

BRENTUS  ANCHORAGO. 

PLATE  XXI.  FIG.  1. 
Curculio  Anchorage,  Linn — Degeer^  Mem.  Insect,  v.  273. 

Body  very  narrow  and  elongate,  shining  black ; 
the  markings  differing  a  little  in  the  two  sexes.  In 
the  male  the  head  has  a  groove  in  front,  which  is 
wanting  in  the  female.  In  the  latter  the  thorax  is 
somewhat  contracted  in  the  middle,  and  in  both 
sexes  it  has  a  groove  extending  from  the  middle  to 


236  NATURAL  HISTORY  or 

the  base.  The  elytra  are  scarcely  wider  tnan  the 
base  of  the  thorax,  deeply  grooved  near  the  suture, 
and  marked  with  punctured  lines  on  the  sides,  each 
of  them  with  two  narrow  lines  of  reddish  yellow. 
The  anterior  thighs  are  furnished  with  a  small  tooth 
on  the  under  side.  Like  all  the  other  species  of  the 
genus,  this  insect  lives  under  bark,  and  is  often  found 
on  the  stems  of  old  trees  congregated  in  hundreds. 

RHINA  BARBIROSTHIS. 
PLATE  XXI.   FIG.  2. 

Latreille,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust,  et  des  Ins,  1 1,  p.  102 — Cur- 
culio  barbirostris,  Fair. 

The  species  given  as  an  example  of  this  genus — 
which  may  be  briefly  characterised  by  the  elongate 
shape  of  the  terminal  joint  of  the  antennae,  and  the 
length  of  the  fore  legs — is  found  at  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope.  It  is  entirely  of  a  black  colour,  ex- 
cept the  hairs  on  the  rostrum,  which  are  reddish 
yellow.  The  rostrum  or  snout  is  longer  than  the 
thorax,  trifid  at  the  point,  and  tuberculated  above. 
The  thorax  is  rough  with  deeply  impressed  punc- 
tures, and  bears  yellowish  hairs  on  the  sides  and 
beneath.  The  elytra  are  marked  with  closely  placed 
lines  of  deep  square  punctures,  the  spaces  between 
which  have  a  few  short  hairs.  The  anterior  legs 
are  much  longer  than  the  others,  and  all  the  tibiae 
are  armed  with  a  few  remote  spines. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  237 

Although  now  much  restricted  in  its  application, 
the  genus  CURCULIO  still  contains  a  great  variety  of 
species.  In  all  of  them  the  penultimate  joint  of  the 
tarsi  is  deeply  bilobed,  and  the  antennae  are  com- 
posed of  eleven  joints,  of  which  the  three  last  form 
a  club.  The  grooves  on  the  sides  of  the  rostrum, 
for  receiving  the  antennte,  are  oblique,  and  converge 
towards  each  other  on  the  under  side.  Many  of 
the  species  are  of  large  size,  and  such  as  frequent 
the  foliage  of  trees  are  often  adorned  in  the  most 
sumptuous  manner.  This  is  particularly  the  case 
with  several  South  American  kinds,  which  are  co- 
vered with  a  coating  of  scales  of  the  most  sparkling 
brilliancy,  equal  to  the  "  illumination  of  all  gems." 
These  are  accordingly  highly  prized  by  collectors, 
a  single  specimen  of  C.  regalis  having  been  once 
sold  at  Paris  for  L.23  sterling.  The  British  weevils 
that  present  most  analogy  to  these  favoured  crea- 
tures belong  to  the  genera  Phyllobius  and  Polydru- 
sus ;  but  though  of  great  beauty,  their  comparatively 
small  size  renders  them  less  striking. 

CURCULIO  CUVIERII. 

PLATE  XXI.   FIG.  3. 
Geonemus  Cuvierii,  Guerin,  Voyage  de  la  Coquillc. 

Of  a  fine  green  colour,  with  a  stripe  of  black 
down  the  middle  of  the  rostrum  and  thorax.  The 
elytra  are  suddenly  narrowed  at  the  apex,  and  have 


238  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF 

a  band  of  black  in  the  centre  of  each,  which  does 
not  reach  the  extremity.  The  under  side  and  legs 
are  green. 

CURCULIO  GEOFFROYII. 

PLATE  XXI.  FIG.  4. 
Geonemus  Geoffroyii,  Voyage  de  la  Coquille. 

Brilliant  green,  glossed  with  violet.  The  rostrum 
has  a  narrow  impressed  line  down  the  middle,  and 
there  is  a  similar  one  in  the  centre  of  the  thorax. 
The  elytra  are  striated,  and  marked  with  four  cross 
bands  of  deep  black,  of  which  the  second  from  the 
base  and  that  next  the  apex  are  abbreviated,  and 
the  third  dilated  on  each  side  of  the  suture.  This 
and  the  preceding  species  were  obtained  in  a  recent 
French  voyage  of  discovery  round  the  world. 

CURCULIO  VITTATUS. 
PLATE  XXI.  FIG.  5. 

Fabriciu*,  Ent.  Syst — Linn.  Syst.  Nai. 

Rostrum  and  thorax  black,  the  surface  smooth 
and  shining :  elytra  with  punctured  lines,  a  broad 
white  stripe  at  the  side  of  the  suture,  a  broader  one 
of  a  red  colour  in  the  middle  of  each,  and  a  third 
narrower  than  the  others,  towards  the  outer  mar- 
gin :  the  apex  greyish :  the  legs  and  belly  black ; 


PLATE     22. 


S  .America.. 


SJW: 


\.Curculio  Ltur&uia.  m  ^ 

_ /  'en/if  ,i  •?.  C(l(ji:('tft/>iwotatus.  J) 

.1.  Curculw  inri-nit>,\-(init.\'.-^.rtj?'<-n/ui  br/t/nieus      ^.CalqndrcLJunM 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  239 

the  sides  of  the  latter  white  or  greenish.  The  lon- 
gitudinal stripes  vary  considerably  in  tint ;  the  cen- 
tral one  is  generally  rose-colour,  and  the  outer  one 
is  frequently  greenish.  The  insect  occurs  in  Ja- 
maica, and  others  of  the  West  Indian  islands. 

CURCULIO  SPHACELATUS. 
PLATE  XXI.  FIG.  6. 

Herlit.  Coleopt.,  vi.  pi.  67,  %•    12 — Olivier,  v.  No.  83, 
pi.  20,  fig.  253. 

The  antennae,  rostrum,  and  thorax,  are  black;  the 
latter,  with  the  sides  and  four  spots  on  the  back, 
white.  The  elytra  are  likewise  black,  irregularly 
punctured,  and  marked  with  two  or  three  spots, 
composed  of  yellowish  scales,  which  are  very  irre- 
gular both  in  form  and  colour,  often  running  toge- 
ther and  forming  large  patches.  The  body  beneath, 
and  the  legs,  are  black,  more  or  less  covered  with 
white  scales.  Found  in  St  Domingo,  and  else- 
where. 

CURCULIO  LATREILLII. 

PLATE  XXII.  FIG.  1. 
Cyphus  Latreillii,  Schanhcrr. 

This  beautiful  insect  is  entirely  of  a  light  green 
glossed  with  golden  yellow,  and  of  great  brilliancy, 


2-40  NATURAL   HISTORY    OF 

The  thorax  has  a  groove  down  the  middle.  The 
elytra  are  prominent  at  the  shoulders,  marked  with 
punctured  lines,  and  having  several  rounded  tuber- 
cles which  are  brownish  or  golden-yellow.  It  is  a 
native  of  Brazil,  and,  like  most  of  its  brilliant  allies, 
is  invariably  found  on  trees,  principally  those  of  the 
genus  Mimosa.  It  is  named  in  honour  of  the  cele- 
brated French  entomologist. 

CURCULIO  SEXDECIMPUNCTATUS. 

PLATE  XXII.  FIG.  2. 
Linn,  Syst.  Nat.  p.  618,  No.  92 — Fabr.  Ent.  Sytt. 

The  whole  body  is  of  a  fine  blue,  a  colour  very  sel- 
dom observed  in  this  tribe.  The  thorax  is  generally 
marked  with  four,  sometimes  with  five  black  spots, 
and  there  are  six  others  on  each  wing-case,  of  which 
two  at  the  suture,  a  little  behind  the  middle,  are 
somewhat  crescent-shaped  and  united.  The  under 
side  is  blue  spotted  with  black ;  the  antennae  are 
of  the  latter  colour.  A  native  of  South  America. 

CURCULIO  MYRMOSARIUS. 

PLATE  XXII.   FIG.  3. 
Rhigus  myrmosarius,  Schcenherr. 

Black,  densely  clothed  with  long   black   hair. 
Head  and  thorax  unspotted  ;  elytra  with  a  streak 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  241 

across  the  base,  and  several  large  spots  of  reddish 
yellow  on  each,  two  of  which  approximate  at  the 
suture,  a  little  behind  the  middle,  and  form  a  heart- 
shaped  spot.  Legs  b-ownish.  It  is  found  in  South 
America. 


CURCbiJO  BRUNNEUS. 
PLATE  XXII.  FIG.  4. 

The  body  of  this  insect,  which  belongs  to  the 
modern  genus  Rhigus,  is  entirely  reddish  brown, 
and  marked  with  numerous  small  black  spots.  The 
elytra  are  acute  at  the  apex,  and  the  legs  are  black. 
Not  having  met  with  any  description  which  could 
be  regarded  as  applying  to  this  species,  we  have 
distinguished  it  by  the  above  specific  name.  It  was 
received  from  Brazil. 

The  genus  CALANDRA  is  known  by  its  nine-joint- 
ed antennae,  inserted  at  the  base  of  the  rostrum,  with 
the  two  last  joints  forming  a  mass.  It  contains 
many  conspicuous  insects,  several  of  which  have 
attracted,  the  attention  of  agriculturists  by  the  injury 
they  occasion  to  corn  and  other  vegetables.  The 
best  known  in  Europe  is  C.  granaria>  one  of  the 
smallest  of  the  genus,  the  larva  of  which  takes  up 
its  abode  in  the  interior  of  a  grain  of  corn,  and 
speedily  consumes  it.  Many  large  and  remarkable 
kinds  are  found  in  tropical  countries,  where  they 
dwell  by  preference  in  the  interior  of  monocotyle- 


242  NATURAL    HISTOET    OP 

donous  plants.  The  most  common  is  C.  Palma-* 
rum,  of  which  the  larva,  known  by  the  name  of  ver- 
palmiste,  is  esteemed  a  delicious  food.  It  is  so 
abundant  in  Guiana,  that  shortly  after  a  palm-tree 
is  cut  down,  especially  the  Maripa  palm,  which  fur- 
nishes the  chou-palmiste,  of  which  a  great  quantity 
is  consumed  in  the  colony,  crowds  of  these  insects 
may  be  seen  collected  upon  its  stem,  and  occupied 
in  penetrating  into  its  interior.*  The  species  re- 
presented is  rather  larger  than  the  Palm-weevil, 
and  is  named 

CALANDltA  HEROS. 

PLATE  XXII.   Fie   5 
Fair. — Olivier,  v.  No.  83,  pi.  20,  fig.  410. 

The  rostrum  is  black  and  cylindrical,  with  a 
small  recurved  piece  on  each  side  at  the  apex.  The 
thorax  is  brownish  black,  clothed  with  a  velvety 
pubescence.  The  elytra  are  likewise  velvety,  but 
of  a  browner  hue  than  the  thorax,  much  shorter 
than  the  abdomen,  and  slightly  striated  on  the  sur- 
face. The  under  parts  of  the  body,  and  the  legs, 
are  black,  the  anterior  tibiae  somewhat  curved  on 
ihe  interior  edge.  It  inhabits  the  East  Indies. 

*  Lacordairee. 


: 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  243 


LONGICORNES. 

One  of  the  most  extensive  and  important  families 
of  the  tetramerous  section  has  received  the  above 
name,  on  account  of  the  great  length  of  the  anten- 
nae. Many  of  the  species  are  of  large  size,  and 
otherwise  remarkable  for  their  forms  and  habits. 
The  larger  and  typical  kinds  are  found  only  in  the 
interminable  forests  of  the  tropics,  where  they  fre- 
quent the  oldest  and  largest  trees.  The  larvae  live 
in  the  interior  of  the  stems,  which  they  perforate 
in  all  directions,  and  hasten  the  process  of  decay. 
In  that  state  they  resemble  a  large  white  worm, 
which  is  destitute  of  feet,  but  is  furnished  with 
means  of  locomotion  much  better  adapted  to  the  ha- 
lts of  animals  which  pass  their  lives  in  cylindrical 
:cavations  not  much  exceeding  their  own  bodies 
in  width.  The  upper  and  under  sides  of  most  of 
the  segments  are  covered  with  small  prominences 
or  asperities.  When  the  insect  wishes  to  advance, 
it  contracts  its  body  by  bringing  the  two  extremities 
towards  each  other,  and,  fixing  its  hinder  end  to  the 
walls  of  its  hole  by  means  of  these  asperities,  it  ex- 
tends the  anterior  part  of  its  body  forwards.  This 
operation  is  repeated  at  each  successive  advance- 
ment. When  the  larva  has  attained  its  full  size,  it 
forms  a  large  cocoon,  composed  chiefly  of  saw-dust 
and  gnawed  portions  of  wood,  in  which  it  changes 
into  a  chrysalis.  Before  assuming  that  state,  it 


244  NATURAL   HISTORY    0? 

never  fails  to  approach  the  mouth  of  its  hole,  that 
there  may  be  no  obstacle  to  the  development  and 
escape  of  the  perfect  beetle,  which  is  of  much  larger 
size  than  the  larva,  and  not  furnished  with  instru- 
ments of  equal  efficiency  for  penetrating  wood.* 

These  insects  lay  a  considerable  number  of  eggs, 
which  they  deposit  in  the  crevices  and  fissures  of 
trees.  They  are  of  an  oblong  form,  and  usually  of 
a  dirty -yellow  colour.  Those  of  some  of  the  larger 
species  are  nearly  equal  in  size  to  the  eggs  of  many 
of  the  smaller  birds.  The  following  figure  on'  the 

left  represents  those  of 
P.giganteus;  but  as  the 
specimens  from  which 
they  are  taken  have 
been  long  preserved, 
they  have  no  doubt  shrunk  considerably  from  their 
original  dimensions. 

Like  the  generality  of  insects  that  deposit  their 
eggs  in  holes  and  narrow  fissures,  into  which  the 
extremity  of  the  body  could  not  readily  be  intro- 
duced, the  female  Prioni  are  provided  with  an  in- 
strument which  issues  from  the  terminal  segment 
of  the  abdomen,  and  forms  a  canal  along  which  the 
egg  slides  in  security  to  the  place  destined  for  its 
reception.  This  instrument  is  of  a  horny  consist- 
ence, and  generally  bears  a  few  small  teeth  or  angu- 
lar projections  at  the  point  on  the  outer  side,  which 

*Olivier's  Entom.  iv.  p.  4. 


I'LATH    27, 


Brazil. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  245 

probably  serve  to  render  it  more  steady  by  adher- 
ing to  the  substance,  into  which  it  is  inserted.  The 
right-hand  figure  represents  this  ovipositor  as  it 
appears  in  P.  armillatus. 

The  largest  and  most  striking  of  these  insects 
compose  the  genus  PRIONUS.  Their  antennae  are 
longer  than  the  head  and  thorax,  and  sometimes 
serrated  or  pectinated ;  whence  the  generic  name, 
from  itpuov,  a  saw.  The  terminal  lobe  of  the  max- 
illae is  as  long  as  the  first  two  joints  of  the  palpi, 
and  the  body  is  depressed,  with  the  thorax  square 
and  spined  or  dentate  on  its  edges. 

PRIONUS  CERVICORNIS. 
PLATE  XXIII. 

Olivier,  66,  pi.  2,  fig,  8,  a,  b. — Cerambyx  cervicornis,  Linn. 
—Merian.  Surin.,  pi.  48.— Macrodontia  cervicornis,  Lepel. 
et  Serv. 

Although  this  insect  is  surpassed  in  size  by  one 
or  two  other  species  of  Prioni,  it  is  the  most  re- 
markable of  the  larger  kinds,  owing  to  its  conspicu- 
ous projecting  mandibles,  and  the  curious  markings 
of  the  elytra.  The  prevailing  colour  of  the  head 
and  thorax  is  rust-brown;  the  former  bears  two 
elevated  longitudinal  lines,  and  the  latter  has  three 
strong  acute  spines  on  each  side,  the  two  anterior 
ones  being  rather  remote  from  each  other,  and  the 
margin  between  them  dentate.  The  mandibles  of- 


246  KATURAL    HISTORY   OP 

ten  exceed  the  length  both  of  the  head  and  thorax 
they  are  strong,  and  bent  towards  each  other,  especi- 
ally at  the  tip;  their  internal  edge  is  deeply  serrated, 
and  one  of  the  teeth  near  the  middle  is  considerably 
longer  than  the  rest :  they  have  likewise  a  strong  tooth 
or  salient  angle  on  the  outer  edge  towards  the  ante- 
rior extremity.  The  elytra  are  dark  brown,  varie- 
gated with  numerous  longitudinal  stripes  of  reddish 
yellow,  which  are  often  interrupted,  and  united  with 
each  other.  The  under  parts  of  the  body,  and  the 
legs,  are  of  a  ferruginous  colour ;  and  the  latter  are 
without  spines.  This  species  varies  much  in  size, 
some  of  the  specimens  which  we  have  seen  measur- 
ing upwards  of  five  inches,  while  others  do  not  ex- 
ceed two  and  three  quarters.  It  is  an  inhabitant 
of  Brazil  and  Cayenne,  where  it  is  universally  known 
by  the  name  of  Mouche  scieur  de  long.  '£ his  ap- 
pellation refers  to  a  very  peculiar  habit  which  the 
insect  is  recorded  to  practise.  It  is  said  to  seize  a 
branch  of  a  tree  or  shrub  between  its  long  and 
powerful  mandibles,  and  to  fly  round  the  enclosed 
twig  till  it  has  succeeded  in  sawing  it  off.  "  Al- 
though I  have  not  myself  been  a  witness  of  this  oc- 
currence," says  M.  Lacordaire,  "  I  am  inclined  to 
believe  it,  both  because  I  have  been  assured  of  its 
truth  by  individuals  worthy  of  credit,  and  because 
I  have  seen  on  several  occasions  branches  cut  in 
the  manner  alluded  to,  and  bearing  the  evident 
marks  of  mandibles  which  must  have  belonged  to 
an  insect  of  the  size  of  this  species."  A  like  prao 


I'l.ATK   1>4. 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  247 

tice  has  been  noticed  in  a  large  species  of  Oncy de- 
res  found  in  Brazil ;  and  it  is  conjectured  that  simi- 
lar observations  will  soon  be  made  in  relation  to 
others  of  the  long-horned  beetles.  The  larva  of 
F.  cervicornis  is  said  to  live  in  the  wood  of  the 
Gossampinus,  and  is  frequently  used  as  an  article 
of  food. 


PRIONUS  CORTICINUS. 
PLATE  XXIV.  FIG.  1. 

The  body  of  this  species  is  rather  depressed.  The 
head  and  antennae  are  brown,  the  former  having  a 
deep  furrow  between  the  eyes,  and  a  dense  tuft  of 
hair  in  front  covering  the  base  of  the  mandibles. 
The  thorax  is  brown,  having  a  few  tubercles  in  the 
middle,  and  several  spines  on  the  sides,  of  which 
that  next  the  hinder  angle  is  longest.  The  elytra 
are  elongate,  and  nearly  of  equal  width  throughout 
their  whole  length ;  they  are  of  a  brown  colour,  and 
have  a  small  spine  at  the  apex  of  each.  The  un- 
der side  of  the  body,  and  the  legs,  are  brown.  It 
is  a  native  of  Cayenne. 

The  tribe  of  Cerambycid&  bears  a  considerable 
resemblance  to  the  preceding  in  the  general  ap- 
pearance of  the  body;  but  they  differ  in  having 
mandibles  of  ordinary  size,  and  nearly  alike  in  the 
two  sexes.  The  eyes  are  notched  on  the  inner  side, 
and  partly  surround  the  base  of  the  antennae ; — and 


248  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

the  latter  are  at  least  as  long  as  the  body.  The 
upper  lip  is  very  large,  and  occupies  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  head.  This  tribe  is  of  great  extent, 
but  a  very  small  proportion  of  the  species  occur  in 
Britain,  their  characteristic  localities  being  in  warm 
countries.  They  are  much  esteemed  by  collectors 
for  their  handsome  proportions,  and  the  beautiful 
combination  of  colours  with  which  many  are  adorn- 
ed. Some  are  remarkable  for  emitting  a  strong 
odour  of  roses,  especially  that  named  moschatus, 
which  occurs  in  considerable  abundance  on  willow- 
trees  in  the  vicinity  of  London.  In  C.  phyllopus, 
a  native  of  Brazil,  this  scent  is  so  strong  that  it  is 
felt  in  walking  through  the  woods  to  a  great  dis- 
tance. They  are  usually  found  in  woods  and  on 
the  trunks  of  trees,  being  very  rarely  seen  on  flow- 
ers, and  they  appear  to  derive  their  chief  nourish- 
ment from  the  sap  that  exudes  from  the  stems. 
The  species  figured  as  an  example  of  this  tribe  is 
named 

LOPHONOCERUS  BARBICORNIS. 
PLATE  XXIV.   FIG.  2. 

Cerambyx  barbicornis,  Olivier,  iv.  No.  67,  pi.  7,  fig.  48.— 
Linn.  Fab. 

This  genus  is  chiefly  distinguished  by  the  circum- 
stance from  which  it  derives  its  name,*  viz.  the 
*  From  A00«,  a  tuft,  and  x^ 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  249 

fascicles  or  tufts  of  hair  with  which  stvera  of  the 
ii'-ierniediate  joints  of  the  antennae  are  garnished. 
The  species  represented  has  the  five  lowest  joints 
thickly  clothed  with  these  hairs,  which  are  of  a  black 
colour;  the  apex  of  the  joints  and  the  six  naked  ones 
e;  She  extremity  are  yellow.  The  head  and  thorax 
are  also  yellow,  the  latter  having  a  few  spots  of 
black  on  the  sides,  which  are  armed  with  a  strong 
spine  and  several  tubercles.  The  elytra  are  varie- 
gated with  black  and  reddish  yellow.  The  middle 
of  the  abdomen  is  yellow,  and  the  legs  are  entirely 
of  that  colour.  It  is  a  native  of  Cayenne,  and  not 
of  Asia,  as  erroneously  stated  by  Linnaeus  and  Fab- 
ricius. 

The  next  important  tribe  of  the  long-horned 
beetles  that  presents  itself  to  our  notice,  is  that 
named  LAMIARI^,  in  which  the  head  is  nearly  ver- 
tical, the  palpi  almost  filiform,  and  terminating  ir 
an  oval  joint,  which  tapers  to  a  point.  The  outer 
lobe  of  the  under  aws  is  narrowed  at  the  extremity, 
and  curved  upon  the  inner  one.  The  most  re- 
markable insect  belonging  to  the  tribe  is  that 
named 


250  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 


ACROCINUS  LONGIMANUS,  oa  HARLEQUIN 
BEETLE. 

PLATE  XXV.   FIG.  1. 

Cerambyx  longimanus,  Linn — Prionus  lorrgimanus,  Fal. 
—Olivier,  iv.  No.  66,  pi.  3,  fig.  12,  pi.  4,  fig.  12. 

It  is  distinguished  generically  by  having  a  move- 
able  tubercle  on  each  side  of  the  thorax  terminating 
in  a  spine.  This  is  certainly  one  of  the  most  singular  of 
coleopterous  insects,  whether  we  regard  the  propoi  - 
tionsof  its  parts,  or  the  curious  colouring  and  variega- 
tion of  the  body.  The  figures  on  the  elytra,  formed 
of  strongly  contrasted  colours,  are  so  regularly  drawn 
that  they  may  be  conceived  to  be  the  result  of  some 
artificial  process.  As  the  wings  of  several  moths 
and  butterflies  are  inscribed  with  characters  repre- 
senting with  great  accuracy  letters  of  various  lan- 
guages, and  figures  corresponding  with  several  dates 
of  the  Christian  era,  these  grotesque  delineations  in 
like  manner  seem  to  resemble,  as  has  been  remarked 
ot  them,  certain  hieroglyphic  symbols  pourtrayert  by 
the  mysterious  hand  of  nature.  Its  party-coloured 
dress  has  caused  the  insect  to  be  very  generally 
known  by  the  name  of  Harlequin  Beetle. 

The  ground  colour  is  black,  and  the  whole  sur- 
face is  clothed  with  a  dense  silky  pubescence.  The 
antenna?  are  about  twice  the  length  of  the  body,  and 
of  a  black  colour,  except  the  base  of  the  joints,  which 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  251 

is  greyish.  The  head  is  ornamented  with  two  tri- 
angular patches  of  red,  and  two  lines  of  the  same 
hue  are  placed  in  the  centre  of  the  thorax,  which 
converge  in  front:  from  each  side  of  the  thorax 
behind  there  projects  a  strong  spine,  which  can  be 
moved  in  different  directions  at  the  will  of  the  in- 
sect ;  and  two  others,  of  small  size,  and  incapable  of 
motion,  issue  from  the  back,  one  towards  each  side. 
The  elytra  are  variegated  with  undulated  lines  and 
angular  figures  of  red  and  grey :  towards  the  base 
the  surface  is  pretty  thickly  covered  with  impressed 
points,  interspersed  with  small  black  shining  tuber- 
cles ;  and  each  elytron  bears  an  acute  spine  on  the 
shoulder,  'and  two  others  at  the  hinder  extremity. 
The  under  parts  are  likewise  covered  with  silky 
pubescence,  but  it  is  of  a  grey  colour.  The  thighs 
are  smooth  and  black,  each  of  them  surrounded  by 
a  red  ring  near  the  apex.  The  anterior  thighs  and 
tibiae  are  of  great  length,  the  latter  much  incurved 
at  the  tip,  where  they  are  armed  with  a  spine,  and 
covered  with  small  points  and  granulations  on  the 
under  side ;  tLese  parts  in  the  other  legs  are  smooth, 
and  more  or  less  ash-coloured.  This  insect  is  of  fre- 
quent occurrence  in  Brazil,  Guiana,  and  other  tropi- 
cal countries  of  America.  It  is  known  to  the  natives 
by  the  name  of  Mouche  bagasse,  a  term  taken  from 
a  free  which  has  lately  been  described  under  the 
botanical  appellation  of  Bagassa  Guyanensis.  The 
wood  of  this  tree  is  of  a  bright  yellow,  and  when  it 
is  felled,  there  issues  from  it  a  white  viscid  juice  of 


252  NATURAL    HISTORY   OP 

a  peculiar  and  penetrating  odour,  of  which  the  in- 
sects are  so  fond  that  they  seldom  fail  to  be  attract- 
ed by  it.  The  negroes,  who  often  employ  them 
selves  in  searching  f6r  the  rarer  and  more  beautiful 
kinds  of  insects,  that  they  may  dispose  of  them  to 
collectors,  avail  themselves  of  this  propensity,  and 
sometimes  cut  down  these  trees,  as  the  most  ready 
means  of  obtaining  a  supply  of  beetles.  It  is  gene- 
rally found  on  the  trunk  or  at  the  bottom  of  trees, 
rarely  under  the  bark,  and  never  on  the  leaves. 
Its  motions  are  so  sluggish,  that  it  may  be  said  to 
drag  itself  along  rather  than  walk.  It  occasionally 
takes  wing  on  the  approach  of  evening,  but  its 
flight  is  slow  and  unsteady,  scarcely  appearing  un- 
der the  guidance  of  the  animal,  as  it  strikes  against 
any  object  that  happens  to  be  in  the  way,  and  falls 
to  the  ground.  A  rustling  sound  accompanies  its 
flight,  and  it  often  betrays  its  retreat  by  a  rather 
loud  noise,  which  is  produced  by  the  friction  of  the 
thorax.  It  varies  greatly  in  size  and  colour.  Spe- 
cimens from  the  interior  of  the  country  are  usually 
of  a  much  paler  tint  than  such  as  are  obtained  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Rio  Janeiro,  and  other  places 
towards  the  coast.* 

The  genus  Lamia,  from  which  the  present  tribe 
derives  its  name,  is  constituted  by  a  variety  of  finely- 
coloured  species,  some  of  which  are  of  considerable 
size.  They  are  extensively  diffused  over  the  earth, 

*  Anal,  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  torn.  xxi.  180. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  253 

and  a  considerable  number  occur  in  Europe.    Only 
two  kinds  appear  to  inhabit  Britain. 


LAMIA  SUBOCELLATA. 
PLATE  XXV.  FIG.  2. 

Cerambyx  subocellatus,  Olivier,  iv.  No.  67,  p.  69,  pi.  2, 
fig.  12,o,  6. 

The  colour  of  the  body  is  brownish  black,  and  it 
is  covered  with  dense  silky  pubescence.  A  broad 
stripe  of  yellowish  white  runs  along  the  middle  o~ 
the  head,  and  is  continued  down  the  centre  of  the 
thorax ;  the  latter  is  armed  with  an  acute  spine  on 
each  side.  The  elytra  are  marked  with  numerous 
rounded  spots  of  yellowish  white,  which  are  vari- 
able in  size.  We  received  the  specimen  figured 
from  Brazil. 

LAMIA  ORNATA.  > 

PLATE  XXVI.  FIG.  1. 
Cerambyx  ornatus,  Olivier,  iv.  No.  67,  pi.  4,  fig.  24,  fl,  ft. 

The  head  of  this  pretty  insect  is  golden  yellow, 
glossed  with  green  about  the  eyes,  and  having  two 
black  lines  anteriorly.  The  thorax  is  of  the  same 
colour  as  the  head,  and  has  two  narrow  cross  bands 
of  black:  the  hinder  margin  green.  The  elytra 
are  yellow,  marked  with  regular  patches  of  black 


254  NATUEAL  HISTORY   0* 

which  are  surrounded  with  green ;  the  suture  and 
hinder  extremity  of  the  elytra  are  of  the  latter  co- 
lour. The  middle  of  the  abdomen  and  the  legs  are 
glossed  with  green.  It  is  said  to  be  a  native  of 
Africa. 


LAMIA  FORMOSA. 

PLATE  XXVI.  FIG.  2. 

Olivier,  iv.  No.  67,  pi.  20,  fig.  153. 

In  this  insect  the  head  is  black,  with  the  front 
rust-red,  the  thorax  black,  having  a  large  red  spot 
on  each  side ;  the  elytra  are  likewise  black,  with 
two  broad  bands  of  red  interrupted  at  the  suture, 
and  a  few  white  punctures  towards  the  hinder  ex- 
tremity, which  is  itself  red.  The  legs  are  black, 
spotted  with  white  at  the  base. 

LAMIA  TRICINCTA. 
PLATE  XXVI.  FIG.  4. 

This  very  fine  species  is  about  an  inch  and  a  half 
in  length.  The  antennae  are  steel-blue,  with  dense 
tufts  of  hair  on  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  joints. 
The  head  and  thorax  are  covered  with  short  de- 
pressed hairs  of  a  brassy  green  or  bluish  tint ;  the 
latter  has  two  small  tubercles  on  each  side.  The 
elytra  srje  similar  in  colour  to  the  thorax,  the  back 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  255 

usually  somewhat  shining,  and  the  whole  surface  is 
'"lickly  punctured :  there  are  three  remote  bands  of 
black  composed  of  soft  hairs,  and  having  the .  ap- 
pearance of  velvet,  the  hairs  of  the  anterior  band 
longer  than  in  the  others,  and  frequently  forming 
a  considerable  tuft  towards  the  suture.  The  un- 
der side  of  the  body  and  the  lower  half  of  the  thighs 
are  closely  covered  with  depressed  hairs  of  a  deep 
and  beautiful  red ;  the  other  parts  of  the  leg  are 
steel-blue,  glossed  with  green  above.  An  exten- 
sive series  of  specimens  have  lately  been  procured 
from  Java. 

Of  the  last  tribe  of  the  long-horned  beetles, 
termed  LEPTURID^E,  the  example  figured  is  named 

DESMOCEKUS  CYANEUS. 

PLATE  XXVI.  FIG.  3. 
Stenocorus  cyaneus,  Fair. — Olivier,  iv.  No.  69,  pi.  3,  fig.  26. 

It  is  of  a  dark-blue  colour,  somewhat  shining, 
roughly  punctured  and  pubescent.  The  head  has 
a  longitudinal  groove,  and  there  is  a  similar  im- 
pression down  the  centre  of  the  thorax  ;  the  latter 
is  in  the  shape  of  a  truncated  cone,  with  the  hin- 
der angles  very  acute,  and  almost  forming  a  spine. 
The  anterior  half  of  the  elytra  is  yellow,  the  other 
dark  blue,  with  violet  reflections.  The  under  parts 
of  the  body,  and  the  legs,  are  dark  blue.  It  is  said 
to  inhabit  India  and  other  eastern  countries  of  Asia, 


256  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

The  fifth  family  of  tetramerous  beetles,  accord- 
ing to  the  system  of  Latreille,  comprehends  the  ge- 
nus .SAGRA,  which  has  the  palpi  terminated  by  an 
oval  joint,  the  thorax  cylindrical,  and  the  antennae 
filiform,  with  the  four  lowest  joints  shorter  than 
the  others.  The  hinder  thighs  are  very  thick,  es- 
pecially in  one  of  the  sexes.  The  species  are  con- 
fined to  Africa,  the  island  of  Ceylon,  and  China. 

SAGRA  BUQUETII. 

PLATE  XXVII. 
Lesson's  Illustration*  de  Zoologie,  pi.  30. 

The  male  is  about  thirteen  lines  long  and  six 
broad.  The  surface  of  the  body  is  perfectly  smooth 
and  polished,  of  a  brilliant  green,  with  purple  and 
coppery  reflections  of  the  highest  resplendency, 
especially  on  the  elytra.  The  hinder  thighs  are 
remarkably  long  and  thick,  and  armed  beneath  with 
a  few  acute  teeth ;  the  hinder  tibiae  are  garnished 
with  long  rust-red  hairs.  The  female  does  not  ex- 
ceed eleven  lines  in  length.  The  body  is  not  so 
much  narrowed  behind  as  that  of  the  male ;  the  thighs 
of  the  hinder  legs  are  oval,  and  the  tibiae  naked.  It 
inhabits  Cochin  China,  and  is  probably  synonymous 
with  S.  Boisduvalii  (Dejean),  of  which  we  have  seen 
a  multitude  of  specimens  from  Java. 

The  CASSID^B,  or  Tortoise-beetles  as  they  are 
sometimes  called,  are  chiefly  remarkable  for  a  habit 


ri.  ATI;  U 


4. echinatn* 

/>f;-rff>?Yifrt . 


257 

\vhich  they  practise  in  common  with  several  allied 
kinds,  that  of  covering  their  bodies,  when  larvae, 
with  their  own  excrements.  In  order  to  enable 
them  to  do  this  with  facility,  they  are  provided  with 
a  forked  process  issuing  from  the  anal  extremity, 
which  can  be  turned  upwards,  and  laid  along  the 
back.  Upon  this  they  deposit  their  excrement, 
and  support  the  load  in  such  a  manner  as  to  cover 
the  body.  This  singular  covering  is  probably  de- 
signed to  shelter  the  tender  body  of  the  larva  from 
the  air  and  sun,  and  at  the  same  time  to  conceal  it 
from  birds.  The  outer  shell  of  the  perfect  beetle 
considerably  overlaps  the  body,  and  the  legs  can 
be  drawn  completely  within  it.  The  species  are 
very  numerous,  and  many  of  them  highly  ornamen- 
tal, as  will  be  seen  from  the  adjoining  figures. 

CASSIDA  BICORNIS. 

PLATE  XXVIII.   FIG.  1. 

Fair.  Ent.  Sytt — Olivier,  vi.  No.  97,  pi.  4,  fig.  59. 

The  colour  of  this  insect  is  bluish  green,  except 
the  antennae,  which  are  black  with  the  radical  joints 
bronzed.  The  thorax  has  two  or  three  small  im- 
pressions ;  and  the  elytra,  which  are  punctured,  have 
a  long  obtuse  spine  projecting  sidewise  from  each 
shoulder.  It  occurs  in  Cayenne,  Surinam,  and 
other  parts  of  America. 


258  NATURAL    HISTORY   OT 

CASSIDA  SCALARIS. 

PLATE  XXVIII.  FIG.  2. 

Fdbr.  Syst.  Eleuth — Olivier,  vi.  No.  97,  pi.  4,  fig.  94. 

Thorax  rounded  anteriorly,  yellow,  with  a  portion 
of  the  middle  red,  in  which  are  two  yellow  points. 
The  scutellum  is  red.  The  elytra  are  pale  yellow, 
with  three  broad  longitudinal  black  stripes,  of  which 
that  on  the  suture  is  broken  into  square  spots,  and 
the  lateral  ones  have  each  a  square  piece  separated 
from  the  apex.  The  under  parts  are  yellow.  Said 
to  be  found  in  Sumatra. 

CASSIDA  MICANS. 

PLATE  XXVIII.  FIG.  3. 

Fdbr.  Syst.  Eleuth Olivier,  vi.  No.  97,  pi.  5,  fig.  83. 

In  this  insect  the  antennae  are  yellow,  with  the 
two  last  joints  black ;  the  thorax  yellow,  and  nearly 
transparent ;  the  elytra  yellowish  brown  on  the  disk, 
a  stripe  of  that  colour  extending  to  each  of  the  an- 
terior angles,  and  two  others  from  the  hinder  ex- 
tremity across  the  dilated  margin,  which,  as  well  as 
the  under  parts  of  the  body,  is  pale  yellow.  Found 
in  Java. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  259 

CASSIDA  ECHINATA. 

PLATE  XXVIII.  FIG.  4. 
Fabr.  Syst.  Ekuth — Olivier,  vi.  No.  97,  pi.  5,  fig.  86. 

This  curious  species  has  the  thorax  very  much 
dilated  on  each  side  into  a  thin  foliaceous  membrane, 
which  is  dentate  round  the  margin.  A  similar  ex- 
panded portion,  likewise  dentate  on  the  edge,  sur- 
rounds the  elytra ;  the  latter  have  the  anterior  half 
green,  and  the  hinder  part  reddish  brown.  The 
under  side  of  the  body  is  dull  yellowish  red.  Like 
the  preceding  species,  it  is  a  native  of  Java. 

CASSIDA  PERFORATA. 

PLATE  XXVIII.  FIG.  5. 
Fabr.  Syst.  Entom. —  Olivier,  vi.  No.  97,  pi.  4,  fig.  08. 

The  colour  is  yellowish  red,  dull  above,  but  shin- 
ing beneath.  The  thorax  is  short  and  transverse, 
the  sides  drawn  out  into  a  kind  of  spine.  The  ely- 
tra are  nearly  triangular,  the  basal  angles  advanced 
on  each  side  of  the  thorax  in  the  form  of  an  acute 
point ;  and  there  is  an  oval  perforation  observable 
near  the  base  of  each.  It  is  found  in  the  tropical 
parts  of  America. 


260  NATURAL   HISTORY    OP 

CASSIDA  LUCTUOSA. 

PLATE  XXVIII.  FIG.  6. 

Olivier,  vi.  No.  97,  pi.  4,  fig.  54. 

Head  and  thorax  black,  the  latter  short,  and  ter- 
minating in  an  acute  point  at  each  of  the  hinder 
angles.  The  elytra  are  likewise  black,  with  all  the 
outer  edge,  a  small  portion  of  the  suture,  and  a 
short  line  near  the  middle  of  each,  reddish  ;  the  un- 
der side  and  legs  are  also  of  that  colour.  It  is  found 
at  Surinam. 

CASSIDA  SIX-PUSTULATA. 

PLATE  XXIX.  FIG.  I. 
Fabr.  Syst.  Entom — Olivier,  97,  pi.  3,  fig.  36. 

This  well-known  species  is  bluish  green  above, 
and  shining  black  beneath.  The  elytra  are  gibbous 
on  the  back,  the  surface  thickly  punctured,  and  each 
of  the  wing-cases  marked  with  three  spots  of  red. 
It  is  found  in  Brazil,  where  it  is  rather  common. 

ALTJRNUS  MAK    INATUS. 
PLATE  XXX.  FIG.  1. 

The  Alurni   have  antennae  of  equal   thickness 


PLATE    29. 


V 


PLATE  30. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  261 

throughout  their  whole  length,  with  the  second 
oint  shorter  than  the  following,  and  they  are  di» 
rected  forwards ;  the  body  is  oblong ;  the  head  not 
concealed  within  the  thorax,  and  the  mandibles  are 
furnished  with  only  two  or  three  teeth.  A.  margi- 
natus  is  very  common  in  Brazil,  and  always  frequents 
the  leaves  of  plants.  It  is  of  a  dull  brownish-black 
colour  above,  with  the  sides  of  the  thorax,  outer 
edge  of  the  elytra,  and  the  suture,  margined  with 
blood-red.  The  head,  and  all  the  under  parts  of 
the  body,  are  likewise  of  that  colour,  the  apex  of 
the  thighs,  the  tibiae,  and  tarsi,  being  black. 

CLYTHRA  HIRTA. 

PLATE  XXIX.  FIG.  2. 

Fabr.  Syst.  Ekuth — Olivier,  No.  96,  pi.  2,  fig.  18. 

The  head,  thorax,  and  scutellum,  as  well  as  all 
the  under  parts  of  the  body,  are  blue,  and  covered 
with  rather  long  ash-coloured  hairs.  The  elytra  are 
brownish  red,  with  three  black  spots  on  each,  one 
on  the  shoulder  and  two  others  behind  the  middle* 
It  occurs  in  Barbary. 


262  KATURAL    HISTORY    OP 

CHLAMYS  MONSTROSA. 

PLATE  XXTX.  FIG.  3. 
Fabr.  Ent.  Syst — Olivier,  vi.  No.  96,  pi.  1,  fig.  1,  a,  b. 

In  this  singular  genus,  the  thorax  rises  in  the 
middle  into  a  tuberculated  protuberance,  and  is 
produced  behind  in  the  form  of  a  triangle ;  the  su- 
ture of  the  elytra,  except  at  the  base,  is  armed  with 
little  teeth,  alternating  with  each  other  like  the  cogs 
of  a  mill-wheel  j*  and  in  certain  species  the  palpi 
are  forked.  A  considerable  number  of  these  insects 
are  known,  and  all  of  them  are  proper  to  the  new 
world.  They  are  found  on  leaves,  over  which  they 
walk  very  slowly,  and  simulate  death  when  attempt- 
ed to  be  seized.  They  appear  never  to  make  use 
of  their  wings,  but  are  usually  observed  adhering 
to  a  leaf,  and  continuing  quite  stationary.  When  in 
this  posture,  they  bear  a  much  greater  resemblance 
to  a  piece  of  withered  fungus,  or  some  gelatinous 
substance  shrivelled  by  the  sun,  than  to  any  living 
creature.  The  species  figured  is  about  five  or  six 
lines  long,  of  a  uniform  violet  blue,  the  thorax  with 
a  somewhat  silky  gloss,  and  the  elytra  much  wrin- 
kled, tuberculated,  and  punctured.  The  segments 
of  the  abdomen  are  drawn  within  each  other  like 
the  tubes  of  a  telescope,  and  the  penultimate  one 
has  a  deep  rounded  impression  in  the  middle. 
•  Introd.  to  Ent.  iii.  597- 


COLEOPTEROUS    INSECTS.  263 

EUMOLPUS  CUPKEUS. 
PLATE  XXX.  FIG.  2. 

The  Eumolpi  differ  from  the  allied  genera  in  hav- 
ing mandibles  of  ordinary  size,  and  the  second  joint 
of  the  antennae  much  shorter  than  the  following. 
The  species  are  pretty  numerous,  and  many  of  them 
are  insects  of  great  beauty.  They  are  usually  found 
on  the  leaves  of  plants,  sometimes  associated  in  con- 
siderable numbers.  This  is  the  case  particularly 
with  E.  fulgidus,  one  of  the  largest  kinds  and  the 
most  common  in  Brazil.  The  species  represented 
is  a  native  of  America.  The  head,  thorax,  and 
scutellum,  are  greenish  blue,  of  a  very  beautiful 
tint,  especially  when  moistened.  The  elytra  are 
closely  but  distinctly  punctured,  of  a  rich  coppery 
red  glossed  with  green.  The  under  side  and  legs 
are  bluish  green,  the  latter  somewhat  pubescent  to- 
wards the  foot, 

The  extensive  genus  CHRYSOMELA  is  character- 
ised by  the  body  being  ovate  and  very  convex, — 
by  the  antennae  thickening  slightly  towards  the 
apex, — and  by  the  dilated  and  somewhat  hatchet- 
shaped  terminal  joint  of  the  maxillary  palpi.  The 
name,  which  signifies  an  apple  of  gold,  has  been 
suggested  by  the  rounded  form  and  rich  colouring 
of  the  species.  In  the  last  particular,  they  are  not 
inferior  to  any  of  our  native  insects  many  of  them 


264  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF 

being  embellished  with  agreeable  combinations  of 
sc'arlet,  azure,  and  golden  green,  with  a  high  de- 
gree of  lustre.  They  are  strictly  herbivorous ;  and 
as  many  of  them  are  gregarious  in  their  habits, 
they  sometimes  occasion  much  injury  to  herbaceous 
plants,  by  stripping  them  of  their  leaves.  About 
thirty  diiferent  kinds  inhabit  this  country  ;  of  these 
perhaps  the  most  beautiful  is  named 

CHRYSOMELA  CEREALIS. 
PLATE  XXX.  FIG.  3. 

Linn.  Syst.  Nat. — Fair.  Syst.  Entom — Donovan's  Brit.  In- 
sects,  iv.  pi.  115. 

It  is  of  a  brilliant  coppery  red  above,  with  parallel 
stripes  of  blue  along  the  thorax  and  elytra.  The 
under  side  of  the  body  and  the  antennae  are  usually 
brownish,  at  other  times  inclining  to  purple.  The 
wings  are  of  a  fine  scarlet  colour.  It  is  found  on 
the  common  broom,  and  is  not  uncommon  in  some 
parts  of  the  Continent.  In  this  country  it  is  very 
scarce,  and  was  long  regarded  as  a  doubtful  native ; 
but  the  recent  occurrence  of  several  examples  in 
Wales  has  removed  all  uncertainty  on  this  point. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  265 

CHRYSOMELA  FASTUOSA. 

PLATE  XXX.  FIG.  4. 
Linn.  Fair.— Donovan's  Brit.  Insects,  vi.  pi.  194. 

Brilliant  golden  green,  with  the  suture  and  a 
stripe  along  each  elytron  violet  blue.  The  length 
is  about  three  lines.  It  is  found  on  the  White 
Dead  Nettle  (Lamium  album),  and  occurs  not  un- 
frequently  both  in  England  and  Scotland. 

DORYPHORA  TESSELLATA. 

PLATE  XXIX.  FIG.  4. 
Olivier,  v.  No.  91,  pi.  1,  fig.  6. 

This  genus  is  well  discriminated  from  the  other 
chrysomelinae  by  the  character  which  has  suggested 
the  name,*  viz.  the  long  conical  horn  projecting 
from  the  breast.  The  species  are  peculiar  to  South 
America,  in  some  countries  of  which  they  are  much 
more  numerous  than  the  chrysomelae  properly  so 
called.  They  are  usually  observed  walking  slowly 
on  the  leaves  of  plants,  and  they  permit  themselves 
to  fall  to  the  ground  when  one  approaches.  When 
handled  they  discharge  from  the  mouth  a  yellow 
liquor  of  a  foetid  smell.  The  species  above  refer- 

*  From  3«{vf  dg«f ,  a  fike-bearer. 


266  NATURAL    HISTORY   OF 

red  to,  is  very  convex,  smooth,  and  glossy.  The 
head  and  thorax  are  glossy  black,  with  a  brassy  lus- 
tre, and  without  punctures.  The  elytra  are  punc- 
tured, of  a  yellow  colour,  with  five  cross  rows  of 
large  quadrate  black  or  brown  spots,  that  next  the 
apex  consisting  of  only  two.  The  under  side  and 
legs,  as  well  as  the  outer  margins  and  suture  of  the 
elytra,  are  black.  The  length  is  nearly  nine  lines. 

(EDIONYCHIS  CINCTA. 
PLATE  XXX.   FIG.  5. 

CEdionychis  is  one  of  the  sub-genera  into  which 
the  extensive  genus  Haltica  of  Linnaeus  has  re- 
cently been  divided.  The  species  are  distinguish- 
ed from  most  other  tetramerous  beetles,  by  the 
thickened  hinder  thighs,  by  which  they  are  enabled 
to  leap  to  a  considerable  height  into  the  air.  Most 
of  them  are  of  small  size,  but  they  are  finely  co- 
loured, and  very  destructive  in  their  habits.  The 
species  named  cincta  is  of  a  yellow  colour  on  the 
head,  thorax,  and  scutellum.  The  elytra  are  violet 
blue,  shining,  with  a  band  of  white  across  the  mid- 
dle, which  widens  at  the  suture.  The  under  side 
and  antennae  are  pale  yellowish  red,  the  legs  being 
of  a  similar  colour,  except  the  hinder  thighs,  which 
are  bluish.  It  occurs  in  St  Domingo. 

The  only  remaining  family  of  the  tetramerous 
beetles  that  requires  to  be  noticed,  is  named  CLA- 


COLEOPTEBOUS    INSECTS.  267 

VIPALPI,  on  account  of  the  large  size  of  the  termi- 
nal joint  of  the  maxillary  palpi.  It  includes  only  a 
few  genera,  some  of  which  consist  of  small  insects 
with  a  hemispherical  body,  which  they  have  the 
power  of  contracting  into  a  ball.  The  larger  kinds, 
which  do  not  possess  this  property,  are  chiefly  re- 
ferrible  to  the  genus  Erotylus  of  Fabricius.  The 
latter  well  exemplify  the  distinctive  character  of  the 
family,  as  the  last  joint  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  un- 
usually large,  transverse,  and  attached  by  the  middle 
to  the  stalk  of  the  palpus,  bearing  considerable  re- 
semblance to  a  hammer.  The  species  are  nume- 
rous, amounting  to  nearly  one  hundred  and  thirty ; 
and  they  occur  chiefly  in  the  tropical  countries  of 
America,  if  indeed  they  are  not  confined  to  these 
regions.  They  are  said  to  frequent  leaves,  and  are 
observed  flying  about  in  the  woods  during  the  day. 
They  are  solitary  in  their  habits,  with  the  exception 
of  E.  sphacelatus  (Fab.),  which  is  usually  found  con- 
gregated in  considerable  numbers  on  the  trunks  of 
fallen  trees.  The  species  figured  is  not  rare.  It  is 
named 

EROTYLUS  HISTRIO. 

PLATE  XXIX.  Fio.  6. 
Fabr.  Enl.  Syst — Olivitr,  v.  No.  89,  pi.  2,  fig.  12,  a,  b. 

It  is  about  an  inch  long ;  the  head,  antennae,  and 
thorax  black ;  the  elytra,  which  are  very  much  ele- 


268  NATURAL   HISTORY   OF 

vated  in  the  middle,  are  likewise  black,  with  irre- 
gular bands  formed  of  yellow  confluent  spots ;  two 
of  these  spots,  one  on  the  shoulder  of  each  elytron, 
and  another  at  the  apex,  are  reddish ;  the  surface  is 
marked  with  dark  impressed  points,  which  form  ir- 
regular lines  anteriorly.  The  under  side  and  legs 
are  black.  The  markings  vary  much,  in  some  in- 
stances the  black  bands  on  the  elytra  being  almost 
obliterated. 


SPHENISCUS  EROTYLOIDES, 

PLATE  XXIX.  FIG.  6. 
Kirly,  Linn.  Trans,  xii.  pi.  22,  fig.  4. 

This  genus  was  established  by  Mr  Kirby  on  an 
insect  from  Brazil,  very  closely  related  to  Helops. 
The  head  and  thorax  are  black  and  shining,  the  latter 
sparingly  punctured.  The  elytra  are  very  gibbous 
in  the  centre,  marked  with  punctured  lines,  of  a 
pale-yellow  colour  spotted  with  black,  and  having  a 
broad  band  over  the  middle,  and  the  apex  black. 
The  under  side  and  legs  are  likewise  black.  The 
figure  of  this  insect  has  been  accidentally  placed 
among  the  tetramerous  insects,  but  it  belongs  to  the 
heteromerous  section,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  num 
ber  of  joints  in  the  tarsi. 


COLEOPTEROUS   INSECTS.  269 


The  fourth  general  division  of  the  Coleoptera, 
named  TRIMERA,  includes  the  kinds  with  three 
joints  in  all  the  tarsi.  As  an  example  of  this  division, 
which  is  comparatively  of  limited  extent,  we  have 
figured  a  beautiful  species  of  the  well-known  genus 
Coccinella. 

COCCINELLA  VIGINTIDUO-PUNCTATA. 
PLATE  XXX.  FIG.  6. 
Donovan,  Brit.  Insects. 

It  is  entirely  of  a  light-yellow  colour,  having  five 
black  spots  on  the  thorax,  and  eleven  on  each  ely- 
tron. It  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in  England. 


UNIVERSITY 


THE  END. 


I 


£8685 


HE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY